Sunteți pe pagina 1din 828

Page 1

I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Always Use Eye Protection
Safety frst. Always use eye protection and leather
gloves when needed.
Always use the Index!
To fnd a vehicle look in the Index under Make frst.
For example: Ford or Toyota then go down the list
alphabetically for example Ford Taurus or Toyota Camry.
Check For Method 2
Some vehicles have a second method that is
shown as method 2 on the NEXT page for that opening.
Check For Alternate Methods
Some vehicles have an Alternate methods that is
shown as Alternate Method on the SAME page. These
instructions can be found in the front of the book directly
after the index Alternate Methods.
Check The V.I.N. Number
The 10th digit of the Vehicle Identifcation Number
shows the year of the vehicle. See chart below.
High Tech Tools/Access Tools 2011-2012
VIN Character - Model Year Codes
1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990
B C D E F G H J K L
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000
M N P R S T V W X Y
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A
2011
B
2012
C
2013
D
How to Use the 2011-2012 Car Opening Manual

ACCESS LOCK-OUT MANUAL 2011-2012
Go To Index
G
r
o
u
p
4
Group3 Group2 NewId Style PRI Diagram
Group4 Met hod - Met hod
Page 2
Notes
N
o
t
e
s
Go To Index
Page 3
_ALTERNATE023_ALTERNATE 585 Style00 1 Alt23
ALTERNATE
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
Met hod - Al t 23
_Alternate Method Alt 23 Using the 23 Tool
TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23
1. Separate weather strip from glass with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the car.
3.Insert tool into the door cavity.
4.Twist tool to hook top linkage with tip of tool.
5.Turn tool handle toward rear of vehicle to move linkage forward.

Tool 23

Go To Index
Page 4
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
_ALTERNATE103-4_ALTERNATE 1214 Style00 1 Alt103-04
ALTERNATE Met hod - Al t 103-04
_Alternate Method Alt 103-04 Using the 103 &104 Tool
Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104
1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the fat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.

Tool 103-04

Go To Index xxx
Page 5
_ALTERNATE22_ALTERNATE 1211 Style00 1 Alt22
ALTERNATE
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
Met hod - Al t 22
_Alternate Method Alt 22 Using the 22 Tool
Tool: SMALL HOOK TOOL - 22
1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip.
2. Point tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into the door while turning tool so handle of tool points away from car.
4. Hook lock rod with tip of tool (see illustration).
Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have hooked correct bell crank, you will see the door
lock button move.

Tool 22

Go To Index
Page 6
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
_ALTERNATE26_ALTERNATE 1212 Style00 1 Alt26
ALTERNATE Met hod - Al t 26
_Alternate Method Alt 26 Using the 26 Tool
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Tool 26

Go To Index
Page 7
_ALTERNATE35_ALTERNATE 1210 Style00 1 Alt35
ALTERNATE
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
Met hod - Al t 35
_Alternate Method Alt 35 Using the 35 Tool
TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
(see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the
inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

Go To Index
Page 8
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
_ALTERNATE47_ALTERNATE 1215 Style00 1 Alt47
ALTERNATE Met hod - Al t 47
_Alternate Method Alt 47 Using the 47 Tool
Tool: Tool 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip ( Very tight ft, be very gentle ) .
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower tool into the door.
4. Twist tool handle to hook and bind lock linkage (see fg.).
5. Pull up on tool while hooking door lock rod.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct rod,
you will see the door lock button move. Instructions are for passenger side door.
INSER
TION
Front Passenger
Door

Tool 47

Go To Index
Page 9
_ALTERNATE74_ALTERNATE 1213 Style00 1 Alt74
ALTERNATE
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
Met hod - Al t 74
_Alternate Method Alt 74 Using the 74 Tool
Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of
tool emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74

Go To Index
Page 10
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
_ALTERNATE78Glass_ALTERNATE 1216 Style00 1 AltGm
ALTERNATE Met hod - Al t GM
_Alternate Method Alt GMUsing the Glassman Tool
Tool: Glassman Tool
1. Insert the Glassman Tool on the side of the unframed window .
2. Insert the tool into the cavity created by the Glassman Tool to protect the glass from damage .
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
4.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
5.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 11
_ALTERNATE78GlassV_ALTERNATE 1695 Style00 1 AltgmV
ALTERNATE
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
Met hod - Al t GMV
_Alternate Method Alt GMV Using the Glassman Tool
Vertical Buttons
Tool: Glassman Tool with a Vertical button tool
1 Insert the Glassman Tool on the side of the unframed window .
2 Insert a loop type tool into the cavity created by the Glassman Tool to protect the glass from damage .
3. Maneuver the tool to engage the door lock button
5. Pull up on the button to unlock the vehicle.
Linkage

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 12
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
_ALTERNATE78SG_ALTERNATE 1412 Style00 1 Altohj
ALTERNATE Met hod - Al t OHJ
_Alternate Method Alt OHJ Using the One Hand Jack
Tool &78 Tool
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG
1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 13
_ALTERNATE78SGc_ALTERNATE 1876 Style00 1 StartMulti
ALTERNATE
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
Met hod - St ar t mul t i
_Alternate Method Using the Starter Air Jack &78 Tool
Instructions
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 14
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
_ALTERNATE81_ALTERNATE 1259 Style00 1 Alt81
ALTERNATE Met hod - Al t 81
_Alternate Method Alt81 Using the 81 Tool
TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button.
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the rear of the vehicle .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (fg-
ure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of t he door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 81

Go To Index
Page 15
_ALTERNATE87_ALTERNATE 1217 Style00 1 Alt87
ALTERNATE
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
Met hod - Al t 57
_Alternate Method Alt87 Using the 87 Tool
Tool: Strap Tool 87
1. Insert Strip Saver between window and window strip.
2. Cover front of the tool with another Strip Saver.
3. Insert the tool into the door using the Strip savers
4. Use the strings to help move the tip of the tool into position over the door lock button.
5. Pull the tool to lift the door lock button

Tool 57

Go To Index
Page 16
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
_ALTERNATE89_ALTERNATE 605 Style00 1 Alt89FD
ALTERNATE Met hod - Al t 89
_Alternate Method Alt89 Using the 89 Tool
TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
(see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the
inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

Go To Index
Page 17
_ALTERNATESG_ALTERNATE 1218 Style00 1 Altsj1
ALTERNATE
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
Met hod - Al t SJ 1
_Alternate Method AltSJ1 Using the SlimJim
TOOL: SLIM JIM
1. Separate glass from weather-strips.
2. Use front door.
3. Move the lock pawl with tip of the Slim Jim.
NOTE:Watch door lock button.

Tool SJ

Go To Index
Page 18
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
_ALTERNATESG2_ALTERNATE 1219 Style00 1 Altsj2
ALTERNATE Met hod - Al t sj 2
_Alternate Method AltSJ2 Using the SlimJim
Tool: SLIM JIM
1. BEND SLIM JIM AS SHOWN.
2. Lower the tool into the door.
3. Place tip NEXT TO LOCK ROD.
4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

Tool SJ

Go To Index
Page 19
_ALTERNATESG3_ALTERNATE 1772 Style00 1 V12501
ALTERNATE
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
E
Met hod - ALT125
_Alternate MethodALT125 Using the 125 Tool
Tool:125 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather
stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door

Tool 125

Go To Index
Page 20
A
C
U
R
A
ACURA001ACURA 635 Style05 1 H7701F
ACURA Met hod - M1
Acura CL 1997 1999
Tool:77
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2 .With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, insert the tool into door, 12 inches from the door frame
3. Lower the tool below the linkage shield (See Diagram for Position)
4. Lift the tool so it goes in the gap between the plastic shield and the door frame. Hook the linkage
5. Move the linkage forward to unlock the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt22
Tool 77

ACURA CL Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action
Go To Index
Page 21
ACURA002ACURA 655 Style04 1 R7401
ACURA
A
C
U
R
A
Met hod - M1
Acura CL 2 Door 2001 2003
Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3 Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool
emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt22
Tool 74

ACURA CL Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Hook Lock Button and Lift to Unlock
Go To Index
Page 22
A
C
U
R
A
ACURA003ACURA 775 Style00 1 H9101F
ACURA Met hod - M1
Acura Integra 2 Door 1986 1993
Tool: Downward Hook - 91
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) 5. Rotate tool
to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front of
the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you
will see the door lock button move.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt22
Tool 91L

Go To Index
Page 23
ACURA004ACURA 632 Style03 1 V2601
ACURA
A
C
U
R
A
Met hod - M1
Acura Integra 4 door 1986 1993
Acura Legend 2 Door 1986 1995
Acura SLX 1996 1999
Acura Vigor 1992 1994
Tool: Large side of double tool - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE:You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever
you will see it move.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt22
Tool 26

Acura Integra Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 24
A
C
U
R
A
ACURA005ACURA 631 Style00 1 R3501
ACURA Met hod - M1
Acura Integra 2 door 1994 2001
TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
(see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the
inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 35

Go To Index
Page 25
ACURA009-M1ACURA 1180 Style03 1 V2609
ACURA
A
C
U
R
A
Met hod - M1
Acura MDX 2001 2006
TOOL: Large Side of Double Tool- 26
1.Separate glass from weather strip with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2.Lower tool into the door near the door lock button.
3.Turn tool handle to make contact with tool tip and lock button.
4.Lift tool to unlock door.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside the car. When you contact the door lock button,
you will see the button move.


Tool 26

ACURA MDX Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 26
A
C
U
R
A
ACURA009-M2ACURA 1340 Style00 1 R7401
ACURA Met hod - M2
Acura MDX 2001 2006
Tool: 74
1.Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of
tool emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74

Go To Index
Page 27
ACURA011ACURA 636 Style00 1 H4202FRD
ACURA
A
C
U
R
A
Met hod - M1
Acura RL 1997 1998
Tool: REVERSE HOOK TOOL - 42
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on REAR passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and insert.
3. Lower tool into hole in inner door frame and beneath linkage shield. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
.
4. Rotate tool handle towards you and raise tip of tool behind the plastic shield in order to hook and bind
lock linkage.
5. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you
will see the door lock button move.
6. Move linkage towards front of car.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 42

Go To Index
Page 28
A
C
U
R
A
ACURA013ACURA 1228 Style04 1 acu016
ACURA Met hod - M1
Acura RSX 3 Door 2002 2006
Acura TL 4 Door 2004 2008
Acura TSX 2004 2008
TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button.
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the rear of the vehicle .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of t
he door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
Rotate & Tilt Tool
Into Position
1 2
3 4
Push tool againt lock button
and lift tool to unlock door From Inside Door
Enlargement
Tool
Lock Button
Lift Tool
to Unlock Door
Wedge
Insertion
Position
Lower Tool Under
Glass

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 81

ACURA RSX Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the car
Go To Index
Page 29
ACURA015-M1ACURA 778 Style05 1 H2305f
ACURA
A
C
U
R
A
Met hod - M1
Acura TL 1996 1998
Acura Integra 4 Door 1994 2001
Acura NSX 1991 2005
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on rear passenger door .
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. Turn tool to hook and bind bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rock tool handle towards rear of vehicle in order to move the linkage towards the front of the car.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23

Acura TL Tool in insertion position Tool in working position. Rotate handle
towards REAR of car
Tool must enter hole in inner door
panel to grab lower linkage.
Close Up. Move linkage towards
FRONT of car
Go To Index
Page 30
A
C
U
R
A
ACURA015-M2ACURA 639 Style04 1 glassman
ACURA Met hod - M2
Acura TL 1996 1998
Acura Integra 4 Door 1994 2001
Acura NSX 1991 2005
Tool: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward.
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle.
Use of Glass Saver System is recommended!
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

Acura TL Insert SuperWedge/Glassmaninto
window
Insert tool into hole created by Super-
Wedge/Glassman
Hook lock button with tool, and move
to rear of car to unlock
Go To Index
Page 31
ACURA016ACURA 1514 Style03 1 V4711
ACURA
A
C
U
R
A
Met hod - M1
Acura TL 4 Door 1999 2003
Acura Legend 4 Door 1986 1995
Acura RL 4 Door 1999 2004
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3.Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4.Lift door lock rod to unlock door.


Tool 47

ACURA TL Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 32
A
C
U
R
A
ACURA021ACURA 624 Style04 1 R8901FD
ACURA Met hod - M1
Acura MDX 2007 2012
Acura RDX 4 door 2007 2012
Acura RL 2005 2012
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 89

Acura MDX Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Push door lock button to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 33
ACURA022ACURA 1606 Style06 1 jack_but
ACURA
A
C
U
R
A
Met hod - M1
Acura TL 2009 2011
Acura TL 2012 2013
Acura TSX 2009 2013
Acura TSX Sports Wagon 2011 2013
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG
1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage door lock release button.
6 Push the door lock Button Forward to Unlock the door
Button

Tool 78SG

ACURA TL Use jack Tool To make Working Room
for AirjacK
Insert Airjack and Infate
View from inside the car Button moves tward the Front Push the door lock button forward to
unlock the car
Go To Index
Page 34
A
C
U
R
A
ACURA023ACURA 1725 Style00 1 startmulti
ACURA Met hod - M1
Acura ZDX 2010 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 35
ALFA ROMEO001ALFA ROMEO 1515 Style00 1 LPSJ01
ALFA ROMEO
A
L
F
A

R
O
M
E
O
Met hod - M1
Alfa Romeo All All
TOOL: SLIM JIM
These cars are equipped with a lazy pawl. You can usually open them by attacking the pawl on the door
lock.
These can be opened as shown in the illustrations below.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool SJ

Go To Index
Page 36
A
U
D
I
AUDI004-M1AUDI 641 Style00 1 V2601
AUDI Met hod - M1
Audi 4000 1984 1989
Audi 5000 1984 1989
Audi A4 Wagon
Audi A4 Upto 1998
Audi A6 Upto 1998
Tool: Double Tool - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. (VERY TIGHT FIT)
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock knob. Lift tool to unlock door.
Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions are for either door.

Tool 26

Go To Index
Page 37
AUDI004-M2AUDI 642 Style00 1 V5701
AUDI
A
U
D
I
Met hod - M2
Audi A4 Upto 1998
Audi A4 Wagon
Audi A6 Upto 1998
Audi A8 1998
TOOL: STRIP TOOL
1. Insert Strip Savers between the window and the door or window frame.
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool in between window and Strip Saver (SEE DIAGRAM).
3. Hook door lock knob with folded end of Strip Tool.
4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.
NOTE: Whenever the door lock button is exposed, we recommend using this method.

Tool 57

Go To Index
Page 38
A
U
D
I
AUDI005AUDI 375 Style00 1 V8604
AUDI Met hod - M1
Audi S4 2000 2002
Audi 100 All
Audi 200
Audi 80 All
Audi 90 All
Audi A4 Sedan 1999 2001
Audi A4 Avant Wagon 1999 2001
Audi S4 Avant Wagon 2001 2002
Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86
1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge. (VERY TIGHT FIT)
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Hook lock rod where it attaches to door latch mechanism and lift.
5. Watch door lock button for movement. When you have hooked correct lock rod crank, you will see the
door lock button move.
* Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions are for either door.

Tool 86

Go To Index
Page 39
AUDI006AUDI 470 Style05 1 aud012
AUDI
A
U
D
I
Met hod - M1
Audi S4 2006 2012
Audi A4 Sedan 2002 2008
Audi A4 Avant 2004 2012
Audi RS-4 2006 2009
Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock handle (see fgure 4).
7. Move tool to engage door lock handle, unlocking the door.
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
Rot at e & Ti l t T ool
I nt o Posi t i on
REAR
DOOR
Wed ge
I nser t i on
Posi t i on
1 2
3 4
Fr omI nsi de Door
Enl ar gement
Tool
Lock But t on
Lower T ool
Under Gl ass
Sl i de t ool i n
t hi s di r ect i on
t o unl ock door
Lock
But t on

Alternative method use
Alternate Starthand
Tool 35

AUDI A4 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Hook the Inside Door Handle to Open View from Far Inside
Go To Index
Page 40
A
U
D
I
AUDI007AUDI 1267 Style05 1 R5004
AUDI Met hod - M1
Audi A4 Cabriolet 2 Door 2003 2009 Audi S4 Cabriolet 2006 2001
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG
1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.
PASSENGER
DOOR
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction

Tool 78SG

Audi A4 Cabriolet Insert glassmaster tool Insert long reach tool into cavity
View from inside the vehicle Pull door handle to open door
Go To Index
Page 41
AUDI008-M1BAUDI 1813 Style00 1 StartHand
Audi
A
u
d
i
Met hod - M1
Audi A6 Sedan 2011 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to Unlock the door
Note These vehicles are very delicate so the utmost care should be used

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 42
A
U
D
I
AUDI008b-M1AUDI 21 Style04 1 aud012
AUDI Met hod - M1
Audi S6 2003 2009
Audi A3 4 door 2006 2012
Audi A6 Sedan 1998 2011
Audi RS6 2004 2009
Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock handle (see fgure 4).
7. Move tool to engage door lock handle, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the gl ass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
Rot at e & Ti l t T ool
I nt o Posi t i on
REAR
DOOR
Wed ge
I nser t i on
Posi t i on
1 2
3 4
Fr omI nsi de Door
Enl ar gement
Tool
Lock But t on
Lower T ool
Under Gl ass
Sl i de t ool i n
t hi s di r ect i on
t o unl ock door
Lock
But t on

Tool 35

AUDI A6 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 43
AUDI008b-M2AUDI 670 Style06 1 Jackhand
AUDI
A
U
D
I
Met hod - M2
Audi A6 Sedan 1998 2011
Audi A3 4 door 2006 2012
Audi RS6 2004 2009
Audi S6 2003 2009
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG
1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

Audi A6 Insert Jack Tool Insert Air Wedge
Insert tool into door cavity Pull door lock handle to unlock door Manoeuvre tool to hook door lock
handle
Go To Index
Page 44
A
U
D
I
AUDI009AUDI 1686 Style02 1 C2601
AUDI Met hod - M1
Audi A8 Sedan 2001 2003
Audi A8 Sedan 1998
Audi A8 Wagon 1998 2003
Audi A8L Sedan 2001 2006
Audi S8 Sedan 2001 2003
TOOL: LARGE SIDE OF DOUBLE TOOL- 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip on REAR passenger door.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: USE REAR PASSENGER DOOR
Extreme caution should be used on this vehicle since the body is all Aluminum

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 26
Audi A8 Tool in working position

Go To Index
Page 45
AUDI009bAUDI 1815 Style00 1 StartHand
Audi
A
u
d
i
Met hod - M1
Audi A8 Sedan 2012 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door
Caution: This vehicle has an aluminum body and can be damaged very easily. This opening should only
be used in extreme emergencies

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 46
A
U
D
I
AUDI009cAUDI 1776 Style00 1 Glasshdl
AUDI Met hod - M1
Audi A7 4 door 2011 2012
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG with Glassman Wedge
1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar
2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open
the door.
This opening is provided for use in extreme emergencies only, and is not recommended under for use
under normal circumstances.
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Pull handle

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 47
AUDI010-M1AUDI 630 Style06 1 R3510
AUDI
A
U
D
I
Met hod - M1
Audi Q7 SUV 2007 2012
Audi Allroad Wagon 1998 2005
Audi Avant 1998 2005
Audi Q5 SUV 2009 2012
Tool: Inside Access Tool-35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.


Alternative method use
Alternate starthand
Tool 35

Audi Q7 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the vehicle Pull door handle to unlock door Hook door handle with end of tool
Go To Index
Page 48
A
U
D
I
AUDI010-M2AUDI 666 Style05 1 jackhand
AUDI Met hod - M2
Audi Q7 SUV 2007 2012
Audi AllRoad Wagon
Audi Avant
Audi Q5 SUV 2009 2012
TOOL : JACK TOOL
1. Insert jack tool into side of door and separate the door from the frame of the vehicle.
2. Insert a ir wedge into upper portion of the door and infate to create an opening in the door.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to
5 Unlock the vehicle.
Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!

Tool 78SG

Audi Q7 Insert Jack Tool and Air Wedge Infate Air Wedge to create working
space
Insert long reach tool into door Pull door handle to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 49
AUDI011AUDI 340 Style05 1 R5004
AUDI
A
U
D
I
Met hod - M1
Audi TT Roadster 2000 2006 Audi TT 2 DOOR 2000 2012
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG
1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3.Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4.With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.
PASSENGER
DOOR
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction

Tool 78SG

Audi TT Insert Wedge in Frameless Window Insert Remote Access Tool Between
Wedges
View from Inside the Door Hook Door Lock Handle and Pull Back
Go To Index
Page 50
A
U
D
I
Audi012AUDI 367 Style00 1 R5004
AUDI Met hod - M1
Audi A5 Coupe 2008 2012
Audi R8 Copue 2008 2012
Audi S5 Copue 2008 2012
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG
1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2.Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle
3.Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4.With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open
the door.
This opening is provided for use in extreme emergencies only, and is not recommended under for use
under normal circumstances.
PASSENGER
DOOR
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 51
Audi013AUDI 1707 Style00 1 R5004
AUDI
A
U
D
I
Met hod - M1
Audi 1 Series Copue 2010 2012
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge
1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass an pillar
2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open
the door.
This opening is provided for use in extreme emergencies only, and is not recommended under for use
under normal circumstances.
PASSENGER
DOOR
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 52
A
U
T
O
C
A
R

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
AUTOCAR HEAVY TRUCK001AUTOCAR HEAVY TRUCK 1455 Style03 1 V8804HT
AUTOCAR HEAVY TRUCK Met hod - M1
Autocar All All
Tool: 102 Upward Bend Tool
1.Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room to insert the tool.
.Insert the tool near the very rear of the front passenger side door.
3.Hook the linkage directly under the door lock button where it connects to the door lock latch.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.
Wedge
Direction

Linkage
Direction
Tool

Tool 102

All Autocar Heavy Duty Trucks. Insert the tool at rear of passenger
side door.
Lower tool directly under door lock
button. Lift to unlock.
Go To Index
Page 53
BMW001BMW 523 Style05 1 78Frame
BMW
B
M
W
Met hod - M1
BMW325i 2006 2012
BMW3 Series Framed Window2000 2012
BMW330i 2006 2012
BMW5 Series 2001 2012
BMW5 Series Wagon 2005 2012
BMW550i 2005 2012
BMW7 Series 2002 2009
BMW745 2005 2008
BMW760 2006 2008
BMWX3 2004 2009
BMWX5 2002 2009
Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with One Hand Jack and Air Jack
1. Insert the One Hand Jack tool on the side of the door.
2. Insert and infate the Air Jack wedge on the top of the door.
3. Prepare two (2) tools for use, the frst for disabling the deadlock mechanism, the second for opening the door.
4. Insert the frst tool in the opening in the door .
5. Maneuver the tool to push the door lock button to disable the deadlock mechanism. A clicking sound may be heard
in the door. The door lock release button will be found on the dashboard or the console near the shift lever.
6. With the deadlock mechanism disengaged, quickly use the long reach tool to pull the door handle twice- once to
unlock the door, the second to open the door.
NOTE: This opening is intended for automobiles with framed windows and deadlock mechanisms.
Dashboard
Push Door Lock ButtonTo Release Deadlock

Tool 78SG

Use One Hand Jack t Use Air Wedge To create opening Insert Long Reach Tool at top of door
Push deadlock button on dash to
release deadlock mechanism
Quickly pull door handle to unlock
Go To Index
Page 54
B
M
W
BMW006BMW 338 Style06 1 78FRLess
BMW Met hod - M1
BMW645 2005 2012
BMW3 Series Convertible 1997 2012
BMW3 Series Coupe 2007 2012
BMW3 Series 2008 2012
BMW325ci 2006 2012
BMW6 Series 2004 2012
BMW650I 2006 2012
BMWMCoupe 2007 2010
BMWMRoadster 2007 2010
BMWM3 2000 2010
Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with GlassMan
1. Insert the GlassMan wedge in the window.
2. Prepare two (2) tools for use, the frst for disabling the deadlock mechanism, the second for opening the door.
3. Insert the frst tool in the opening created by the GlassMan wedge.
4. Maneuver the tool to push the door lock button to disable the deadlock mechanism. A clicking sound may be heard
in the door. The door lock release button will be found on the dashboard or the console near the shift lever.
5. With the deadlock mechanism disengaged, quickly use the long reach tool to pull the door handle twice- once to
unlock the door, the second to open the door .
NOTE : This opening is intended only for automobiles with frameless windows and deadlock mechanisms.
Special Note: BMW is an expensive and delicate vehicle Use these openings Only in extreme emergency situations.

Tool 78SG

BMW 645 Insert Glass Master Insert Flat Tool for Door Lock Button
Push Door Lock Button on Console Pull Door Handle TWICE to Unlock Insert SQM Tool for Door Handle
Go To Index
Page 55
BMW009BMW 825 Style00 1 V5701
BMW
B
M
W
Met hod - M1
BMW8 Series Upto 1998
Tool: STRIP TOOL - 57
1. Insert Strip Saver in between window and door, or window frame.
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between Strip Saver and the door or window frame (SEE INSERTION
DIAGRAM).
3. Maneuver Strip tool to hook door lock knob.
4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.
NOTE : All 1991 and later model BMWs are equipped with a special lock mechanism which engages when
the door is locked with the key. When the door is locked with the key it, is impossible to open with car
opening tools. In the event of lost keys, BMW dealers can get replacements with the V.I.N. number. If the
car is locked by any oF their method, use these opening methods.
NOTE : Since most of the time vehicle will be in a dead lock position; we recommend ordering a replace-
ment key from the BMW dealer. This key can be ordered using the vehicle identifcation number.

Tool 57

Go To Index
Page 56
B
M
W
BMW010BMW 114 Style04 1 V8802
BMW Met hod - M1
BMWMCoupe 1998 2002
BMW5 series upto 2000
BMW6 Series upto 2003
BMW7 Series 4 door 1989 2001
BMWMRoadster 1998 2002
BMWM3 Coupe Upto 1999
Tool: Double Bend Tool 88
1. Use inside door handle of rear door as guide (See fgure for position).
2. Separate glass from weather-strips.
3. Lower the tool into the door.
4. Tip of tool must go into the hole in doorframe.
5. Lift up on tool and hook bell crank (see fg.).
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct bell crank, you
will see the door lock button move.
NOTE: All 1991 and later model BMWs are equipped with a special lock mechanism which engages when the door is
locked with the key. When the door is locked with the key, it is impossible to open with car opening tools. In the event
of lost keys, BMW dealers can get replacements with the V.I.N number. If the car is locked by any other method, use
these opening methods.
NOTE: Since most of the time vehicle will be in a dead lock position; we recommend ordering a replacement key
from the BMW dealer. This key can be ordered using the vehicle identifcation number.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
V8802.eps

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 88-45

BMW Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 57
BMW013BMW 1190 Style00 1 R5004
BMW
B
M
W
Met hod - M1
BMWZ3 1997 2002
BMWZ4 2003 2009
BMWZ8 All
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg
1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing down-
ward (see fgure 1 for position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle (see fgure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see fgure
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see fgure
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open
the door.
PASSENGER
DOOR
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 58
C
H
E
V
R
O
L
E
T

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS001CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 1456 Style04 1 R103-04
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Chevrolet HT C Series Vertical Buttons and Vent Win-
dows Pre 1989
Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104
1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the fat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining therelease button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.
Insert #104 Latch
Button Tool
Insert #103 Vent Handle

Tool 103-04

Chevrolet Medium Duty Trucks. Vent
Windows and Vertical Buttons.
Insert Flat Vent tool under the vent
window directly below the vent window
latch handle.
Depress vent window latch lock button
with fat tool while turning handle with
other tool.
Keep the Button depresed while turn-
ing the handle.
Go To Index
Page 59
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS002CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 1457 Style04 1 H2337F
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS
C
H
E
V
R
O
L
E
T

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet HT C Series Horizontal Linkage 1989 2002
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23
1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod.
5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.
Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door. Door lock lever (circled) is shown
reversed.
FOR 1997 Models: See Index

Tool 23

Chevrolet Kodiack heavy duty truck Lower the tool into the door at the very
rear edge of the passenger door
Tool in working position. Hook top
linkage.
View from inside the door. Move link-
age forward to unlock.
Go To Index
Page 60
C
H
E
V
R
O
L
E
T

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS003CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 330 Style06 1 H9101FHT
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Chevrolet HT 4500 Horizontal Linkage 2003 2012
Chevrolet HT 5500 Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009
Chevrolet HT C Series Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009
Tool: 9 1 Downward Hook Tool
1.Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool into the rear of the door.
2. Lower the tool with the tip facing the rear INSIDE of the door. Note that the tip of the tool must not go behind the
window run channel so keep the tip facing towards the inside while you lower it in the door.
3.Hook the door lock rod with the tip of the tool.
4.Rotate the tool in order to move the linkage to the front of the car.
Wedge
Gap In
Shield
Move Tool
Shield
Gap In
Shield
Move Tool
ENLARGEMENT

Tool 91

All C Series 2003 and later Medium
and Heavy duty Truck Chassis
Tool in insertion position Tool in working position. Note tool is
deep in door with tip at rear corner
Twist tool to move linkage to front of
vehicle
Close up of tool in action. View inside door. Tool hooks linkage at
lower rear corner of door.
Go To Index
Page 61
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS004CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 1459 Style04 1 H9101FHT
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS
C
H
E
V
R
O
L
E
T

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet HT Van Cab All
Tool: 91 Downward Hook Tool
1 Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool into the center of the door.
2.Lower the tool on to the door lock linkage.
3.Hook the door lock rod with the tip of the tool
4.Rotate the tool in order to move the linkage to the front of the car.
Wedge
Gap In
Shield
Move Tool
Shield
Gap In
Shield
Move Tool
ENLARGEMENT

Tool 91

Chevrolet heavy duty van chassis is
used with a variety of deifferent bed
confgurations
Insert the number 106 tool near the
center of the door.
Lower the tool on top of the lock link-
age. Twist the tool so the tip moves
towards the front of the door.
When you have hooked the correct
linkage you will see the door lock but-
ton move up
Go To Index
Page 62
C
H
E
V
R
O
L
E
T

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS005-M1CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 1460 Style03 1 v4715HT
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Chevrolet HT WSeries Light Duty Pre 1995
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1.Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2.Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3.Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4.Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Wedge
Pull
Up
Linkage
Pull
Up

Tool 47

Chevrolet light duty cab over business
class trucks
Tool in insertion position Tool in working position. Tool is only a
few inches into the door.
Go To Index
Page 63
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS005-M2CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 1461 Style02 1 V2612HT
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS
C
H
E
V
R
O
L
E
T

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M2
Chevrolet HT WSeries Light Duty Pre 1995
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Pull
Up
Linkage
Pull
Up

Tool 26
Tool in insertion position Lift the tool up under the door lock button, to
unlock the door.

Go To Index
Page 64
C
H
E
V
R
O
L
E
T

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS006CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 1462 Style04 1 V2613HT
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Chevrolet HT WSeries Light Duty 1996 2009
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Pull
Up
Linkage
Pull
Up

Tool 26

Chevrolet W3500 and W4500 Lower tool into the door near the door
lock button.
Lower tool below door lock button, lift
tool under button to unlock.
View of the door lock button from the
inside of the vehicle.
Go To Index
Page 65
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS007CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 1468 Style05 1 H2340HT
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS
C
H
E
V
R
O
L
E
T

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet HT T Series MediumDuty Pre 1995
Tool: 23 Horizontal Linkage Tool
1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool into the door until the tool rests on the lock linkage.
3.Twist the tool to bind the linkage.
4.Move the tip of the tool forward so the linkage moves towards the front of the truck.
5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.
Direction
Wedge
Direction
Enlargement

Tool 23

Chevrolet Medium Duty T Series
trucks
Insert tool between glass and weather
stripping.
Tool in working position
Hook top linkage with tool tip. Move
linkage to rear to unlock.
Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 66
C
H
E
V
R
O
L
E
T

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS008CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS 1463 Style06 1 V10501HT
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Chevrolet HT T Series MediumDuty 1996 2006
Tool: 105 Tool
1 Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool into the door about of the way down in the door.
3.Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the truck.
4.Lift the tool under the door lock linkage.
5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.
Direction
Wedge
Tool
Direction

Tool 105

Chevrolet large and medium duty busi-
ness class cab over trucks
Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
View from inside the door. View of door with panel. Hook tool tip under lock linkage and lift
to unlock.
Go To Index
Page 67
CHRYSLER002CHRYSLER 1429 Style05 1 V4707
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Dodge Magnum 2005 2008
Chrysler 300C 2005 2013
Chrysler 300C SRT 2005 2013
Chrysler 300M 1999 2004
Chrysler Aspen 2007 2009
Chrysler Cirrus 4 door 1995 2000
Chrysler Concorde 1998 2004
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool


Tool 47

Dodge Magnum Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Hook Lock Rod and Lift to Unlock.
Go To Index
Page 68
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
CHRYSLER002b-M1CHRYSLER 1789 Style05 1 V12501
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Chrysler 200 2011 2013 Chrysler 200 Convertible 2011 2013
Tool:125 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door

Tool 125

Chrysler 200 Tool In Working Position inside of door
close up of inside of door tool hooking linkage
Go To Index
Page 69
CHRYSLER002b-M2CHRYSLER 1827 Style04 1 H6603RD
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M2
Chrysler 200 2011 2013
TOOL: Checkmark Tool- 66
1. Insert a strip saver and wedge into the rear passenger door between the glass and the weather stripping.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. Do not lower the tool very
far into the door.
3.Turn the tool handle away from the vehicle to access the lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to hook the lock linkage from below (see diagram).
5.Turn tool handle to move lock linkage towards the rear of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 66

Chrysler 200 Tool insertion Position Tool in working position
Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 70
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
CHRYSLER006CHRYSLER 563 Style04 1 R5009dd
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Chrysler Crossfre Convertible 2005 2008
Chrysler Crossfre Coupe 2004 2008
Chrysler Crossfre SRT 6 2005 2006
Chrysler Crossfre Roadster 2005 2008
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg
1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.
Note: Use of the Glass Master System is recommended!
Drivers
DOOR ONLY
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction
Drivers
DOOR ONLY

Tool 78SG

Chrysler Crossfre Tool in Insertion Position Hook Door Handle.
Pull Door Handle to Open.
Go To Index
Page 71
CHRYSLER009-M1CHRYSLER 535 Style00 1 V2201
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Dodge Ram 3500 Series 2002 2002
Chrysler Fifth Avenue 1985 1989
Chrysler Fifth Avenue 1990 1993
Chrysler Imperial 1986 1989
Chrysler Imperial 1990 1993
Chrysler NewYorker 1986 1989
Chrysler NewYorker 1990 1993
Chrysler NewYorker Salon 1990 1993
Dodge Ram Truck 1994 2001
Dodge Ram 2500 Series 2002 2002
Dodge Truck Full Size 1994 2001
Plymouth Colt Pop up locks 1986 1994
Plymouth Colt Vista Pop up locks 1986 1994
Tool: SMALL HOOK TOOL 22
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. Hook Bell Crank with end of tool.
5. Lift straight up on tool in order to raise the lock button.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt47
INSER TION
Front Passenger
Door
Tool 22

Go To Index
Page 72
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
CHRYSLER009-M2CHRYSLER 799 Style00 1 V2601
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M2
Plymouth Colt Pop up locks 1986 1994
Dodge Colt Pop up locks 1986 1994
Dodge Colt Pop up locks 1986 1994
Dodge Colt Vista Pop up locks 1986 1994
Dodge Colt Vista Pop up locks 1986 1994
Dodge Ram Van 1985 1997
Dodge Van Full Size 1985 1997
Plymouth Colt Vista Pop up locks 1986 1994
Tool: DOUBLE TOOL - 26
For the above vehicles equipped with pop-up style locks
1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button.
2. Lower the tool into the door.
3. Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

Tool 26

Go To Index
Page 73
CHRYSLER010CHRYSLER 704 Style00 1 H2332F
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Chrysler Laser 1984 1989
Chrysler LeBaron 2 Door 1982 1989
Chrysler LeBaron 4 Door 1982 1989
Chrysler Maserati TC 1989 1991
Chrysler Town &Country 1984 1990
Chrysler Town &Country Wagon Wagon 1984 1988
Dodge 600 1984 1988
Dodge Aries 1984 1988
Dodge Caravan 1984 1990
Dodge Charger 1984 1990
Dodge Daytona 1984 1990
Dodge Lancer 1984 1989
Dodge Shelby Charger 1984 1990
Plymouth Caravelle 1984 1986
Plymouth Laser 1984 1989
Plymouth Reliant 1984 1988
Plymouth Voyager 1984 1990
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards
the rear of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you
will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

Go To Index
Page 74
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
CHRYSLER011CHRYSLER 694 Style00 1 HSJ01
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Chrysler Fifth Avenue 1980 1985
Chrysler Imperial 1980 1985
Chrysler NewYorker 1980 1985
Tool: SLIM JIM
This vehicle is equipped with a lazy pawl lock mechanism, and it can be opened as shown in the illustra-
tion below.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool SJ

Go To Index
Page 75
CHRYSLER013CHRYSLER 692 Style00 1 V2601
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Chrysler LeBaron 1990 1995
Chrysler LeBaron Convertible 1990 1995
Chrysler LeBaron GTC Convertible 1990 1995
Dodge Daytona 1990 1994
Dodge Monaco 1990 1992
Plymouth Grand Fury 1990 1991
Tool: DOUBLE TOOL - 26
1. at the lock button inside of the vehicle.
2. a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip near the lock button.
3. the tool between the glass and the weather-stripping in front door.
4. the tool into the door.
5. the back side of the lock button with the tip of the tool and lift it up.
6. the lock button for movement.
NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button
move.

Tool 26

Go To Index
Page 76
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
CHRYSLER014CHRYSLER 697 Style04 1 V4704F
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Chrysler LHS 1994 2001
Chrysler Concorde 1993 1997
Chrysler NewYorker 1994 1995
Dodge Intrepid 1993 1997
Dodge Intrepid 1993 2006
Dodge Intrepid 1998 2004
Dodge Stratus 4 Door 1995 2006
Eagle Vision 1993 1997
Plymouth Breeze 1996 2000
Tool :S Tool 47
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (see fgure for position).
4. Hook linkage that runs from door lock pawl to door latch mechanism (see enlargement diagram below).
5. Pull straight up on tool to unlock door.

Tool 47

Chrysler LHS Tool in working position View from inside the door
Close up of tool on linkage
Go To Index
Page 77
CHRYSLER015CHRYSLER 1366 Style06 1 RLJ02
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Chrysler Pacifca Wagon 2004 2008
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. Insert strip saver and wedge on the upper corner of the door.
2. Insert an Air Wedge into the door and infate.
3. Remove the wedge from the door.
4. Insert tool into the door.
5. Maneuver the tool so that the tip of the tool accesses the door lock button.
6. Push the door lock button to unlock the door.
Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!

Tool 78SG

Chrysler Pacifca Insert Wedge on Top Corner of Door. Insert Air Wedge.
Pump Air Wedge to Infate. Push Door Lock Button With Tool to
Unlock Door.
Insert Tool Directly Above Air Wedge.
Go To Index
Page 78
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
CHRYSLER016CHRYSLER 784 Style05 1 H2218FRD
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Chrysler Prowler 2001 2002 Plymouth Prowler 1999 2000
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (see fgure for position).
4. Hook lock linkage with hooked end of tool.
5. Turn tool handle towards rear of vehicle to unlock the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate AltGM
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 23

Chrysler Prowler Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close Up
Go To Index
Page 79
CHRYSLER017CHRYSLER 1544 Style05 1 V4705
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Chrysler PT Cruiser 4 Door 2001 2011 Chrysler PT Cruiser Convertible 2005 2008
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into passenger side front door to create an opening for the tool.
2. Lower the S tool into the door directly above the door handle.
3. Once lowered into the door, twist tool to hook door lock rod (See Photos 4 and 5)
4. Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 47

Chrysler PT Cruiser Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool Hooking Lock Rod
Go To Index
Page 80
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
CHRYSLER018CHRYSLER 1290 Style04 1 H2354B
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Chrysler Sebring 1995 2000 Dodge Avenger 1995 2000
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear
of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View from inside the door
Move linkage to rear of car
Go To Index
Page 81
CHRYSLER019CHRYSLER 1182 Style04 1 H9128F
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Chrysler Sebring Convertible 1996 2000
Tool: DOWNWARD BEND TOOL- 91
1 Insert Strip Saver and Wedge in passenger side door to create an opening for the tool.
2 Use the curved end of the tool, and point it towards the front of the car. Lower the tool approximately half way into
the door, directly above the door handle (see diagram for position).
3 Twist tool handle to enable the working end of the tool to access the lock linkage.
4 Hook and bind lock linkage, and turn tool handle towards rear of car in order to move the linkage forward and un-
lock the door.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91L

CHRYSLER SEBRING CONVERT-
IBLE
Tool in working position View from inside the door
Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 82
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
CHRYSLER020CHRYSLER 1100 Style05 1 V4707
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Chrysler Sebring 4 Door 2001 2006
Dodge Avenger 2008 2010
Dodge Charger 2006 2010
TOOL S TOOL - 47
1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip on passenger side door.
2. L ower tool into the car door directly above the door handle.
3. Twist tool handle in order to hook the lock rod. Once the tool makes contact with the rod, you should see the door
lock button move.
4. Lift tool to move lock rod and unlock the door.


Tool 47

CHRYSLER SEBRING Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action
Go To Index
Page 83
CHRYSLER020bCHRYSLER 1193 Style04 1 R5007
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Chrysler Sebring Convertible 2001 2006
Chrysler Sebring Coupe 2001 2006
Dodge Stratus Coupe 2001 2006
Dodge Stratus RT 2002 2006
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. Use appropriate wedge (like the Glass Master Wedge System) to separate the glass and create working room.
2. Insert the tool into the vehicle.
3. Move the door lock button to with the tool to unlock the door.
Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!

Tool 78SG

Chrysler Sebring Insert Super Wedge and Tool in Open-
ing
Reach Tool Across Door to Access
Door Handle
Pull Door Handle to Unlock Door
Go To Index
Page 84
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
CHRYSLER020cCHRYSLER 1829 Style05 1 V4708
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Dodge Charger 2011 2013 Dodge Avenger 2010 2013
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.


Tool 47

Dodge Charger Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Inside of door Tool hooking linkage
Go To Index
Page 85
CHRYSLER022CHRYSLER 1297 Style05 1 v4708
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Chrysler Town &Country 1991 2007
Chrysler Voyager 2001 2003
Dodge Caravan 1991 2007
Dodge Grand Caravan 1991 2007
Plymouth Voyager 1991 2000
TOOL: S Tool- 47
1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into the passenger side front door.
2. With tip facing rear of vehicle, lower the tool into the door directly above the door handle.
3. Twist tool to hook lock linkage.
4. Lift tool to unlock door.


Tool 47

CHRYSLER TOWN & COUNTRY Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action
Go To Index
Page 86
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
CHRYSLER023CHRYSLER 767 Style06 1 H6603RD
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Chrysler Sebring 2007 2012 Chrysler Sebring Convrtiblr 2007 2012
TOOL: Checkmark Tool- 66
1. Insert a strip saver and wedge into the rear passenger door between the glass and the weather stripping.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. Do not lower the tool very
far into the door.
3.Turn the tool handle away from the vehicle to access the lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to hook the lock linkage from below (see diagram).
5.Turn tool handle to move lock linkage towards the rear of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate alt47
INSER TION
Front Passenger
Door
Tool 66

Chrysler Sebring Tool in insertion position. Use rear
door.
Tool in working position.
Tool shown in working location. Close up of tool in action. Hook lock
rod and lift to unlock.
View from inside the door. Note loca-
tion of door lock rod.
Go To Index
Page 87
Chrysler025CHRYSLER 1593 Style03 1 V4707
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Dodge Grand Caravan 2008 2012 Chrysler Town &Country 2008 2012
TOOL - 47
1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip on passenger side door.
2. L ower tool into the car door directly above the door handle.
3. Twist tool handle in order to hook the lock rod. Once the tool makes contact with the rod, you should
see the door lock button move.
4. Lift tool to move lock rod and unlock the door.


Tool 47

Dodge Caravan Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Go To Index
Page 88
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
CHRYSLER067CHRYSLER 1681 Style05 1 V10511
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Dodge Challenger 2 Door 2009 2013
TOOL: 105
1.Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage.
4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.

Alternative method use
Alternate AltGMV
Linkage
Tool 105

Dodge Chalenger Tool 105 Tool in Working Position
Closeup of tool lifting Linkage Tool Under linkage Lift
Go To Index
Page 89
DODGE009CHRYSLER 703 Style04 1 H2351F
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Dodge Colt Horizontal 1986 1994
Dodge Colt Vista Horizontal 1986 1994
Eagle Summit 2 Door 1989 1992
Plymouth Colt Horizontal 1986 1994
Plymouth Colt Vista Horizontal 1986 1994
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front
of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Inside the door
Inside the door close-up
Go To Index
Page 90
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
DODGE017CHRYSLER 933 Style00 1 V4704F
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Dodge Dakota 1997 2000
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Go To Index
Page 91
DODGE018CHRYSLER 1204 Style05 1 H2321F
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Dodge Dakota 2001 2004 Dodge Durango 2001 2003
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Insert Strip Saver between window and weather strip of the front passenger side door.
2. With the tool facing the front of the vehicle, lower tool into he door, directly above the door handle.
3. Hook and bind the lower linkage (see diagram and photos for position).
4. Move linkage towards FRONT of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 23

DODGE DAKOTA Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action
Go To Index
Page 92
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
DODGE019CHRYSLER 1158 Style05 1 V4701
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Dodge Durango 2004 2008
Dodge Dakota 2005 2012
Dodge Durango 1998 2000
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Dodge Durango Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Tool in Working Position View from Inside the Door
Go To Index
Page 93
DODGE019bCHRYSLER 1830 Style05 1 V4708
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Dodge Durango SUV 2011 2013
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.


Tool 47

Dodge Durango Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Inside of door tool hooking linkage
Go To Index
Page 94
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
DODGE025CHRYSLER 831 Style05 1 H2353F
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Dodge Neon 2 door 1994 1999 Plymouth Neon 2 door 1994 1999
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door on top of lock linkage.
3. Twist tool to bind linkage.
4. Move tool forward.

Tool 23

DODGE NEON Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Inside of door panel off. Close-up of inside panel off.
Go To Index
Page 95
DODGE026CHRYSLER 832 Style03 1 H8206RD
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Dodge Neon 4 door 1994 1999 Plymouth Neon 4 door 1994 1999
Tool: Drop & Rock - 82 Use REAR DOOR
1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip of the rear door with strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door.
4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage
5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside
6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle.

Tool 82

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 96
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
DODGE027CHRYSLER 1145 Style04 1 H2357
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Dodge Neon 4 door 2000 2005
Dodge Neon RT 4door 2002 2003
Dodge Neon SRT-4 2004 2005
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23
1. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
2. Using door lock button inside car as guide. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip.
3. Hook door lock rod just behind door lock button.
4. Gently push down and forward on tool. (Care should be taken since the plastic linkage inside may come loose.)
NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View from inside the door
Close-up
Go To Index
Page 97
DODGE028CHRYSLER 1353 Style00 1 R103-04
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Dodge Ram Truck 1979 1993 Dodge Truck Full Size 1979 1993
Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104
1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the fat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.
Insert #104 Latch
Button Tool
Insert #103 Vent Handle

Tool 103-04

Go To Index
Page 98
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
DODGE029CHRYSLER 534 Style04 1 V2601
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Dodge Ram 3500 Series 2002 2002
Dodge Ram Truck 1994 2001
Dodge Ram 2500 Series 2002 2002
Dodge Truck Full Size 1994 2001
Tool : Large side of double tool - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE:You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever,you will see
the door lock button move.

Tool 26

Dodge Ram 1500 Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 99
DODGE030CHRYSLER 257 Style05 1 V4701
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Dodge Ram 2500, 3500 2004 2008
Dodge Ram 1500 2002 2008
Dodge RamPower Wagon 2004 2005
Dodge RamSRT 2004 2009
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip ( Very tight ft, be very gentle ) .
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower tool into the door.
4. Twist tool handle to hook and bind lock linkage (see fg.).
5. Pull up on tool while hooking door lock rod.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct rod, you will see
the door lock button move.
Instructions are for passenger side door.

Tool 47

DODGE RAM Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Inside view of Tool in working position Close Up
Go To Index
Page 100
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
DODGE031CHRYSLER 1138 Style05 1 H4708
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Dodge RamVan 1998 2003
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to fnd your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
4. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
5. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 1847NC Tool.
Linkage

Tool 47

DODGE RAM 2500 99 Tool and wedge in insertion position Tool and wedge in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool and linkage
Go To Index
Page 101
DODGE033CHRYSLER 87 Style03 1 V2601
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Dodge Spirit 1989 1995
Dodge Dakota 1988 1996
Dodge Diplomat 1982 1989
Dodge Dynasty 1988 1993
Dodge Omni 1983 1990
Dodge Ram Van 1985 1997
Dodge Shadow 1984 1994
Dodge Van Full Size 1985 1997
Eagle Medallion
Eagle Premier 1988 1992
Eagle Summit 4 DOOR 1989 1992
Eagle Summit Wagon 4 DOOR 1989 1992
Plymouth Acclaim 1989 1995
Plymouth Duster 1984 1994
Plymouth Horizon 1983 1990
Plymouth Sundance 1984 1994
Plymouth Van Full Size 1985 1997
Tool: DOUBLE TOOL - 26
1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button.
2. Lower the tool into the door.
3. Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

Tool 26

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Door without inside panel
Go To Index
Page 102
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
DODGE034CHRYSLER 1157 Style02 1 Sprinter
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Dodge Sprinter 2004 2009
TOOL: 101
1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the glass and the weather strip-
ing.
2.With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower the tool into the door directly above the door handle.
Properly placed, there is less than one inch between the tool handle and the door frame (see diagram).
3.Lower the tool deep into the door, and turn the handle away from the vehicle.
4.Maneuver the working end of the tool to fnd the electronic door lock actuator.
5.Depress the electronic door lock actuator by pushing down on the tool in order to unlock the door.

Tool 101
Dodge Sprinter Tool in Working Position

Go To Index
Page 103
DODGE035CHRYSLER 713 Style04 1 H9123F
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Dodge Stealth 1991 1999 Chrysler Conquest 1984 1989
Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tip of tool toward rear of car.
3. Insert tool into door at the position shown below.
4. Rest the tip of the tool on the linkage closest to the outside of the door.
6. Rotate the tool to bind and move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle (see enlargement diagram).
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car for movement.
NOTE : Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
Linkage
Direction
Lock Linkage
Rotate

Tool 91L

DODGE STEALTH Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Bind and move the linkage towards the
front of the vehicle
Go To Index
Page 104
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
DODGE039CHRYSLER 1421 Style06 1 V5701
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M2
Dodge Nitro 2007 2012
Tool: STRIP TOOL - 57
1. Insert Strip Saver in between window and door, or window frame.
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between Strip Saver and the door or window frame (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM).
3. Maneuver Strip tool to hook door lock knob.
4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.
NOTE : All 1991 and later model BMWs are equipped with a special lock mechani sm which engages when the
door is locked with the key. When the door is locked with the key it, is impossible to open with car opening tools. In
the event of lost keys, BMW dealers can get replacements with the V.I.N. number. If the car is locked by any o ther
method, use these opening methods.
NOTE : Since most of the time vehicle will be in a dead lock position; we recommend ordering a replacement key
from the BMW dealer. This key can be ordered using the vehicle identifcation number.

Tool 57

Dodge Nitro Insert jack tool Insert air wedge at top of door
Pump air wedge to create opening in
door
Hook door lock button and pull to
unlock
Insert strip tool into door
Go To Index
Page 105
Dodge040-M1CHRYSLER 1616 Style05 1 V12001
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Dodge Ram4500/5500 Truck 2008 2009
Dodge 3500 Cab Chassis Truck 2008 2012
Dodge 4500 /5500 cab Chasssis 2008 2012
Dodge Cab Chassis Truck 2008 2009
Tool 120
1) Insert the Strip saver and wedge between the glass and the weather-striping
2) Point the tip of the tool toward the rear of the car lower the tool in to the door making sure the tool goes behind the
window run channel. The tool should be at the rear of the door.(The window run channel is the piece the windows
slides down in)
3) Lower the tool under the lock linkage
4) Lift the tool under the linkage to unlock the door.
V8806.eps

Tool 120

Dodge 4500 Tool in insertion Position Tool in working position
Notice the tool Is inserted behind the
window run channel
Tool lifting the linkage behind the run
channel
Go To Index
Page 106
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Dodge040-M1bCHRYSLER 1764 Style00 1 V12001
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Dodge Ram4500/5500 Truck 2011 2012
Tool 120
1) Insert the Strip saver and wedge between the glass and the weather-striping
2) Point the tip of the tool toward the rear of the car lower the tool in to the door making sure the tool goes
behind the window run channel. The tool should be at the rear of the door.(The window run channel is the
piece the windows slides down in)
3) Lower the tool under the lock linkage
4) Lift the tool under the linkage to unlock the door.
V8806.eps

Tool 120

Go To Index
Page 107
Dodge040-M2CHRYSLER 366 Style05 1 V4717HT
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M2
Dodge Ram4500/5500 Truck 2009 2009 Dodge 4500 /5500 cab Chasssis 2008 2012
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Pull
Up
Wedge
Pull Up
Tool
Linkage

Tool 47

Dodge 4500 Insert tool in position shown Lower tool into door. Hook door lock
rod w/ tip of tool an lift tool to unlock
door
Tool in working position View from Inside
Go To Index
Page 108
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Dodge041CHRYSLER 601 Style03 1 V10511
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M2
Dodge Journey 2008 2012
TOOL: 105
1. Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage.
4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.

Tool 105

Dodge Journey Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 109
Dodge043CHRYSLER 699 Style05 1 V10511
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Dodge Caliber 2006 2012 Dodge Caliber SRT 2006 2012
TOOL: 105
1. Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage.
4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.

Tool 105

Dodge Caliber Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 110
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Dodge044CHRYSLER 1689 Style04 1 V4701
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Dodge Ram 1500 2009 2012
Dodge Pickup 1500 2009 2012
Dodge Ram 2500 2009 2012
Dodge Ram 2500 2009 2012
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1 Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

Dodge Ram 1500 Create working room with wedge and
Strip Saver
Lower tool into the door as shown
Bind linkage and lift
Go To Index
Page 111
EAGLE005CHRYSLER 1120 Style05 1 H2355F
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
Met hod - M1
Eagle Talon 1995 1999
Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear of
the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.
ENLARGEMENT
Rotate Tool to
Bind Linkage
Direction
Lock Linkage

Tool 23

EAGLE TALON Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Tool in working position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 112
C
h
r
y
s
l
e
r

D
o
d
g
e

P
l
y
m
o
u
t
h

E
a
g
l
e
PLYMOUTH009CHRYSLER 706 Style04 1 H2352B
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Met hod - M1
Plymouth Laser 1990 1994 Eagle Talon 1990 1994
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear of
the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23

Insertion position Working position Door without inside panel
Close up of tool
Go To Index
Page 113
DAEWOO001DAEWOO 785 Style04 1 H2375F
DAEWOO
D
A
E
W
O
O
Met hod - M1
Daewoo Lanos 2 Door 1998 2002 Daewoo Lanos Sport Hatch Back
TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23
1. Separate weather strip from glass with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the car.
3.Insert tool into the door cavity.
4.Twist tool to hook top linkage with tip of tool.
5.Turn tool handle toward rear of vehicle to move linkage forward.


Tool 23

DAEWOO LANOS Tool in Working Position View from Inside the Door
Close up of Tool in Action. Move Link-
age to Front
Go To Index
Page 114
D
A
E
W
O
O
DAEWOO002DAEWOO 1150 Style05 1 H2367F
DAEWOO Met hod - M1
Daewoo Lanos 4 Door 1998 2002
TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23
1. Separate weather strip from glass with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the car.
3.Insert tool into the door cavity.
4.Twist tool to hook top linkage with tip of tool.
5.Turn tool handle toward rear of vehicle to move linkage forward.

Tool 23

DAEWOO LANOS 4 Door Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 115
DAEWOO003DAEWOO 786 Style04 1 H2366F
DAEWOO
D
A
E
W
O
O
Met hod - M1
Daewoo Leganza 4 DOOR 1998 2002
TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23
1. Separate weather strip from glass with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the car.
3.Insert tool into the door cavity.
4.Twist tool to hook top linkage with tip of tool.
5.Turn tool handle toward rear of vehicle to move linkage forward.

Tool 23

DAEWOO LEGANZA Tool in insertion position View from inside the door
Close up of tool
Go To Index
Page 116
D
A
E
W
O
O
DAEWOO004DAEWOO 1189 Style05 1 V4707
DAEWOO Met hod - M1
Daewoo Nubira 4 Door 1998 2002 Daewoo Nubira Wagon 1998 2002
TOOL: S TOOL - 47
1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip on passenger side door.
2. L ower tool into the car door directly above the door handle.
3. Twist tool handle in order to hook the lock rod. Once the tool makes contact with the rod, you should see the door
lock button move.
4. Lift tool to move lock rod and unlock the door.


Tool 47

DAEWOO NUBIRA Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action
Go To Index
Page 117
DAIHATSU001DAIHATSU 714 Style00 1 V2601
DAIHATSU
D
A
I
H
A
T
S
U
Met hod - M1
Daihatsu Charade 3 door/All All Daihatsu Charade 4 door/All All
Tool: Large side of double tool - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26

Go To Index
Page 118
F
E
R
R
A
R
I
FERRARI001FERRARI 716 Style03 1 V8802
FERRARI Met hod - M1
Ferrari GTS All
Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into the door.
4. Hook the door lock linkage.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car for movement. When you have hooked the correct rod,
you will see the door lock button move.
Note Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
V8802.eps

Alternative method use
Alternate AltGM
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 88-45

Ferrari GTS Tool in working position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 119
FIAT001FIAT 718 Style00 1 LPSJ01
FIAT
F
I
A
T
Met hod - M1
Fiat All All
Tool: Slim Jim (SJ)
These cars are equipped with a lazy pawl.
You can usually open them by attacking the pawl on the door lock.
Refer to the illustrations below.

Tool SJ

Go To Index
Page 120
F
I
A
T
FIAT002FIAT 717 Style00 1 V8803
FIAT Met hod - M1
Fiat X/19 All
Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Insert tool with tip of tool pointing towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into the door (See fgure).
4. Hook door lock rod where it attaches to the door lock mechanism.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have contacted the cor-
rect lever, you will see the door lock button move.
Illustration shows the passenger side door. Instructions are for either front door.
V8803.eps

Tool 88-45

Go To Index
Page 121
FIAT003FIAT 1831 Style06 1 StartHand
FIAT
F
I
A
T
Met hod - M1
FIAT 500 Coup 2011 2013 FIAT 500C Coupe 2011 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Fiat 500 Use the access smart light to see
through tinted windows
Use the starter Air Jack to
Insert the Air Jack to create suffcient
room for Long reach Tool
Pull the door Handle To unlock door Insert the long reach tool
Go To Index
Page 122
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD004aFORD 1289 Style00 1 V4701
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Mercury Mountaineer 1997 2001 Ford Explorer 1991 2001
TOOL: S TOOL - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3.Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4.Lift door lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

Go To Index
Page 123
FORD004M1FORD 652 Style00 1 R103-04
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Ford Bronco Full Size 1979 1998 Ford Bronco II 1983 1996
Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104
1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the fat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.
Insert #104 Latch
Button Tool
Insert #103 Vent Handle

Tool 103-04

Go To Index
Page 124
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD004M2FORD 651 Style00 1 V4701
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M2
Ford Bronco Full Size 1979 1996 Ford Bronco II 1983 1996
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

Go To Index
Page 125
FORD005-M1FORD 731 Style04 1 H2215F
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Ford Contour 1995 2000 Mercury Mystique 1995 2000
TOOL: SMALL HOOK TOOL - 22
1. Insert wedge between the glass and weather-stripping on the REAR DOOR.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
3. Lower the tool into the car door.
4. Hook the lever at the bottom of the latch mechanism.
5. Turn tool handle towards rear of car.

Alternative method use
Alternate altohj
Tool 22

Ford Contour Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the car
Go To Index
Page 126
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD005-M2FORD 732 Style05 1 R6504
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M2
Ford Contour 1995 2000 Mercury Mystique 1995 2000
Tool: Inside Access Tool - 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock handle (see fgure 4).
7. Move tool to engage door lock handle, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Ford Contour Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the car Push in door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 127
FORD007FORD 1519 Style04 1 V4702
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Ford Crown Victoria 1985 2007
Ford 500 2006 2007
Ford Taurus Four Door 2008 2009
Ford TaurusX 2008 2009
Ford Thunderbird 1989 1997
Lincoln Continental 1989 1995
Lincoln Continental 1996 2002
Lincoln Navigator 1997 2006
Lincoln Town Car 1998 2012
Mercury Cougar 1989 1997
Mercury Cougar 1989 1997
Mercury Grand Marquis 1985 2011
Mercury Marauder 2003 2004
Mercury Montego 2005 2007
Mercury Sable 4 Door 2008 2009
Tool: The S Tool - 47 1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge
between the Strip Saver and the window.
2. Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3. Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4. Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View from inside the door
Close up of tool
Go To Index
Page 128
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD009FORD 1418 Style04 1 V12501
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Ford Edge 2007 2010 Lincoln MKX 2007 2010
Tool: 125 Tool
1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5 .Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 125

Ford Edge Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View of door without panel
Go To Index
Page 129
FORD009BFORD 1835 Style04 1 V12501
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Ford Edge 2011 2013 Lincoln MKX 2011 2013
Tool: 125 Tool
1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5 .Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 125

Ford Edge Tool in insertion position Tool being inserted
Tool in working position Inside of door
Go To Index
Page 130
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD010FORD 1221 Style06 1 H7703RD
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Ford Escape 2001 2013
Ford Escape Hybrid 2005 2013
Mercury Mariner 2001 2010
TOOL: 77 Tool
1.Loosen and remove the license plate s left side light directly above the license plate.
2.Insert tool inside license plate light cavity.
3.Hook door lock activator bell crank.
4.Pull down on tool to move latch and unlock rear door.


Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 77

Loosen Tail Light with Screw Driver Insert Tool into Tail Light Cavity Tool in Insertion Position
Tool in Working Position Close up of Tool in Action. Move up-
wards to Move Lacth and Unlock
Hook Latch with Tool and Move Up
Go To Index
Page 131
FORD012-M1FORD 360 Style03 1 V2601
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Mercury Zephyr 1983 1990
Ford Aspire 1994 1997
Ford Escort 1983 1995
Ford EXP 1983 1990
Ford Fairmont 1983 1990
Ford Festiva 1988 1994
Ford Granada All
Mercury Capri 1983 1993
Mercury Capri Convertible 1991 1994
Mercury Topaz 1984 1994
Mercury Tracer 1991 2000
Tool: DOUBLE TOOL 26
1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button.
2. Lower the tool into the door.
3. Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button inside the car.

Tool 26

Mercury Topaz Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 132
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD012-M2FORD 729 Style04 1 V4702
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M2
Mercury Tracer 1991 2000
Ford Aspire 1994 1997
Ford Escort 1983 1995
Ford EXP 1983 1990
Ford Fairmont 1983 1990
Ford Festiva 1988 1994
Mercury Capri 1983 1986
Mercury Capri Convertible 1991 1994
Mercury Topaz 1984 1994
Mercury Zephyr 1991 2000
Tool: S TOOL 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 1847NC Tool

Tool 47

Mercury Tracer Tool in insertion position Tool in insertion position
Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 133
FORD013FORD 1075 Style05 1 V4701
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Ford Excursion 2000 2005
Ford Expedition 1997 2006
Ford Expedition SUV 2007 2012
Ford Explorer 2006 2010
Ford Explorer Sport 2 Door 2001 2003
Ford Explorer Sport-Trac 2006 2010
Ford Ranger NewStyle 1989 2012
Ford XLS 2004 2006
Lincoln Navigator 2007 2011
Lincoln Navigator XL 2008 2011
Mercury Mountaineer 2006 2011
Tool: S TOOL- 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

FORD EXCURSION Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool inside door
Go To Index
Page 134
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD013BFORD 1797 Style06 1 V4708
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Ford Explorer 2011 2013
TOOL: S TOOL - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3.Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4.Lift door lock rod to unlock door.


Alternative method use
Alternate STARTV
Tool 47

Ford Explorer Tool in insertion position tool in working position
door with panel Off Close up of tool hooking linkage Tool Hooking Linkage
Go To Index
Page 135
FORD015-M1FORD 1225 Style05 1 H8621F
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Ford Explorer 2002 2005 Mercury Mountaineer 2002 2005
TOOL: Triple Hook Tool - 86
1 Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side front door.
2) Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3) Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage
4) Hook the lock linkage with the working end of the tool.
5) Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle while binding the linkage with the tip of the tool to move the link-
age forward.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
H8621F.eps

Tool 86

Ford Explorer Tool Insertion Position Tool in working position
Hook linkage and bind and it move to
the front
Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 136
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD015-M2FORD 1671 Style04 1 H8624FRD
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M2
Mercury Mountaineer 2002 2005 Ford Explorer 2002 2005
TOOL: Triple Hook Tool - 86
1) Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side REAR door.
2) Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3) Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage
4) Hook the lock linkage with the working end of the tool.
5) Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle while binding the linkage with the tip of the tool to move the link-
age forward
Note: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
H8624FRD.eps

Tool 86

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Hook linkage and bind and move it to
the front
Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 137
FORD018FORD 1184 Style03 1 H2371F
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Ford Explorer Sport-Track 4 Door 2001 2005
TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23
1. Insert strip saver and wedge in passenger side door.
2.Point tip of tool towards REAR of vehicle in position shown.
3.Lower tool into door.
4.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access linkage and unlock door.
REAR
DOOR

Wedge
Move to front
Linkage
Linkage
Move to front

Tool 23

Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position Tool in Opening Position
Go To Index
Page 138
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD020-M1FORD 1052 Style03 1 V2601
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Ford F-150 1985 1996 Ford Truck Full Size 1979 1996
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Tool 26

Ford F-150 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 139
FORD020-M2FORD 1172 Style00 1 R103-04
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M2
Ford F-150 1985 1996 Ford Truck Full Size 1979 1996
Tool: Vent Wind Tools 103 & 104
1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the fat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.
Insert #104 Latch
Button Tool
Insert #103 Vent Handle

Tool 103-04

Go To Index
Page 140
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD021FORD 1367 Style05 1 V4701
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Ford F-150 2004 2012
Ford CrewCab F Series 4 door 2001 2003
Ford F Series 1997 2003
Ford F-150 1997 2003
Ford F-250/550 2004 2012
Ford SVT Lightning 2004 2008
Ford Truck Full Size 1997 2003
Lincoln Blackwood 2002 2003
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Ford F-150 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position.
View from inside the door Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 141
FORD022FORD 727 Style04 2 H4703
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Mercury Villager 1993 2002
Tool: S TOOL - 47
1 Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to fnd your insertion position. Mark your position
with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
4. Lift the tool as to hook the lock linkage.
5. Lift lock linkage upwards.
REMINDER: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 1847NC tool.
ENLARGEMENT

Tool 47

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View from inside the door
Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 142
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD023FORD 443 Style06 1 H6701
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Ford Focus 3 door 2000 2007
Ford Focus 2 door 2000 2007
Ford SVT ZX5 ZT5 ZTW ZX3 2000 2007
Ford SVT Focus 2004 2007
Mercury Cougar 1999 2002
TOOL: 67
1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car and lower tool deep into door.
3. Turn tool so the tip of the tool comes underneath the shield for the latch mechanism
4. Lift tool to fip up latch and unlock the door.
ENLARGEMENT

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 67

FORD FOCUS Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Place tool under bell crank and lift. View of tool and bell crank from
reverse angle.
Close up of tool and bell crank.
Go To Index
Page 143
FORD024FORD 1368 Style03 1 V4701
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Ford Freestar 2004 2007
Ford Aerostar 1987 1997
Ford Windstar 1994 2003
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt26
Tool 47

Ford Freestar Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 144
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD026FORD 1402 Style06 1 R8901FD
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Ford Fusion 2006 2009
Lincoln MKZ 4 door 2007 2009
Lincoln Zephyr 2006
Mercury Milan 2006 2009
Tool: Long Inside Access 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower the tool into the door
5. Lift the tool up on the inside of the door
6.Slide tool forward in door.
7. Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 89

Ford Fusion Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool tip on door lock button Hook door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 145
FORD027-M1FORD 1672 Style03 1 V4701
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Ford Mustang 1983 2004 Ford SVT Mustang Cobra 2004 2004
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt26
Tool 47

FORD MUSTANG Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Go To Index
Page 146
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD027b-M1FORD 1521 Style03 1 V8806
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Ford Mustang 2 door 2005 2012
Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88
1 Position tool so it is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip.
3. Lower the tool while turning tool so handle points away from car
4. Move tool up and down as to hook lever on door lock mechanism.
NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button
move.
Illustration shows passenger side front door.
V8806.eps

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 88-45

Ford Mustang Tool In working Position Tool under linkage
Go To Index
Page 147
FORD028-M1FORD 1520 Style03 1 V4701
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Ford Probe 1993 1997 Mercury Monterey 2004 2007
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Ford Probe Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 148
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD029-M1FORD 1392 Style03 1 V4707
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Ford Freestyle 2005 2007
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool


Tool 47

Freestyle Insertion Working Position
Go To Index
Page 149
FORD032FORD 807 Style03 1 V2601
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Ford Taurus 1985 1991
Ford Tempo 1984 1994
Ford Thunderbird 1984 1988
Mercury Cougar 1984 1988
Mercury LN7 1983 1990
Mercury Lynx 1983 1990
Mercury Sable 1985 1991
Tool: DOUBLE TOOL (large side) 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip on rear of door.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Raise the door lock button using the tip of tool as shown in diagram.
Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct lever, you will see the
door lock button move.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt47
INSER TION
Front Passenger
Door
Tool 26

Ford Taurus Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 150
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD033FORD 723 Style04 1 H8811RD
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Ford Taurus 1992 1995
Ford Country Squire 1981 1991
Ford Crown Victoria 1981 1991
Ford LTD 1982 1991
Mercury Sable 1992 1995
Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88
1. Separate glass from weather-strip on REAR DOOR.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Hook the bell crank with the tip of the tool and lift.
Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the bell crank, you will see the door lock button
move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
H8811RD.eps

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 88-45

Tool in insertion position on rear pas-
senger door
Tool in working position on rear pas-
senger door
Close-up of door without inside panel
Door without inside panel. Tool approx.
8 down into door
Go To Index
Page 151
FORD034FORD 1077 Style05 1 H4707
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Ford Taurus 1996 2006 Mercury Sable 1996 2005
TOOL: Tool- 47
1. Separate Window from weather stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Insert tool into door at position show in diagram.
3. Twist tool to hook and bind lock rod.
4. Lift tool straight up to unlock door.

Tool 47

FORD TAURUS Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
View without inside door panel. Close up of tool without inside door
panel.
Go To Index
Page 152
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Ford035FORD 1735 Style06 1 R3502
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Ford Transit Connect Van 2010 2012
Tool: Inside Access Tool 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

Transit Conect Make Room for tool with Wedge Lower the tool and Bring it up on the
inside of the vehicle
Move the tool into position Close up Use the tip to move the lock button
Go To Index
Page 153
Ford035BFORD 1840 Style00 1 Altohj
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M2
Ford Transit Connect Van 2010 2012
Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with One Hand Jack and Air Jack
1. Insert the One Hand Jack tool on the side of the door.
2.Insert and infate the Air Jack wedge on the top of the door.
3.Insert the tool in the opening in the door .
5.Maneuver the tool to Move the door lock button and Unlock the car.

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 154
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD039FORD 1795 Style00 1 Altohj
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Ford Cmax 2012 2013
Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with One Hand Jack and Air Jack
1. Insert the One Hand Jack tool on the side of the door.
2.Insert and infate the Air Jack wedge on the top of the door.
3.Insert the tool in the opening in the door .
5.Maneuver the tool to Move the door lock button and Unlock the car.

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 155
Ford043FORD 1594 Style04 1 V4701
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Ford Econoline 2008 2012
Ford Club Wagon Van 1992 2005
Ford E Series Van 2001 2005
Ford Econoline 1985 1991
Ford Econoline 1985 1991
Ford Econoline Van 1998 2005
Ford Van Full Size 1985 1991
Ford Van Full Size 1992 2005
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Ford Econoline Name Plate Tool in Insertion Position.
Tool in Working Posiiton
Go To Index
Page 156
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Ford044FORD 1595 Style03 1 Alt47
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Ford Focus 2008 2011
Ford Escort 1996 1998
Ford Escort ZX2 1998 2003
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
INSER
TION
Front Passenger
Door

Tool 47

Ford Focus Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 157
Ford044BFORD 1703 Style06 1 jackhand
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Ford Focus 4 door 2012 2013 Ford Focus 5 door Hatch 2012 2013
Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with One Hand Jack and Air Jack
1. Insert the One Hand Jack tool on the side of the door.
2.Insert and infate the Air Jack wedge on the top of the door.
3.Insert the tool in the opening in the door .
5.Maneuver the tool to Move the door lock button and Unlock the car.

Tool 78SG

Ford Focus Use the Jack tool to create working
room
Insert an air Jack tool
Insert the second air jack leg Pull the door handle to unlock the door Insert the long reach tool
Go To Index
Page 158
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Ford045-M1FORD 1639 Style05 1 R3506
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Ford Fiesta 4 door 2011 2013 Ford Fiesta 5 door Hatch 2011 2013
Instructions
TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle
2. Insert tool in door .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door handle.
6. Pull the door handlee with the tip of the tool
NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

Ford Fiesta Lower the tool into the door Pull the tool up on the inside of the
door
Pull the door handle Use the Tip of the tool to pull the door
handle
Go To Index
Page 159
Ford045-M2FORD 1838 Style06 1 Altohj
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M2
Ford Fiesta 4 door 2011 2013 Ford Fiesta 5 door Hatch 2011 2013
Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with One Hand Jack and Air Jack
1. Insert the One Hand Jack tool on the side of the door.
2.Insert and infate the Air Jack wedge on the top of the door.
3.Insert the tool in the opening in the door .
5.Maneuver the tool to Move the door lock button and Unlock the car.

Tool 78SG

Insert the Tool use the Strip savers
and wedgee to make room
Use the Jack Tool to create working
room to insert the Air Jack
Insert the Air Jack
Infate the Air jack to create room to
insert the Long Reach Tool
Use the tip of the tool to pull the door
handle
Insert the long reach tool
Go To Index
Page 160
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Ford063FORD 1626 Style04 1 V12501
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Ford Flex 2009 2012
Tool: 125
1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2. Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3. Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4. Hook and bind the door lock rod.5. Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 125

Ford Flex Tool in insertion position Twist tool to insert
Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 161
Ford063bFORD 1674 Style05 1 V12501
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Lincoln MKT Crossover 2010 2012
Tool: 125
1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2. Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3. Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4. Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5. Lift tool to unlock the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Starthand
Tool 125

Lincoln MKT Tool in insertion position Tool in insertion position
Insert the tool intot he door Lift the tool hooking the door lock
Go To Index
Page 162
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
FORD064FORD 1670 Style06 1 V11401
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Lincoln MKS 2010 2011 Ford Taurus 2010 2012
Tool: 114
1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2. Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3. Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4. Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5. Lift tool to unlock the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt125
Tool 114

Lincoln MKS Insert wedge Insert tool into door by the left edge of
the door handle
Tool in working position Close up of the linkage Bind the linkage and lift
Go To Index
Page 163
FORD066FORD 1640 Style00 1 Altohj
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Ford Fusion 2010 2012
Lincoln MKZ 2010 2012
Mercury Milan 2010 2012
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG
1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78sg

Go To Index
Page 164
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
LINCOLN001FORD 1336 Style06 1 V8813
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Lincoln Aviator 2003 2005
Tool: Double Bend Tool- 88
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into the door and hook door lock rod with tip of tool and lift.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have hooked the correct rod, you
will see the door lock button move.
.

Tool 88-20

Lincoln Aviator Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the vehicle Close up of tool in action Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 165
LINCOLN005FORD 1441 Style00 1 V4701
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Lincoln Mark LT 2006 2008 Lincoln Mark VIII 1993 1998
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Go To Index
Page 166
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
LINCOLN006FORD 1133 Style05 1 R3501
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Lincoln LS Series 2000 2006
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool - 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Lincoln LS Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Tool Under Window Rotate Tool Handle to Move Lock But-
ton and Unlock Door
Go To Index
Page 167
LINCOLN009FORD 658 Style00 1 V2601
Ford Lincoln Mercury
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
Met hod - M1
Lincoln Mark VII 1987 1992
TOOL: DOUBLE TOOL - 26
1. at the lock button inside of the vehicle.
2. a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping near the lock button.
3. the tool between the glass and the weather stripping.
4. the tool into the door.
5. the back side of the lock button with the tip of the tool and lift it up.
6. the lock button for movement.

Alternative method use
Alternate ALT47
INSER TION
Front Passenger
Door
Tool 26

Go To Index
Page 168
F
o
r
d


L
i
n
c
o
l
n

M
e
r
c
u
r
y
LINCOLN014FORD 809 Style04 1 H9120F
Ford Lincoln Mercury Met hod - M1
Lincoln Town Car 1990 1997
Lincoln Continental 1980 1988
Lincoln Town Car 1985 1989
Mercury Merkur All
Mercury Scorpio
Mercury XR4Ti All
Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE DIAGRAM FOR POSITION) .
4. Bind the linkage by twisting the tool (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rock the tool towards the rear of the car in order to move the linkage forward.
Note: Look at the door lock button inside car for movement. When you have bound the linkage, you will see the lock
button move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 91L

Lincoln Town Car 1990-1997 Tool in working position View from inside door
Close up of tool inside door
Go To Index
Page 169
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1FORD HEAVY TRUCKS 1464 Style06 1 R103-04
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
F
O
R
D

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Ford HT All Pre 1996
Tool: 103 Vent Window Tool
1. Insert the 103 tool under the vent window latch.
2.Twist the tool around so that the tip goes behind the latch.
3.Hook the latch with the tip of the tool.
4.Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool in order to unlock the vent window.
5.Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.
Insert #104 Latch
Button Tool
Insert #103 Vent Handle

Tool 103-04

Ford AeroMax Pre 1996 Insert tool in the vent window directly
under the vent window latch.
Twist the tool in order to bring the tip of
the tool under the vent window latch.
Turn the latch to the right with the tip of
the tool unlocking the window.
View from inside cab. Latch does not
have a lock.
Close up of tool lifting latch lever. Once
the window is open reach into vehicle
to unlock.
Go To Index
Page 170
F
O
R
D

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2FORD HEAVY TRUCKS 1578 Style00 1 V4717HT
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M2
Ford HT All Pre 1996
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Pull
Up
Wedge
Pull Up
Tool
Linkage

Tool 47

Go To Index
Page 171
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS002FORD HEAVY TRUCKS 1465 Style04 1 V4717HT
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
F
O
R
D

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Ford HT All 1996 1998 1/2
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Pull
Up
Wedge
Pull Up
Tool
Linkage

Tool 47

All Ford trucks from 1996 to 1998 1/2 Tool in insertion position Hook lock linkage with tool tip and lift
to unlock
Tool is shown in working position.
Go To Index
Page 172
F
O
R
D

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS003FORD HEAVY TRUCKS 934 Style06 1 V10502HT
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Ford HT Cargo 6000 Cab Over All
Ford HT Cargo 7000 Cab Over
Ford HT Cargo 8000 Cab Over All
Tool: 105
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Hook the bell-crank directly behind the door lock button.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.
Wedge
Direction

Linkage
Direction

Tool 105

Ford Medium duty cab over Cargo
6000, Cargo 7000, Cargo 8000
Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door indicating
tool position.
Tool in working position. Approximate tool position.
Go To Index
Page 173
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS004FORD HEAVY TRUCKS 935 Style00 1 R10301
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
F
O
R
D

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Ford HT F350, F450, 550 MediumDuty Pre-1996
Ford HT F650, F750 MediumDuty
Ford HT F800 MediumDuty Upto 1996
Tool: 103 Vent Window Tool
1 Insert the 103 tool under the vent window latch.
2.Twist the tool around so that the tip goes behind the latch.
3.Hook the latch with the tip of the tool.
4.Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool in order to unlock the vent window.
5.Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.
Insert Vent Handle Tool
Hook lever
with tip of
Twist tool around the handle
2

Tool 103-04

Go To Index
Page 174
F
O
R
D

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS006FORD HEAVY TRUCKS 1467 Style03 1 V2614HT
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Ford HT Cab Over Heavy Duty
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Pull
Up
Linkage
Tool
Pull
Up

Tool 26

Ford Heavy Duty Cab Over Tool is shown in the insertion position Lower the tool into the door directly
behind the door lock button.
Go To Index
Page 175
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS007FORD HEAVY TRUCKS 1466 Style00 1 V4701
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
F
O
R
D

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Ford HT F350, F450, 550 MediumDuty 1997 2007
Ford HT F650, F750 MediumDuty 1997 2012
Ford HT F850 MediumDuty 1997 2012
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Go To Index
Page 176
F
O
R
D

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS008FORD HEAVY TRUCKS 9 Style04 1 V12501
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Ford F Series Cab Chasssis 2004 2012 Ford HT F350/F450/F550 MediumDuty 2008 2012
Tool: 125 Tool
1 Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 125

Ford F450 Cab Chasis Tool in Insertion Position Lower tool into the door with tip par-
ralell to the door.
Tool in Working Position.
Go To Index
Page 177
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS009FORD HEAVY TRUCKS 828 Style03 1 V11401
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS
F
O
R
D

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Ford HT F650 Heavy Duty 2007 2012
Tool: 114 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather
stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt125
Tool 114

Ford F650 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 178
F
R
E
I
G
H
T
L
I
N
E
R

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS002FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS 1470 Style03 1 V2615HT
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Freightliner Century Classic All
Freightliner All other Freightliners Heavy Duty All
Freightliner Classic XL All
Freightliner Colombia Series
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Direction

Linkage
Direction

Tool 26

Freightliner Century Classic Insert the tool into the door near the
door lock button
Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 179
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS003FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS 1577 Style05 1 V10202HT
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS
F
R
E
I
G
H
T
L
I
N
E
R

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Freightliner FL Series All
Freightliner FL112 All
Freightliner FL60, FL70
Freightliner FL80 All
Tool: 102 Upward B end Tool
1.Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Hook the bell-crank directly behind the door lock button.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.
Wedge
Direction

Linkage
Direction

Tool 102

Freighltliner FL Series Truck Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View of tool location with door panel View of tool location without door
panel
Go To Index
Page 180
F
R
E
I
G
H
T
L
I
N
E
R

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS004FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS 1579 Style04 1 V2615HT
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Freightliner Cab Over Heavy Duty All
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Direction

Linkage
Direction

Tool 26

Freightliner Heavy Duty cab over Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Lift the tool under the door lock button
to unlock the door
Go To Index
Page 181
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS005FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS 1580 Style02 1 Sprinter
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS
F
R
E
I
G
H
T
L
I
N
E
R

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Freightliner Sprinter 2004 2012
TOOL: 101
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the glass and the weather strip-
ing.
2.With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower the tool into the door directly above the door handle.
Properly placed, there is less than one inch between the tool handle and the door frame (see diagram).
3.Lower the tool deep into the door, and turn the handle away from the vehicle.
4.Maneuver the working end of the tool to fnd the electronic door lock actuator.
5.Depress the electronic door lock actuator by pushing down on the tool in order to unlock the door.

Tool 101
Freightliner Sprinter Insert your strip savers and wedger. Tool in
insertion position.

Go To Index
Page 182
F
R
E
I
G
H
T
L
I
N
E
R

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS006FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS 936 Style05 1 V10503HT
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Freightliner M2 All
Tool: 105
1 Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. This is a shallow drop.
3.Twist the tool to position the end directly under the door lock button.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.
Door Lock Button
Lift

Tool 105

The Freightliner M2 2003 Tool in insertion position Tool at approximate working position.
Note position is high in door.
Tool in working position View of door lock button
Go To Index
Page 183
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS006bFREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS 1469 Style02 1 V2615HT
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS
F
R
E
I
G
H
T
L
I
N
E
R

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Freightliner FLD Series All
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Direction

Linkage
Direction

Tool 26
Freightliner FLD series Tool in working position

Go To Index
Page 184
F
R
E
I
G
H
T
L
I
N
E
R

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS009FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS 627 Style05 1 V10111HT
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Freightliner Columbia Class All
Tool: 102
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Push down on the bell crank with the top of the tool to unlock the door .
4. The door will open without puling the handle
Wedge
Direction
Direction
Tool

Tool 102

Freightliner Columbia Class Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Push down to unlock
Go To Index
Page 185
BUICK001GM 521 Style00 1 V8801
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Buick Electra 4 door 1980 1984
Buick Century 4 door 1980 1982
Buick Park Avenue 4 door 1980 1984
Buick Regal Wagon Wagon 1982 1986
Chevrolet Chevette 1980 1987
Chevrolet Malibu Wagon 1982 1986
Chevrolet Malibu 4 door 1982 1986
Oldsmobile 98 4 door 1980 1984
Oldsmobile Cutlass 4 door 1982 1986
Oldsmobile Cutlass Cruiser 4 door 1982 1986
Oldsmobile Cutlass Wagon 4 door 1982 1986
Pontiac Bonneville 4 Door 1982 1986
Pontiac Lemans 1982 1993
Pontiac T1000 1982 1984
Tool: Double Bend Tool 88
1. Position tool so that the tip is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button.
2. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower tool in to door while turning tool tip of tool points towards the door latch mechanism.
4. Move tool up and down so as hook bell crank.
NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button
move.
ILLUSTRATION SHOWS PASSENGER SIDE FRONT DOOR.
INSTRUCTIONS WILL WORK ON EITHER FRONT DOOR.
V8801.eps

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt47
INSER TION
Front Passenger
Door
Tool 88-45

Go To Index
Page 186
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
BUICK002GM 1299 Style03 1 H2337F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Buick Century 2 &4 Door 1984 1996
Oldsmobile Cierra Wagon 1992 1996
Oldsmobile Cutlass Cierra 1985 1996
Oldsmobile Frienza 2, 4 Door, Wagon 1982 1988
Oldsmobile Omega 1980 1985
Pontiac 6000/STE 4 Door 1984 1992
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23
1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod.
5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will
see the door lock button move.
Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door. Door lock lever (circled)
is shown reversed.
FOR 1997 Models: See Index

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 23

Buick Century Insert tool with tip approximately 6
from edge of door
Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 187
BUICK004GM 1424 Style03 1 V4707
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Buick LaCrosse 2005 2009
Chevrolet Impala 2006 2012
Chevrolet Impala SS 2006 2012
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool


Tool 47

Buick LaCrosse Tool Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 188
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
BUICK009GM 1141 Style05 1 H2312F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Buick LeSabre 4 door 2000 2005
Chevrolet Lumina 1995 2001
Pontiac Sunfre 4 Door 1995 2002
Pontiac Sunfre 2 Door 1995 2004
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and insert tool.
3. Lower the tool into door cavity (as shown in diagram).
4. Rotate the tool handle in order to bind the linkage.
5. Turn tool handle so that the linkage moves towards the front of the car.

Tool 23

BUICK LESABRE Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside door without panel Close up of tool, door lock rods and
linkage
Go To Index
Page 189
BUICK011GM 811 Style06 1 R3503
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Buick Park Avenue 1998 2005
Buick Park Avenue Ultra 1998 2005
Cadillac El Dorado 1986 1991
Cadillac Seville 1986 1991
Cadillac Seville STS 1986 1991
Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 35

BUICK PARK AVENUE Tool in Insertion Position Lower Tool Under Glass
Tool Working Inside the Car Close up of Tool on Lock Button Flip Electronic Lock Button
Go To Index
Page 190
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
BUICK013GM 787 Style03 1 H8808
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Buick Reatta 1988 1991
Tool: Double Bend Tool 88
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. You must insert the tip of the tool through a small cavity in the door (SEE FIG.
FOR POSITION).
4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the bell crank forward.
5. Watch door lock button inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the bell crank, you will
see the button move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
H8808.eps

Tool 88-20

Tool in working position. A - Tool. B - Bell crank. C - Move
forward. D - Lock bell crank.
A - Tool. B - Bell crank. C - Move
forward. D - Unlock bell crank.
Go To Index
Page 191
BUICK014GM 1106 Style03 1 H9130F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Buick Regal 2 door 1980 1987
Chevrolet Monte Carlo 2 door 1980 1989
Oldsmobile Cutlass Supreme 2 Door 1980 1987
Oldsmobile Cutlass Supreme Hatchback 3 Door 1980
1984
Pontiac Grand Prix 2 door 1980 1987
Tool: Downward Hook Tool 91
1. Point tool towards rear of car.
2. Insert tool at front of outside door handle between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower tool into door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod. (SEE FIG.)
5. Twist tool so as move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: If you have contacted the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door button inside the car
move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
Illustration shows passenger side door.
Instructions will work on either front door.

Tool 91L

Buick Regal Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 192
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
BUICK017GM 357 Style05 1 H2377F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Buick Rendezvous Ultra 2004 2006 Buick Rendezvous 2002 2007
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Turn the handle away from the vehicle to access the top linkage.
4.Hook and bind the linkage, then turn the tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle to unlock the door.


Tool 23

BUICK RENDEZVOUS Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 193
BUICK018GM 816 Style03 1 H8603F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Buick Riviera 2 Door 1994 1999
Tool: TRIPLE HOOK TOOL - 86
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered beneath frst linkage, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUS-
TRATION).
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to
6 move the linkage towards the front of the door.
7. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the
correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
H8603F.eps

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt35
Tool 86

BUICK RIVIERA View from inside the door Close up of tool
Go To Index
Page 194
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
BUICK020GM 665 Style04 1 H9111F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Buick Roadmaster Estate Wagon 1991 1996
Chevrolet Caprice Classic 4 door 1991 1996
Chevrolet Caprice Wagon 4 Door 1991 1996
Chevrolet Impala 4 Door 1994 1996
Oldsmobile CustomCruiser Wagon 1991 1996
Oldsmobile Cutlass 1997 2000
Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL 91
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Insert tool as shown in insertion diagram.
3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom link-
age (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage forward.
5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the
lever move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 91L

Tool in insertion position Door without inside panel Close up of tool in door
View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 195
BUICK022GM 407 Style00 1 H8613F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Buick Regal Somerset 2 &4 Door 1986 1987
Buick Skylark 4 Door 1986 1997
Buick Skylark 2 Door 1987 1991
Tool: Triple Hook Tool 86
1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while turning the
tool so that the tip of the tool moves toward the inside of the car and the handle points at you.
3. Lower below the linkage and lift.
4. Twist the tool so that the hook on the tool binds the linkage. To do so, move the handle of the tool to-
wards the rear of the vehicle.
5. Move tip of tool forward.
6. You should watch the door lock button move toward the
front of the car.

Tool 86

Go To Index
Page 196
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
BUICK023-M1GM 1778 Style06 1 V12501
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
Buick Regal 4 door 2011 2013
Tool:125 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 125

Buick Regal Tool in insertion position Tool in insertion position
Tool in working position close up hook the linkage
Go To Index
Page 197
BUICK023-M2GM 813 Style06 1 jackhand
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M2
Buick Regal 4 door 2011 2013
Tool- 78SG With the one hand J ack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air J ack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air J ack
4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door.
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Buick Regal Use the One Hand Jack to make work-
ing room
insert the air jack and Inf
Infate the air jack pull the handle to unlock the door engage the door lock handle
Go To Index
Page 198
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
BUICK023bGM 1710 Style00 1 V12501
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Buick Regal 2 door 2008 2010
Tool:125 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather
stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 125

Go To Index
Page 199
BUICK024-M1GM 283 Style04 1 H6702F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Pontiac Trans Sport 1997 2004
Buick Teraza 2005 2007
Chevrolet Uplander 2005 2009
Chevrolet Venture 1997 2004
Oldsmobile Silhouette 1997 2004
Pontiac Montana 1997 2004
Saturn Relay 2005 2007
Tool: Ford Cable Tool - 67
1. Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of vehicle and lower tool into the doorn at an angle (See Diagram for Position).
3. Insert the tip of the tool through the gap between the inner door frame and the window mechanism.
4. Push the linkage forward with the tip of the tool.

Tool 67

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View from inside the door
Close up of tool and linkage
Go To Index
Page 200
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
BUICK024-M2GM 282 Style04 1 H8803F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
Pontiac Trans Sport 1997 2004
Oldsmobile Silhouette 1997 2004
Pontiac Montana 1997 2004
Pontiac Montana SVX 2005 2007
TOOL: Double Bend Tool - 88
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards the rear of the vehicle, insert the tool between the glass and the weather-stripping.
3. Lower the tool into the door and slide the tip of the tool towards rear of the vehicle so that the tip enters the cavity
between the linkage shield and the window regulator (SEE ILLUSTRATION).
4. Turn tool to move linkage towards FRONT of vehicle.
H8803F.eps

Tool 88-20

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Door without inside panel
Close up of tool and linkage
Go To Index
Page 201
BUICK025GM 1709 Style05 1 V12501
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Buick La cross Seda 2010 2012 Buick Verano 4 Door 2012 2013
Tool:125 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate altohj
Tool 125

Buick LA Cross Tool Before Insertion Insert tool tip Facing Down
Tool in working Position Grasp the linkage with the tip of the
tool
Go To Index
Page 202
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CADILLAC001GM 801 Style00 1 H8809
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Cadillac Allant 1987 1991
Tool: Double Bend Tool 88
1. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
2. Lower tool into door using illustration for position.
3. Hook bell crank and pull on tool.
4. When you hook with the correct bell crank, you will see the door lock lever move.
5. Pull up on tool to unlock door.
H8809.eps

Alternative method use
Alternate AltGM
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 88-45

Go To Index
Page 203
CADILLAC002GM 802 Style03 1 H881001
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Cadillac Allant 1992 1993
Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88
1. Separate the glass and weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower into door at the position shown below.
3. Locate the lock mechanism at the rear of the door.
4. Lower the tool underneath the lock mechanism and lift on the latch release button (see enlargement
diagram for position).
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Alternative method use
Alternate AltGM
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 88-20

CADILLAC ALLANTE Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 204
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CADILLAC003GM 1525 Style04 1 H2302FRD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Cadillac Catera 1997 2001
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on rear passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front
of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 23

Cadillac Catera Tool in working position. View from inside the door
Close up of tool and linkage
Go To Index
Page 205
CADILLAC005GM 1556 Style05 1 V4711
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Cadillac CTS 2002 2007 Cadillac CTS-V 2006 2007
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2.Insert the tool into the door and lower just beneath the door handle.
3.Twist tool to hook and bind the door lock rod.
4.Lift tool to unlock the door.


Tool 47

Cadillac CTS Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool on lock rod
Go To Index
Page 206
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CADILLAC006GM 429 Style00 1 V2601
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Cadillac Brougham 2 Door 1985 1992
Buick Estate Wagon 4 Door 1980 1990
Buick LeSabre 4 door 1980 1985
Cadillac Brougham 4 Door 1985 1992
Cadillac Coupe Deville 1979 1984
Cadillac Deville 2 Door 1977 1984
Cadillac Deville 4 Door 1977 1984
Cadillac Fleetwood Brougham 4 Door 1977 1984
Cadillac Fleetwood Brougham 2 Door 1977 1992
Cadillac Sedan Deville 1977 1984
Chevrolet Caprice &Wagon 4 door 1980 1990
Chevrolet CustomCruiser Wagon 1980 1990
Chevrolet Spectrum 1985 1989
Oldsmobile CustomCruiser Wagon 1980 1990
Oldsmobile Delta 88 4 door 1980 1985
Pontiac Parisienne 2 Door 1980 1989
Pontiac Parisienne 4 door 1980 1989
Pontiac Safari Wagon 1980 1989
Tool: Double Hook Tool 26
1. Position tool so it is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button.
2. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower tool into door while turning tool so handle points away from car.
4. Move tool up and down so as hook bell crank.
5. Lift tool.
NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button
move. Illustration shows passenger side front door.
Instructions will work on either front door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt47
INSER TION
Front Passenger
Door
Tool 26

Go To Index
Page 207
CADILLAC009GM 101 Style05 1 H91103
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Cadillac Sixty Special 1980 1993
Cadillac Deville 4 door 1985 1993
Cadillac Touring Sedan 2 &4 All
Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91
1. Insert a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle and Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage.
5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.

Tool 91L

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View from inside the door
View from inside the door Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 208
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CADILLAC010GM 144 Style05 1 H9115F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Cadillac DeVille 2 Door 1994 1999
Cadillac Deville 4 Door 1994 1999
Cadillac DeVille Concours 1994 1999
Cadillac El Dorado Touring Coupe 1992 2002
Cadillac El Dorado Sport Coupe 1992 2002
Cadillac El Dorado 1992 2002
Cadillac Fleetwood 1994 1999
Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL 91
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Insert tool as shown in insertion diagram.
3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom link-
age (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage forward.
5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the
lever move.
NOTE: Handle on tool may be different than shown in photo

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt35
Tool 91L

Cadillac De Ville Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door. Hook lock linkage inside opening in
inner door panel, move to front.
Go To Index
Page 209
CADILLAC011-M1GM 1137 Style05 1 H4706
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Cadillac Deville 4 door 2000 2005
Cadillac Deville 2 Door 2000 2005
Cadillac Deville Concours 2000 2002
Tool: TOOL - 47
1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Insert the tool to the left of the wedge.
3. Lower the tool into the door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4. Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

CADILLAC DEVILLE 2000 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View of door without inside door panel Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 210
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CADILLAC011-M2GM 1144 Style05 1 H2359RD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
Cadillac Deville 4 door 2000 2005
Cadillac Deville 2 Door 2000 2005
Cadillac Deville Concours 2000 2002
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on REAR passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION).
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle so as to move the linkage towards the
front of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23

CADILLAC DEVILLE 2000 Tool in working position View from inside the door
Move linkage to front Close up of tool and linkage engaged.
Go To Index
Page 211
CADILLAC012GM 668 Style05 1 V4711
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Cadillac DTS 2006 2013
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2.Insert the tool into the door and lower just beneath the door handle.
3.Twist tool to hook and bind the door lock rod.
4.Lift tool to unlock the door.


Tool 47

Cadillac DTS Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
View from inside the door. Lift rod with tool to unlock the door.
Go To Index
Page 212
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CADILLAC013GM 806 Style04 1 HSJ04B
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Cadillac El Dorado 1971 1978
Oldsmobile Toronado 1990 1992
Oldsmobile Toronado Trofeo 1990 1992
Tool: SLIM J IM (SJ )
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Bend V-shaped tip of Slim J im slightly towards outside of vehicle.
3. Lower tool into car approx. 10
4. Move lock pawl towards front of vehicle.
Lock
Pawl
Lock
Linkage Direction
ENLARGEMENT

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool SJ

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Tool in working position
Door with panel off. Tool Lock Pawl
Push Hard
Go To Index
Page 213
CADILLAC016-M1GM 1154 Style04 1 H2365FRD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Cadillac Escalade 1998 2000
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Insert Strip Saver between window and weather strip.
2. With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower tool into the door.
3. Hook and bind the top linkage.
4. Move linkage towards FRONT of the vehicle.
Linkage
Move
to front

Tool 23

CADILLAC ESCALADE Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 214
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CADILLAC016-M2GM 1155 Style03 1 H9125F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
Cadillac Escalade 1998 2000
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 91
1. Insert Strip Saver between window and weather strip.
2. With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower tool into the door.
3. Hook and bind the top linkage.
4. Move linkage towards FRONT of the vehicle.
Move
to front
Linkage

Tool 91

Cadillac Escalade Tool insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 215
CADILLAC018GM 1413 Style05 1 V2601
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Cadillac Escalade 2007 2013
Cadillac Escalade EXT 2007 2013
Cadillac ESV 2007 2012
Chevrolet Avalanche 2007 2012
Chevrolet Silverado pickup 2007 2013
Chevrolet Suburban 2007 2012
Chevrolet Tahoe 2007 2012
GMC Sierra pickup 2007 2012
GMC Yukon 2007 2012
GMC Yukon Denali 2007 2012
GMC Yukon XL 2007 2012
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Tool 26

Cadillac Escalade Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Lift tool under button to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 216
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CADILLAC019GM 397 Style00 1 H8808RD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Cadillac Fleetwood 2 Door 1977 1984
Cadillac Fleetwood 4 Door 1977 1984
Cadillac Fleetwood Brougham 4 Door 1985 1992
Cadillac Limousine 1982 1992
Tool: Double Hook Tool 88
1. Position tool so it is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button on rear passenger door.
2. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower tool into door while turning tool so handle points away from car.
4. Move tool up and down so as hook bell crank.
NOTE : When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button
move.
Illustration shows passenger side rear door.
Instructions will work on either rear door .
h8808RD

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 88-45

Go To Index
Page 217
CADILLAC020GM 757 Style03 1 H8807
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Cadillac Fleetwood 4 door 1993 1996
Buick Roadmaster Sedan 4 door 1991 1996
Cadillac Fleetwood Brougham 4 door 1993 1996
Cadillac Limousine 1993 1996
TOOL: Double Bend Tool 88
1. Insert the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car.
3. Lower the tool into the door while turning the tool so the tip of the tools goes through the hole in the in-
ner door panel.
4. Lift the bell crank with the tip of the tool.
5.. Watch the inner door lock button for movement when you see it move have contacted the bell crank.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown on photo

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 88-45

Cadillac Fleetwood Tool in insertion position View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 218
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CADILLAC021GM 1603 Style00 1 H2338
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Cadillac Coupe Deville 1985 1993
Cadillac Deville 2 door 1985 1993
Cadillac Sedan Deville 1985 1993
Oldsmobile 98 2 &4 door 1985 1990
Oldsmobile Bravada 1985 1994
Oldsmobile Delta 88 1986 1990
Pontiac Bonneville 1987 1991
Tool: Horizo ntal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod.
5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will
see the door lock button move.
NOTE: Handle on tool may be different than shown in photo.
Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door. Door lock lever (circled)
is shown reversed.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 23

Go To Index
Page 219
CADILLAC021BGM 955 Style00 1 H2338
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Cadillac Fleetwood 4 Door 1985 1992
Buick Electra 2 &4 door 1985 1990
Buick LeSabre 1986 1991
Buick Park Avenue 2 &4 door 1985 1990
Cadillac Fleetwood 2 Door 1985 1992
Cadillac Sixty Special 1985 1988
Chevrolet Blazer S10 1985 1994
Chevrolet Pickup S10 / S15 1985 1993
Chevrolet S10 Pickup S15 1985 1993
GMC Jimmy S15 1985 1994
GMC Typhoon 1985 1994
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod.
5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see
the door lock button move.
Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door. Door lock lever (circled)
is shown reversed.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt35
Tool 23

Go To Index
Page 220
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CADILLAC024GM 1522 Style03 1 H9145F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Cadillac Seville 1992 1997
Cadillac Seville STS 1992 1997
Cadillac Seville 1980 1985
Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards REAR of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM FOR POSITION) .
4. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom linkage (SEE
FIG. FOR POSITION).
5. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage forward.
6. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will
see the lever
move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt35
Tool 91L

Cadillac Seville, Seville STS Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 221
CADILLAC025GM 1524 Style06 1 V4702
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Cadillac Seville 1998 2004 Cadillac Seville STS 1998 2002
Tool: S TOOL - TOOL 47
1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the Strip Saver
and the window.
2. Insert the tool slightly to the left of the wedge.
3. Lower the tool into the door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool
4. Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

Cadillac Seville Tool in insertion Position Tool In working position
Tool In working position Close up View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 222
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CADILLAC026GM 1574 Style03 1 V4711
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Cadillac SRX 2004 2009
Tool: S Tool - 47
1.Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2.Insert the tool into the door and lower just beneath the door handle.
3.Twist tool to hook and bind the door lock rod.
4.Lift tool to unlock the door.


Alternative method use
Alternate altohj
Tool 47

Cadillac SRX Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 223
CADILLAC026bGM 1728 Style06 1 VSRX2010
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Cadillac SRX 2010 2013
Tool:125 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate altohj
Tool 125

Cadillac SRX Tool 124 Tool Being Inserted
Tool Grasping Linkage close-up View form inside the door
Go To Index
Page 224
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CADILLAC027-M1GM 1425 Style03 1 H6704U
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Cadillac STS 2005 2013 Cadillac STS-V 2006 2012
TOOL: 67
1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower tool deep into door.
3. Turn tool so the tip of the tool comes underneath the shield for the latch mechanism
4. Lift tool to fip up latch and unlock the door.
ENLARGEMENT

Tool 67

CADILLAC STS Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 225
CADILLAC027-M2GM 1581 Style04 1 V4713RD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M2
Cadillac STS 2005 2012 Cadillac STS-V 2006 2012
Tool: 47 S Tool
1 Insert a strip saver and wedge into the back door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower tool into door to access door lock rod.
3.Adjust tool at a steep angle in order to access lock rod.
4.Hook lock rod and lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 47

Cadillac STS Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position. Note steep
tool angle.
Lift tool to unlock door.
Go To Index
Page 226
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CADILLAC028GM 1288 Style06 1 RLJ01
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Cadillac XLR 2004 2009
Cadillac XLR-V 2006 2009
Chevrolet Corvette 2005 2013
Chevrolet Corvette Z06 2006 2013
TOOL: Extra Long Long Reach Tool With Protective Wedge or Glass Man Tool.
1. Create working room with the Glassman tool Use extreme care as the slightest nick of the glass can cause dam-
age.
2. Insert an extra long long reach tool into the vehicle through the gap in the Glassman Tool
3. Maneuver the tool to the side of the passenger side seat.
4. Hook the emergency door release lever on the front side of the passenger side seat by the door.
5. Lift tool to activate emergency door release lever and unlock the door.
This Opening may cause Damage to the vehicle. Use only in a life threatening emergency.
PASSENGER
DOOR
Handle
Emergency door
release handle
Seat

Tool LBT

CADILLAC XLR Rear view CADILLAC XLR Front view View from inside the door
Pull the Emergency door release lever Close up of Tool Lifting Latch Lever is locate next to seat
Go To Index
Page 227
Cadillac029GM 1591 Style05 1 CTS
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Cadillac CTS 4 door 2008 2012
Cadillac CTS Sedan 2011 2012
Cadillac CTS Wagon 2011 2012
Cadillac CTS Sport Wagon 4 door 2010 2012
Cadillac CTS V 4 door 2009 2012
Tool 119
1 Insert strip savers and Wedgee between the glass and the door frame to create working room.
2 Lower the tool into the door.
3 M<ove the tip of the tool under the bend in the door lock linkage.
4 Lift to unlock the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 119

Cadillac CTS Tool In insertion Position Tool In working Position
View from Inside of door Close-up view from Inside of door
Go To Index
Page 228
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Cadillac029BGM 1711 Style06 1 RLJ01
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Cadillac CTS Coupe 2 door 2011 2012 Cadillac CTSV 2 door 2011 2012
Extra Long Long Reach Tool With Access Glass Man Tool.
1. Create working room with the Glassman tool Use extreme care as the slightest nick of the glass can cause dam-
age.
2. Insert an extra long long reach tool into the vehicle through the gap in the Glassman Tool
3. Maneuver the tool to the side of the passenger side seat.
4. Hook the emergency door release lever on the front side of the passenger side seat by the door.
5. Lift tool to activate emergency door release lever and unlock the door.
This Opening may cause Damage to the vehicle. Use only in a life threatening emergency.
PASSENGER
DOOR
Handle
Emergency door
release handle
Seat

Tool LBT

Cadillac CTS Coupe Insert Glassman Tool Insert extra long Long Reach Tool
Reach down below the right side of the
passenger seat
Pull the emergency release handle Note the latch is on the foor next to
the door
Go To Index
Page 229
Cadillac030GM 1779 Style00 1 V12501RD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Cadillac XTS 4 Door 2012 2013
Tool:125 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather
stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.
Use Rear Door

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 125

Go To Index
Page 230
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET001-M1GM 1042 Style06 1 H2360F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Astro Van 1985 2005 GMC Safari 1985 2005
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
Lower the tool into the door while swinging the tip towards the inside. The tool should be inserted at the rear corner of
the door lower the tool on top of the lock linkage.
2. The linkage is very high in the door so do not lower the tool too far. Twist the tool so that the handle moves towards
the glass in order to bind the linkage in the tip of the tool. With the linkage tight in the tip of the tool, move the tool so
that the handle of the tool moves towards the rear of the vehicle and the tip of the tool moves towards the front.
3. Note: the amount of room that you have to move is limited, so it is important to bind the linkage with the tip of the
tool as far back towards the rear of the vehicle as possible in order to have room for the linkage to move forward.

Tool 23

CHEVROLET ASTRO VAN Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
View from inside the door Close up of tool and linkage. Tool and linkage inside door panel.
Go To Index
Page 231
CHEVROLET001-M2GM 1041 Style05 1 H2209F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M2
Chevrolet Astro Van 1985 2005 GMC Safari 1985 2005
Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22
1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle
and lower the tool into the door to the position shown in the illustration below (the linkage is very high in the doo r so
do not lower the tool too far).
2. Turn the tool while pulling up to grasp the linkage with the tip of the tool. Pull the tool up, towards the front of the
vehicle to move the linkage forward (shown in the enlargement illustration below).
3. Note the amount of room that you have to move is limited, so it is important to attack the linkage as far back to-
wards the rear of the vehicle as possible in order to have room for the linkage to move forward.

Tool 22

CHEVROLET ASTRO VAN Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
View from inside the door Close up of tool and linkage.
Go To Index
Page 232
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET003GM 1575 Style03 1 V4701
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Aveo 4 Door 2004 2011
Chevrolet Aveo 5 5 Door 2009 2011
Pontiac G3 5 Door 2009 2009
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Chevrolet Aveo tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 233
CHEVROLET003BGM 1822 Style06 1 V4701
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Sonic 4 Door 2012 2013 Chevrolet Sonic 5 Door Hatch 2012 2013
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 47

Go To Index
Page 234
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET004GM 74 Style04 1 R3501
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Beretta 2 door 1988 1996
Chevrolet Corsica 1988 1996
Chevrolet Lumina 1988 1994
TOOL: Inside Access Tool- 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle.
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see
fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

BERETTA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the car
Go To Index
Page 235
CHEVROLET007-M1GM 219 Style03 1 H2330
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Blazer K Series 1992 1994
Chevrolet Blazer Full Size 1992 1994
Chevrolet Tahoe 2 Door 1996 1998
Chevrolet Tahoe Z71 1998 2000
GMC Blazer Full Size 1992 1994
GMC Jimmy Full Size 1992 1994
GMC Yukon 1996 1999
GMC Yukon Denali 1998 2000
Tool 23
1. Insert Strip Saver between window and weather strip.
2. With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower tool into the door.
3. Hook and bind the top linkage.
4. Move linkage towards FRONT of the vehicle.

Tool 23

Tool in working position. View from inside the door. Close up of tool.
Go To Index
Page 236
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET007-M2GM 1333 Style00 1 H9126F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
Chevrolet Tahoe 2 Door 1996 1998
Chevrolet Tahoe Z71 1998 2000
GMC Yukon 1996 1999
GMC Yukon Denali 1998 2000
TOOL: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Insert tool into the door.
4. Turn tool so the tip moves towards your right (see fg.).
6. Move linkage towards front of car.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct rod,
you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 91

Go To Index
Page 237
CHEVROLET008-M1GM 923 Style05 1 H2331F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Blazer S10 1995 2005
Chevrolet Blazer Xtreme Pickup 2002 2004
Chevrolet Pickup S10 / S15 1985 1993
Chevrolet Pickup S10 1994 2003
Chevrolet S10 Pickup 1994 2003
GMC Envoy 1998 2001
GMC Jimmy S15 1995 2001
GMC Sonoma Pickup 1985 2003
GMC Sonoma Crewcab 1990 2004
Oldsmobile Bravada 1995 2001
Tool: Horizontal Linkage - 23
1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
Lower the tool into the door while swinging the tip towards the inside. The tool should be inserted at the rear corner of
the door
2. Lower the tool on top of the lock linkage.
3. Rotate the tool to bind the lock linkage (see the enlargement diagram).
4. Angle the tool in order to move the lock linkage towards the front of the vehicle.

Tool 23

BLAZER Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Door without inside panel. Close up of door without inside panel
Go To Index
Page 238
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET008-M2GM 924 Style04 1 H2210FRD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
Chevrolet Blazer S10 1995 2005
GMC Envoy 1998 2001
GMC Jimmy S15 1995 2001
Oldsmobile Bravada 1995 2001
Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22
1.Insert Wedge between glass and weather-strip on the rear door.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower into slow.
3.Hook linkage at rear of door as shown.
4.Lift and pull to front. Watch both for movement.
5.Lower tool onto lock linkage.
6.Bind linkage twisting tool.
7.Move linkage towards front of vehicle.
NOTE: This method is for 4 Door models only, using only the REAR Door.

Tool 22

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Door without inside panel
Tool without inside panel
Go To Index
Page 239
CHEVROLET011GM 868 Style04 1 H9127F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Camaro 1993 2002
Chevrolet Berlineta 1982 1992
Chevrolet Camaro 1982 1992
Pontiac Firebird 1982 1992
Pontiac Firebird 1993 2002
Pontiac Trans Am 1982 1992
Pontiac Trans Am 1993 2002
Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Insert tool as shown in insertion diagram.
3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom link-
age (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage forward.
5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the
lever move.
PASSENGER DOOR
Wedge
Move to front
Linkage
Linkage
Move to front

Tool 91L

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Twist tool to push lock linkage towards
front of vehicle
Close up of tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 240
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET011bGM 1768 Style06 1 V12501
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Camaro 2010 2013 Chevrolet Camaro Convertible 2011 2013
Tool: 125 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 125

Camaro Point tool down to insert twist tool into the door
hook the linkage and lift closeup inside the door view
Go To Index
Page 241
CHEVROLET011cGM 1657 Style04 1 R5004
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M2
Chevrolet Camaro 2010 2013 Chevrolet Camaro Convertible 2011 2013
Tool:78SG
1.Use the Glass Man tool and insert it between the glass and the frame using caution
2.Inser the long reach tool into the glass man tool
3.reach in to the vehicle with the long reach tool
4.Pull on the door handle with the tool to unlock the car
PASSENGER
DOOR
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction

Tool 78SG

Camaro Use Glassman tool Insert long reach tool through glass-
man
Pull Door Handle
Go To Index
Page 242
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET012GM 1786 Style05 1 V12501RD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Cruz 4 door 2011 2013 Buick Verano 4 Door 2012 2013
Tool:125 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door
Use Rear Door

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 125

Chevrolet Cruz Tool in insertion Position Tool In working position
inside of door
Go To Index
Page 243
CHEVROLET013GM 759 Style05 1 H2339
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Cavalier 2 &4 door 1982 1994
Buick Skyhawk 2 &4 Door 1984 1989
Buick Skylark 1980 1985
Cadillac Cimarron 2 &4 door 1982 1987
Chevrolet Cavalier Wagon 2 &4 door 1982 1994
Chevrolet Citation 1980 1985
Chevrolet Z24 1991 1994
Pontiac J2000 1982 1989
Pontiac Pheonix 1980 1985
Pontiac Sunbird 1984 1991
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23
1 Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while turning the tool so that
the tip of the tool moves toward the inside of the car and the handle points at you.
3. Lower the tool on to the linkage.
4. Twist the tool so that the hook on the tool binds the linkage. To do so, move the handle of the tool towards the rear
of the vehicle.
5. Now push down and forward on the tool so that the tip of tool moves towards the front of the vehicle.
6. You should watch the door lock button move toward the front of the car.

Tool 23

Chevrolet Cavalier Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Door without inside panel Door with panel off
Go To Index
Page 244
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET014GM 915 Style05 1 cavalier95
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Cavalier 2 &4 Door 1995 2005
Chevrolet Celebrity All 1982 1990
Chevrolet Celebrity Wagon Wagon 1984 1991
Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL 91
1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage.
5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button
move.

Tool 91L

CAVALIER Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
View from inside the door Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 245
CHEVROLET018M1GM 869 Style05 1 H2213
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Corvette 1982 1996 Chevrolet ZR1 1982 1996
Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM FOR POSITION).
4.Turn tool so tip of tool moves toward front of car, hooking bell crank (SEE ENLARGEMENT ) . Pull tool straight up.
5. Watch door lock button inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the bell crank, you will see the but-
ton move.

Tool 22

CORVETTE Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Tool in working position. Door with panel off.
Go To Index
Page 246
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET019GM 917 Style05 1 H9124
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Corvette 1997 2004
Chevrolet ZR1 1997 2003
Pontiac Fiero 1984 1988
Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on front door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame and the shield, as shown below, and hook the bottom linkage.
3. Twist tool to move linkage towards the front of the car.
NOTE : Watch the lock button inside of the car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will
see
the button move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91L

CORVETTE Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
View from inside the door. View from inside the door.
Go To Index
Page 247
CHEVROLET021-M1GM 1576 Style04 1 H23100
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Equinox 2005 2013 Pontiac Torrent 2006 2009
Tool: 23 Horizontal Linkage Tool
1.Insert strip saver and wedge into passenger side door directly above the door handle.
2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3. T urn handle away from the door in order to allow the tool tip to access the lock linkage. Hook the top linkage.
4.Hook the linkage and turn the handle to the rear of the vehicle in order to move the linkage towards the front to
unlock the door.
Shield

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 23

Chevrolet Equinox Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View From Inside the Door
Go To Index
Page 248
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET021-M2GM 1510 Style04 1 H7713F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
Saturn Equinox 2005 2009 Pontiac Torrent 2006 2009
Tool: 77 Tool
1. Insert strip saver and wedge into passenger side door directly above the door handle.
2.Point tip of tool towards the rear of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3. T urn handle away from the door in order to allow the tool tip to access the lock linkage.
4.Turn and lift tool to hook the top lock linkage .
5. Pull tool to the front of the vehicle in order to move the linkage and unlock the door.
Shield

Tool 77

Chevrolet Equinox Tool in Insertion Position View from Inside the Door
Close up of Tool in Action
Go To Index
Page 249
CHEVROLET022GM 1406 Style05 1 V4707
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet HHR 2006 2012
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool


Tool 47

Chevrolet HHR Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Hook lock rod and lift to unlock. Close up of tool in action.
Go To Index
Page 250
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET023GM 734 Style00 1 H8806
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Impala 2 door 1980 1988
Buick Electra 2 Door 1980 1984
Buick LeSabre 2 Door 1980 1985
Buick Riviera Front Wheel Drive 1980 1985
Cadillac El Dorado 2 door 1979 1984
Chevrolet Caprice 2 door 1980 1990
Oldsmobile 98 2 Door 1980 1984
Oldsmobile Caprice 2 Door 1980 1990
Oldsmobile Delta 88 2 Door 1980 1985
Oldsmobile Toronado Front Wheel Drive 1980 1985
Tool: Double Bend Tool 88
1. Position tool so it is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button.
2. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower tool into door while turning tool so handle points away from car.
4. Move tool up and down so as hook bell crank.
NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button
move.
Llustration shows passenger side front door.
Instructions will work on either front door.
h8806

Tool 88-45

Go To Index
Page 251
CHEVROLET025-M1GM 744 Style05 1 H8612RD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Impala 4 Door 2000 2005
Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86
1 Using the REAR PASSENGER DOOR, Separate the weather stri p from the glass using the strip saver and wedge.
2 Point the double hooked end of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. Do not
lower the tool too far into the door, as the linkage is very high.
3 Turn and lift the tool in order to hook the bottom linkage in the door.
4 Turn the tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle in order to move the tip of the tool and the linkage towards the
front of the vehicle and unlock the door.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
H8612RD.eps

Tool 86

CHEVROLET IMPALA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Door without inside panel Close up of tool
Go To Index
Page 252
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET025-M2GM 1538 Style05 1 H2356
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
Chevrolet Impala 4 Door 2000 2005
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Separate the weather strip from the glass using the strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car.
3. Lower the tool into the door, and turn the handle so as to hook the top lock linkage.
4. Twist the tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of the vehicle.

Tool 23

CHEVROLET IMPALA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Close up of door without inside panel Close up of tool and linkage
Go To Index
Page 253
CHEVROLET031GM 867 Style04 1 H9114F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Malibu 4 door 1997 2003
Buick Skylark 2 Door 1992 1997
Chevrolet Classic 2004 2005
Chevrolet Malibu Classic 2004 2005
Oldsmobile Achieva 4 door 1992 1997
Oldsmobile Achieva 2 door 1992 1997
Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom link-
age. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION) .
4. Turn tool so tip of tool moves toward front of car, pushing the lock linkage forward.
5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage , you will see the
lever move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91L

Chevrolet Malibu Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Twist tool to move linkage towards rear
of vehicle.
Go To Index
Page 254
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET033GM 347 Style04 1 H8205
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Metro 2 Door 1998 2002 Chevrolet Metro 4 Door 1998 2002
Tool: Drop & Rock - 82
1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip with strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door .
4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage
5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside
6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle.
Bind Linkage &
Move Torwards Rear
Bind Linkage &
Move Torwards Rear
ENLARGEMENT

Tool 82

Geo/Chevy Metro LSI Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 255
CHEVROLET035GM 872 Style05 1 H2346
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Monte Carlo LS 2 Door 1995 1999
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage.
5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE : Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.

Tool 23

MONTE CARLO LS Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.
View from inside the door Close up of tool and linkage
Go To Index
Page 256
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET042GM 1363 Style04 1 V4711
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Chevrolet SSR 2004 2006
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool


Tool 47

Chevrolet SSR Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.
Lift Tool to Lift Lock Rod and Unlock
Door.
Go To Index
Page 257
CHEVROLET044-M1GM 1098 Style05 1 H9126F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Suburban 1992 1999
Chevrolet Pickup Light Duty 1989 1998
Chevrolet Pickup Heavy Duty 1989 2000
Chevrolet Silverado 1500 1989 1998
Chevrolet Silverado 2500/3500 1989 2000
GMC Suburban 1992 1999
TOOL: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Insert tool into the door.
4. Turn tool so the tip moves towards your right (see fg.).
6. Move linkage towards front of car.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct rod, you will see
the door lock button move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91

Chevrolet Suburban LS Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool and linkage
Go To Index
Page 258
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET044-M2GM 1097 Style03 1 DropRockRD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
Chevrolet Suburban 1992 1999
GMC Pickup Full Size 1989 1999
GMC Pickup 2500/3500 HD 1989 2000
GMC Sierra 1500 1989 1998
GMC Sierra 2500/3500 1989 2000
GMC Suburban 1992 1999
Tool: Drop & Rock - 82
1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip with strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door .
4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage
5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside
6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle.
Wedge
Move
Lower Tool
Lift Tool
into Position
Move Tool To Unlock
1
2
3
Rear
Door

Tool 82

Chevrolet Suburban Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 259
CHEVROLET047A-M1GM 503 Style06 1 Droprock
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Cadillac Escalade 2002 2006
Cadillac Escalade EXT 2002 2006
Cadillac Escalade EXT 2002 2006
Cadillac ESV 2003 2006
Tool: Drop & Rock - 82
1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip with strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door .
4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage
5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside
6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle.
Wed ge
Move
Lower T ool
Li f t T ool
i nt o Posi t i on
Move Tool T o Unl ock
1
2
3

Tool 82

Cadillac EXT Tool in insertion Position Tool In Working Position
Rock Tool towards the rear while ap-
plying pressure with left hand
Close up of linkage in the door View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 260
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET047A-M2GM 566 Style05 1 H8613F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
Cadillac Escalade 2002 2006
Cadillac Escalade EXT 2002 2006
Cadillac Escalade EXT 2002 2006
Cadillac ESV 2003 2006
Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86
1. Insert Strip Saver between window and window strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of vehicle.
3. Insert tool into door, directly above the door handle lowering tool to the handle (See Photo 3)
4. Turn tool handle away from automobile to access lock linkage.
5. Lift Tool to Hook and Bind Linkage.
6. Turn tool handle to rear of the vehicle to move linkage towards the FRONT of the vehicle.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 86

Cadillac Escalade Tool in Insertion Position Tool In Working Position
View from inside the door Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 261
CHEVROLET047B-M1GM 1330 Style06 1 Droprock
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Tahoe 2000 2006
Chevrolet Tahoe Z71 2001 2006
Chevrolet Avalanche 2002 2006
Chevrolet Ck Series 2500/3500Heavy Duty 2001 2006
Chevrolet Pick Up Light Duty 1500 1999 2006
Chevrolet Pickup Heavy Duty 2001 2006
Chevrolet Silverado 1500 1999 2006
Chevrolet Suburban 2000 2006
Tool: Drop & Rock - 82
1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip with strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door .
4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage
5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside
6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle.
Wed ge
Move
Lower T ool
Li f t T ool
i nt o Posi t i on
Move Tool T o Unl ock
1
2
3

Tool 82

Tool in insertion position. Rock Tool towards the rear while ap-
plying pressure with left hand.
Tool in working position.
Close up of linkage in the door View of the inside of the door
Go To Index
Page 262
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET047B-M2GM 1329 Style05 1 H8604
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
Chevrolet Tahoe 2000 2006
Chevrolet Ck Series 2500/3500Heavy Duty 2001 2006
Chevrolet Pick Up Light Duty 1500 1999 2006
Chevrolet Pickup Heavy Duty 2001 2006
Chevrolet Silverado 1500 1999 2006
Chevrolet Suburban 2000 2006
Chevrolet Tahoe Z71 2001 2006
Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86
1. Insert Strip Saver between window and window strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of vehicle.
3. insert tool into door, directly above the door handle, lowering tool to the handle (See Photo 3)
4. Turn tool handle away from automobile to access lock linkage.
5. Lift Tool to Hook and Bind Linkage.
6. Turn tool handle to rear of the vehicle to move linkage towards the FRONT of the vehicle.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
H8604.eps

Tool 86

Tool in Insertion Position View from Inside the Door Tool in Working Position
Close Up of Tool- Move Linkage to
Front
Go To Index
Page 263
CHEVROLET047C-M1GM 284 Style06 1 Droprock
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
GMC Pickup 1500 Series 1999 2006
GMC Sierra 1500 1999 2006
GMC Sierra 2500/3500 2001 2006
GMC Sierra Denali 2001 2006
GMC Yukon 2000 2006
GMC Yukon Denali 2001 2006
GMC Yukon XL Denali 2000 2006
GMC Yukon XLT 2000 2006
Tool: Drop & Rock - 82
1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip with strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door .
4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage
5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside
6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle.
Wed ge
Move
Lower T ool
Li f t T ool
i nt o Posi t i on
Move Tool T o Unl ock
1
2
3

Tool 82

Chevy Sierra Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Rock Tool towards the rear while ap-
plying pressure with left hand
Close up of linkage in the door View of the inside of the door
Go To Index
Page 264
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET047C-M2GM 285 Style04 1 H8604
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
GMC Pickup 1500 Series 1999 2005
GMC Sierra 1500 1999 2005
GMC Sierra 2500/3500 2001 2005
GMC Sierra Denali Heavy Duty 2001 2005
GMC Yukon 2000 2006
GMC Yukon Denali 2001 2006
GMC Yukon XL Denali 2000 2006
GMC Yukon XLT 2000 2006
Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86
1. Insert Strip Saver between window and window strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle.
3. Insert tool into door, directly above the door handle at a 45-degree angle.
4. Lower tool into the door.
5. Hook and Bind Linkage.
6. Turn tool handle to move linkage towards the FRONT of the car.
H8604.eps

Tool 86

Chevy Sierra Tool in insertion position. View from inside the door
Close up of tool. Move linkage to front.
Go To Index
Page 265
CHEVROLET049M1GM 1328 Style03 1 V2601
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Geo Tracker 2 &4 door 1985 1998 Chevrolet Tracker 2 &4 door 1997 2004
TOOL: DOUBLE TOOL - 26
1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button.
2.Lower the tool into the door.
3.Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4.Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

Tool 26

Geo Tracker Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 266
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET050GM 252 Style06 1 H2382F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Chevrolet TrailBlazer EXT 2004 2006
Buick Rainer Ultra 2004 2006
Buick Rainier 2004 2007
Chevrolet TrailBlazer 2002 2009
GMC Envoy 2002 2009
GMC Envoy XL 2004 2008
GMC Envoy XUV 2004 2008
Oldsmobile Bravada 2002 2004
TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1.Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side door.
2.oint the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage
4.Hook the lower lock linkage with the working end of the tool.
5.Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle to move the linkage towards the front and unlock the door.
PASSENGER DOOR

Wedge
Move to front
Linkage
Tool
Move to front

Tool 23

Chevrolet TrailBlazer Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Tool in Working Position Close up of Tool in Action View From Inside the Door
Go To Index
Page 267
CHEVROLET053-M1GM 186 Style06 1 H9108F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Express Van 1996 2012
Chevrolet Van Full Size 1996 2012
GMC Savana 1996 2006
GMC Van Full Size 1996 2006
Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91
1 Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert tool approximately half way through the door.
3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
4. Turn the tool handle to hook and bind lower linkage.
5 Twist tool to turn linkage towards FRONT of car.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91

Chevy 1500 Van Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
View from inside the door Close up of tool and linkage Hook linkage with tool, move linkage
towards front of vehicle.
Go To Index
Page 268
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET056GM 629 Style05 1 V10511
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Cobalt 2 Door 2005 2010
Chevrolet Cobalt SS 2 Door 2005 2010
Pontiac G5 2 door 2006 2008
TOOL: 105
1.Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage.
4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.

Tool 105

Cobalt Tool in insertion position ool in working position
View from inside the door Lift lock lever at door latch
Go To Index
Page 269
CHEVROLET057-M1GM 777 Style05 1 H2341BRD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Cobalt 4 Door 2005 2010 Chevrolet Cobalt SS 4 Door 2005 2010
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door until tool contacts door lock rod.
4. Twist tool so tip of tool moves towards rear of car while at the same time twisting the handle (See fg).
NOTE : Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.
Illustration shows passenger side door.
Nstructions will work on either front door .

Tool 23

Tool in insertion position ool in working position
View from inside the door Lift lock lever at door latch
Go To Index
Page 270
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET057-M2GM 625 Style04 1 V10511
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
Chevrolet Cobalt 4 Door 2005 2010 Chevrolet Cobalt SS 4 Door 2005 2010
TOOL: 105
1.Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage.
4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.

Tool 105

Tool in insertion position ool in working position
View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 271
CHEVROLET058GM 1732 Style04 1 V12501
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Volt Sedan 2012 2013
Tool:125 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door

Tool 125

Chevrolet Volt tool in insertion position lower the tool into the door
hook the door lock linkage and lift
Go To Index
Page 272
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
CHEVROLET444GM 1914 Style04 1 V4701
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Captiva SUV 2012 2013
Tool:125 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door

Tool 125

Chevrolet Volt tool in insertion position lower the tool into the door
hook the door lock linkage and lift close up Hook the linkage
Go To Index
Page 273
GEO004-M1GM 865 Style04 1 H2341BRD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Geo Prizm 4 Door 1993 1997
Chevrolet Nova 1985 1988
Geo Prizm 1989 1992
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip in REAR DOOR.
2. Lower tool into door on top of linkage.
3. Twist tool to bind linkage.
4. Move tool toward rear of car.

Tool 23

Geo Prizm Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Twist tool to move linkage towards rear
of vehicle.
Go To Index
Page 274
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
GEO004-M2GM 1339 Style00 1 Toy81RD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
Geo Prizm 4 Door 1993 1997
Chevrolet Prizm 4 Door 1993 2002
Geo Prizm 4 Door 1998
TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button on the REAR DOOR
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 81

Go To Index
Page 275
GEO005GM 75 Style04 1 H2343F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Geo Storm 1990 1993
Chevrolet Sprint 1985 1988
Geo Metro 2 &4 Door 1985 1998
Geo Storm2+2 Coupe 1990 1993
Geo StormHatchback 1990 1993
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered beneath frst linkage, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE Enlarged illustration).
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front
of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23

Geo Storm Tool in insertion position View from inside the door
Twist tool to move linkage towards rear
of vehicle
Go To Index
Page 276
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
GM01GM 1676 Style04 1 V12501
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
GMC Terrain SUV Crossover 2010 2012
Chevrolet Equinox 2010 2012
Saturn Vue 2009 2010
Tool: 125 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt47
INSER TION
Front Passenger
Door
Tool 125

Terrain 125 Tool Tool insertion position
twist the tool and hook the linkage then
lift
Go To Index
Page 277
GMC002-M1GM 1369 Style05 1 H6704U
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
GMC Canyon 2004 2012 Chevrolet Colorado Pickup 2004 2012
TOOL: 67
1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower tool deep into door.
3. Turn tool so the tip of the tool comes underneath the shield for the latch mechanism
4. Lift tool to fip up latch and unlock the door.
ENLARGEMENT

Tool 67

GMC Canyon Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Insertion Position.
View of Tool Engaging Latch. Close up of Tool Engaging Latch.
Go To Index
Page 278
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
GMC002-M2GM 1391 Style03 1 R3509
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
Chevrolet Colorado Pickup 2004 2012 GMC Canyon 2004 2012
Tool: Inside Access Tool 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgu
re 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fg-
ure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the rear of the vehicle (see fgure 5).

Tool 35

Chevrolet Colorado Tool in Insertion Position Lean Tool to Hook Door Lock Button
Go To Index
Page 279
GMC007GM 1354 Style00 1 V2601
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
GMC Pickup Full Size 1980 1991
Tool: DOUBLE TOOL, short side - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Using the short end of the double tool, fsh it into the door.
3. Lift the door lock button with the tip of the tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26

Go To Index
Page 280
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
GMC012-M1GM 1044 Style00 + R103-04
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Van Full Size 1983 1995
GMC Suburban 1980 1991
Chevrolet Blazer Full Size 1980 1991
Chevrolet Pickup Full size 1980 1991
Chevrolet Sports Van 1983 1995
Chevrolet Suburban 1980 1991
Chevrolet Suburban 1980 1991
GMC Jimmy Full Size 1980 1991
GMC Van Rally/Cargo 1983 1995
GMC Van Full Size 1983 1995
Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104
1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the fat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.
Insert #104 Latch
Button Tool
Insert #103 Vent Handle

Tool 103-04

Go To Index
Page 281
GMC012-M2GM 280 Style04 1 V2602
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M2
GMC Van Rally/Cargo
Chevrolet Blazer Full Size 1980 1991
Chevrolet Pickup Full Size 1980 1991
Chevrolet Sports Van 1983 1995
Chevrolet Suburban 1980 1991
Chevrolet Suburban 1980 1991
Chevrolet Van Full Size 1983 1995
GMC Jimmy Full Size 1980 1991
GMC Suburban 1980 1991
GMC Van Full Size 1983 1995
Tool: DOUBLE TOOL, short side - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Using the short end of the double tool, fsh it into the door.
3. Lift the door lock button with the tip of the tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26

GMC FULL SIZE VAN Insert short end of tool Turn tool to insert
Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 282
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
GMC019GM 591 Style03 1 V4701
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
GMC Acadia SUV 2007 2012
Buick Enclave 2008 2012
Chevrolet Traverse 2009 2012
Saturn Astra 5 door Hatch 2008 2009
Saturn Outlook SUV 2007 2009
Saturn Vue 2006 2009
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

GMC Acadia Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 283
HUMMER001GM 216 Style04 1 V2601
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M2
Hummer H1 Alpha Soft Top 2006 2008
Tool: Double Tool - 26
1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip, parallel with the door lock button.
2.Lower the tool into the door.
3.Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4.Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

Tool 26

HUMMER Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Door without inside panel.
Go To Index
Page 284
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
HUMMER001M1GM 677 Style04 1 H8806B
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Hummer H1 1997 2005
Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88
1 Insert tool between glass and weather-strip.
2.Lower the tool into the door directly above the door handle.
3.Place tip of tool onto the bell crank.
4.Push bell crank towards the rear of the truck to unlock the door.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
H8806B.eps

Tool 88-20

HUMMER Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Door without inside panel
Go To Index
Page 285
HUMMER001M2GM 1122 Style04 1 V2601
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M2
Hummer H1 1997 2007
Tool: Double Tool - 26
1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip, parallel with the door lock button.
2.Lower the tool into the door.
3.Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4.Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

Tool 26

HUMMER Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Door without inside panel.
Go To Index
Page 286
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
HUMMER002GM 1266 Style06 1 h9195brd
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Hummer H2 2003 2007 Hummer SUT 2005 2007
Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91
1. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
2. Insert the tool into the REAR DOOR between the glass and the weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool while turning the tool so the handle points away from the car.
4. Hook the lock linkage with the tip of the tool
5. Move The Linkage towards the rear.
NOTE: When you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock lever move.
Direction
Direction
Rear
Door

Tool 91

Hummer H2 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Apply pressure to the tool Close up of tool in action View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 287
HUMMER003GM 1434 Style03 1 HummerH3
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Hummer H3 2005 2008 Hummer H3x 2008 2010
TOOL: 112
1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower tool deep into door.
3. Turn tool so the tip of the tool comes underneath the shield for the latch mechanism
4. Lift tool to fip up latch and unlock the door.
Wedge
Shield over latch
Mechanism
Insert tool under shield
and lift to unlock
1
2
3
Lower tool
bellow shield
move tool in under shield

Lift tool to unlock



Tool 112

Hummer H3 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 288
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Hummer004GM 576 Style02 1 Alt47
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Hummer H2 2008 2010
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
INSER
TION
Front Passenger
Door

Tool 26
Hummer H2 Tool In Working Position

Go To Index
Page 289
OLDSMOBILE001-M1GM 870 Style05 1 H2212RD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Oldsmobile 88 1991 1999
Buick LeSabre 1992 1999
Buick Park Avenue 1991 1996
Buick Park Avenue Ultra 1991 1996
Oldsmobile 88 1991 1999
Oldsmobile 98 1991 1996
Oldsmobile 98 1991 1996
Oldsmobile LSS 1997 2000
Oldsmobile LSS 1997 2000
Oldsmobile Regency 1997 2000
Oldsmobile Regency 1997 2000
Tool: Small Hook Tool 22
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping on rear door with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of automobile and insert it at the position shown below.
3. Lower tool into door below the bottom lock linkage.
4. Lift tool up and towards the front of the vehicle as shown in the enlargement diagram below. (move the lock linkage
towards the front of the vehicle).
NOTE: Look at the door lock button inside the vehicle for movement. When you contact the correct lock linkage, you
will see the door lock button move.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt35
Tool 22

OLDSMOBILE EIGHTY EIGHT Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.
Door without inside panel. Close up of tool and linkage
Go To Index
Page 290
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
OLDSMOBILE001-M2GM 795 Style04 1 R3503
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
Buick LeSabre 1992 1999
Buick Park Avenue 1991 1996
Buick Park Avenue Ultra 1991 1996
Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

Buick Park Avenue Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door.
Go To Index
Page 291
OLDSMOBILE007GM 876 Style05 1 H8614F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Oldsmobile Alero 4 door 1997 2004 Pontiac Grand Am 4 door 1999 2005
Tool: Triple Hook Tool- 86
1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage.
5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.
NOTE:Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
H8614F.eps

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt23
Tool 86

Oldsmobile Alero Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Close-up of door without inside panel. Door without inside panel.
Go To Index
Page 292
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
OLDSMOBILE008GM 873 Style05 1 H9118BRD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Oldsmobile Aurora 1995 2000
Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL 91
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge in REAR DOOR.
2. Insert tool as shown in insertion diagram.
3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom link-
age (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage to the rear.
5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the
lever move.
Move to Front
Move to Front

Tool 91L

OLDSMOBILE AURORA Tool in Insertion Position. Door without inside panel.
Door without inside panel. Close Up of Door without inside panel.
Go To Index
Page 293
OLDSMOBILE009bGM 884 Style06 1 H2356
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Chevrolet Monte Carlo 2 Door 2000 2007
Pontiac Bonneville 2000 2005
Pontiac Bonneville GXP 2004 2005
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1 Separate the weather strip from the glass using the strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car.
3. Lower the tool into the door, and turn the handle so as to hook the top lock linkage.
4. Twist the tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of the vehicle.

Tool 23

Chevrolet Monte Carlo Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Door without inside panel Close up of tool and linkage Close up of tool and linkage
Go To Index
Page 294
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
OLDSMOBILE009cGM 149 Style05 1 H2347F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Oldsmobile Intrigue 1997 2002 Oldsmobile Aurora 2001 2003
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Insert tool with handle pointing towards front of car.
3 Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle faces you and the to ol is resting on the top linkage (SEE FIG.
FOR POSITION).
4. Rotate tool to move linkage toward front of car.
5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the
lever ove.

Tool 23

Oldsmobile Intrigue Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.
Inside the Door Close Up
Go To Index
Page 295
OLDSMOBILE009dGM 875 Style05 1 H2370F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Oldsmobile Alero 2 Door 1997 2004
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23
1. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage.
5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE : Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.


Tool 23

OLDSMOBILE ALERO Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View of Inside the Door Close up of Tool Inside the Door
Go To Index
Page 296
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
OLDSMOBILE020GM 163 Style04 1 R3502
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Oldsmobile Toronado 1986 1989
Buick Riviera 1986 1993
Oldsmobile Cutlass Supreme 2 &4 Door 1988 1997
Pontiac Grand Prix 4 Door 1988 1996
Pontiac Grand Prix 2 Door 1988 1996
TOOL: Inside Access Tool- Tool 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

CUTLASS SUPREME Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 297
PONTIAC002GM 653 Style05 1 H2377F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Pontiac Aztek 2001 2005
TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23
1.Insert strip saver and wedge in passenger side door.
2.Point tip of tool towards REAR of vehicle in position shown.
3.Lower tool into door.
4.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access linkage and unlock door.


Tool 23

PONTIAC AZTEK Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action
Go To Index
Page 298
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
PONTIAC011GM 1305 Style00 1 H8613F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Oldsmobile Cutlass Calais 2 &4 Door 1985 1991 Pontiac Grand Am 2 Door 1985 1991
Tool: Triple Hook Tool 86
1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while turning the
tool so that the tip of the tool moves toward the inside of the car and the handle points at you.
3. Lower below the linkage and lift.
4. Twist the tool so that the hook on the tool binds the linkage. To do so, move the handle of the tool to-
wards the rear of the vehicle.
5. Move tip of tool forward.
6. You should watch the door lock button move toward the
front of the car.

Tool 86

Go To Index
Page 299
PONTIAC011-M1GM 879 Style05 1 H8613F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Pontiac Grand Am 2 door 1992 2002
Oldsmobile Cutlass Calais 2 &4 Door 1985 1991
Pontiac Grand Am 2 Door 1985 1991
Tool: Triple Hook Tool 86
1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while turning the tool so that
the tip of the tool moves toward the inside of the car and the handle points at you.
3. Lower below the linkage and lift.
4. Twist the tool so that the hook on the tool binds the linkage. To do so, move the handle of the tool towards the rear
of the vehicle.
5. Move tip of tool forward.
6. You should watch the door lock button move toward the front of the car.
Note : The non-working part (the part you hold in your hand) of the tool may be longer or have a different angle that
that shown in the photo or diagram. This is due to the new design of the tool.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt23
Tool 86

Pontiac Grand Am Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Door without inside panel. Close up of door without inside panel
Go To Index
Page 300
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
PONTIAC011-M2GM 882 Style04 1 H2347F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M2
Pontiac Grand Am 4 door 1999 2005 Pontiac Grand Am 2 door 1992 2005
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23
1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage.
5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.

Tool 23

Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position. Door without inside panel.
Close-up of door without inside panel.
Go To Index
Page 301
PONTIAC012-M1GM 741 Style06 1 bonneville
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Pontiac Bonneville 1992 1999
Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22
1. Insert Wedge between glass and weather-strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower into slow.
3. Hook linkage at rear of door as shown.
4. Lift and pull to front. Watch both for movement.
NOTE: You should be looking at the door lock lever inside the car. When you contact the lock linkage, you will see
the door lock lever move.
Instructions show passenger door, but will work on either front door.

Tool 22

Pontiac Bonneville Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.
Door without inside panel. Door without inside panel. Door without inside panel.
Go To Index
Page 302
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
PONTIAC015GM 878 Style05 1 H2345F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Pontiac Grand Prix 2 &4 door 1997 2003
Buick Century 4 Door 1997 2005
Buick Regal 1998 2004
Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Insert tool with handle pointing towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle faces you and the tool is resting on the top linkage (SEE FIG.
FOR POSITION) .
4. Rotate tool to move linkage toward front of car.
5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the
lever move.
Move to Front

Tool 23

Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position. Door without inside panel.
Door without inside panel. Door without inside panel.
Go To Index
Page 303
PONTIAC017GM 1382 Style04 1 V4701
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Pontiac GTO 2005 2007
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Pontiac GTO Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.
Hook Lock Rod and Lift to Unlock
Door.
Go To Index
Page 304
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
PONTIAC024GM 1488 Style04 1 V4711
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Pontiac Solstice 2006 2009 Saturn Sky 2007 2009
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool


Tool 47

Pontiac Solstice Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Lift tool to unlock the door
Go To Index
Page 305
PONTIAC027GM 1046 Style03 1 H2329F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Pontiac Trans Sport mini-van 1990 1996
Chevrolet Lumina APV FWD 1990 1996
Oldsmobile Silhouette 1990 1996
Pontiac Trans Sport SE 1990 1996
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM FOR POSITION) .
4. Twisting the handle towards you, lower the tool onto the linkage and turn the handle towards the rear of
the vehicle to bind the linkage (YOU ARE AIMING FOR THE BOTTOM LINKAGE) .
5. Tilt the top of the tool towards the rear of the car in order to move the tip of the tool and the linkage for-
ward (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
Note: Look at the door lock button inside car for movement. When you have bound the linkage, you will
see the lock button move.

Tool 23

Tool in working position Tool in working position A- Tool B- Lock Linkage
Go To Index
Page 306
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
PONTIAC028-M1GM 1237 Style04 1 R6504
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Pontiac Vibe 2003 2009
TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the REAR of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
6. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Pontiac Vibe Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.
View from Inside the Door.
Go To Index
Page 307
PONTIAC028-M2GM 1509 Style05 1 H4721RD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M2
Pontiac Vibe 2003 2009
Tool: S Tool 47
1. Use a screw driver or other tool to loosen the passenger side rear license plate light.
2. Insert S tool through the opening with the hooded end facing the front of the car, as shown in diagram and photo-
graph.
3.Twist the tool to hook and bind the lock rod.
4.Gently pull down on the tool to unlock the latch.

light

Tool 47

Pontiac Vibe Remove Rear Plate Light with Screw-
driver.
Tool in Insertion Position. Insert Behind
Light, as Shown.
Tool in Working Position. Hook Linkage to Unlock Door.
Go To Index
Page 308
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Pontiac30GM 1586 Style00 1 Alt89fd
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Pontiac G8 2008 2009
TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
(see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the
inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 89

Go To Index
Page 309
Pontiac31GM 575 Style03 1 Altohj
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Pontiac Vibe 2009
TOOL: One Hand J ack Tool- 78SG
1.Use the One Hand J ack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
3.Remove the One Hand J ack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long J ohn Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

Carefully jack the door slightly Use the Air Jack to create working
room
Use the Long reach Tool to Unlock the
door
Go To Index
Page 310
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
SATURN002-M1GM 1285 Style03 1 H6603RD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Saturn Ion 2003 2007 Saturn Ion Redline 2004 2007
TOOL: Checkmark Tool- 66
1 Insert a strip saver and wedge into the rear passenger door between the glass and the weather strip-
ping.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. Do not lower the
tool very far into the door.
3.Turn the tool handle away from the vehicle to access the lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to hook the lock linkage from below (see diagram).
5.Turn tool handle to move lock linkage towards the rear of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 66

Saturn Ion Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 311
SATURN002-M2GM 1395 Style05 1 H9101f
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M2
Saturn Ion 2003 2007 Saturn Ion Redline 2004 2007
Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91
1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create space in the door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3 . Insert the tool into the door between the glass and the weather-strip.
4 . Lower the tool while turning the tool so the handle points away from the car.
5 . Hook the lock linkage with the tip of the tool
6 . Move t he linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
NOTE: When you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock lever move.

Tool 91

Saturn Ion Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Hook top linkage and move to back. Clos up of Tool on Linkage.
Go To Index
Page 312
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
SATURN003GM 1149 Style05 1 H2380BRD
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Saturn L Series 4 door 2000 2004
Saturn LS, LS1, LS2 4 door 2000 2002
Saturn LW1, LW2 Wagon 2000 2002
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on rear passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook the top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front
of the door.
6.Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.


Tool 23

SATURN L SERIES Tool in Insertion Position (Rear Door) Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close Up. Move Linkage to Rear
Go To Index
Page 313
SATURN005GM 389 Style00 1 H2348F
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Saturn SW1, SW2 5 Door Wagon 1991 1995
Saturn EV1 2001 2003
Saturn S Series 1996 2002
Saturn SC1, SC2 2 Door 1991 1995
Saturn SC1, SC2 2 &3 door 1996 2002
Saturn SL, SL1, SL2 4 Door 1991 1995
Saturn SL, SL1, SL2 4 door 1996 2002
Saturn SW1, SW2 5 door wagon 1996 2001
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge (see illustration for position).
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (see illustration for position).
4. Rotate tool so tip moves towards front of vehicle, moving the lock linkage forward (see enlargement
diagram for position).
Note: Look at the door lock button inside of the car for movement. When you have contacted the correct
lock linkage, you will see the button move.

Tool 23

Go To Index
Page 314
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
SATURN008GM 1238 Style05 1 H8207B
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Met hod - M1
Saturn Vue 2002 2009 Saturn Vue Redline 2004 2009
Tool: Drop Rock Tool - 82
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge (see illustration for position).
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (see illustration for position).
4. Rotate tool so tip moves towards inside of vehicle
5. Lay the tip of the tool on the linkage.
6. Bind the linkage and move it to the rear of the vehicle .
Note Look at the door lock button inside of the car for movement. When you have contacted the correct lock linkage,
you will see the button move.
Bind Linkage &
Move Torwards Rear
Bind Linkage &
Move Torwards Rear
ENLARGEMENT

Tool 82

Saturn Vue Insertion Position Move to Back
Working Position
Go To Index
Page 315
SATURN010GM 616 Style04 1 V11401
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
u
r
n

G
M
C
Met hod - M1
Saturn Aura 4 door 2007 2009
Buick Lucerne 2006 2011
Chevrolet Malibu 2004 2012
Chevrolet Malibu Maxx 2004 2007
Pontiac G6 2005 2009
Pontiac Grand Prix 2004 2008
Tool: 114 Tool
1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt125
Tool 114

Saturn Aura Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Lift tool to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 316
G
M
C

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1GMC HEAVY TRUCKS 938 Style03 1 V4715HT
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
GMC HT WSeries Light Duty Pre 1995
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Wedge
Pull
Up
Linkage
Pull
Up

Tool 47

GMC Light Duty Cab over business
class trucks
Tool in insertion position Tool in working position. Hook lock rod
and lift.
Go To Index
Page 317
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2GMC HEAVY TRUCKS 939 Style03 1 V2612HT
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
G
M
C

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M2
GMC HT WSeries Light Duty Pre 1995 GMC HT WSeries Light Duty 1995 1/2 2009
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Pull
Up
Linkage
Pull
Up

Tool 26

GMC W Series Light Duty Truck. Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Go To Index
Page 318
G
M
C

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS003GMC HEAVY TRUCKS 855 Style05 1 H2340HT
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
GMC HT T Body MediumDuty Pre 1995
Tool: 23 Horizontal Linkage Tool
1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool into the door until the tool rests on the lock linkage.
3.Twist the tool to bind the linkage.
4.Move the tip of the tool forward so the linkage moves towards the front of the truck.
5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.
Direction
Wedge
Direction
Enlargement

Tool 23

GMC Medium Duty T Series trucks Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside door. Hook top link-
age with tool.
Close up of tool in action. Move link-
age to rear to unlock.
Go To Index
Page 319
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS004GMC HEAVY TRUCKS 911 Style06 1 V10501HT
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
G
M
C

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
GMC HT T Series MediumDuty 1996 2009
Tool: T105
1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool into the door about of the way down in the door.
3.Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the truck.
4.Lift the tool under the door lock linkage.
5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.
Direction
Wedge
Tool
Direction

Tool 105

GMC T Series Medium Duty Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door View of door with panel Note tool at far corner of the door
Go To Index
Page 320
G
M
C

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS005GMC HEAVY TRUCKS 912 Style02 1 R103-04
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
GMC HT C Series Vent Windows Pre 1989 GMC HT Cab Over Heavy Duty
Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104
1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the fat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.
Insert #104 Latch
Button Tool
Insert #103 Vent Handle

Tool 103-04
Old sytle MGC Medium Duty Trucks Insert fat tool to press release latch while using
103 tool to unlock window

Go To Index
Page 321
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS006GMC HEAVY TRUCKS 914 Style00 1 H2337F
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
G
M
C

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
GMC HT C Series Horizontal Linkage 1989 2002
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23
1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod.
5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see
the door lock button move.
Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door. Door lock lever (circled)
is shown reversed.
FOR 1997 Models: See Index

Tool 23

Go To Index
Page 322
G
M
C

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS007GMC HEAVY TRUCKS 862 Style06 1 H9101FHT
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
GMC HT C Series All Heavy and MediumDuty with
Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009
Tool: 9 1 Downward Hook Tool
1. nsert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool into the rear of the door.
2. Lower the tool with the tip facing the rear INSIDE of the door. Note that the tip of the tool must not go behind the
window run channel so keep the tip facing towards the inside while you lower it in the door.
3.Hook the door lock rod with the tip of the tool.
4.Rotate the tool in order to move the linkage to the front of the car.
Wedge
Gap In
Shield
Move Tool
Shield
Gap In
Shield
Move Tool
ENLARGEMENT

Tool 91

Chevy C Series. 2003 and Later Tool in insertion position Tool in working position.
View from inside the door. Tool in action. Move linkage forward to
unlock the door.
Close up of tool in action. Hook linkage
with tool.
Go To Index
Page 323
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS008GMC HEAVY TRUCKS 969 Style04 1 H9101F
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS
G
M
C

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
GMC HT Van Cab All
Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91
1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create space in the door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3 . Insert the tool into the door between the glass and the weather-strip.
4 . Lower the tool while turning the tool so the handle points away from the car.
5 . Hook the lock linkage with the tip of the tool
6 . Move t he linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
NOTE: When you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock lever move.

Tool 91

Chevrolet Van Cab Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
When you have hooked the correct
linkage you will see the door lock but-
ton move up.
Go To Index
Page 324
H
I
N
O

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS001HINO HEAVY TRUCKS 174 Style03 1 V2612HT
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Hino 258 Conventional Cab 2003 2012 Hino Heavy Trucks Conventional Cab 2003 2012
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Pull
Up
Linkage
Pull
Up

Tool 26

Hino Conventional Cab Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 325
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS002HINO HEAVY TRUCKS 1474 Style03 1 V10504HT
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS
H
I
N
O

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Hino Heavy Trucks FA Series
Tool: 105
1.Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck.
Wedge
Direction

Linkage
Direction
Tool

Tool 105

Hino FA Series Insert the tool in the position shown View of tool inside the door
Go To Index
Page 326
H
I
N
O

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS003HINO HEAVY TRUCKS 1475 Style04 1 V10504HT
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Hino Heavy Trucks FE Series All
Tool: 105
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck.
Wedge
Direction

Linkage
Direction
Tool

Tool 105

Hino FE Series Insert the strip savers and wedge to
create working room
Lower the tool into the door at the very
rear of the front passenger door.
Lift the tool to unlock the door
Go To Index
Page 327
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS004HINO HEAVY TRUCKS 1473 Style04 1 V2612HT
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS
H
I
N
O

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Hino Heavy Trucks Old Style All
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Pull
Up
Linkage
Pull
Up

Tool 26

Hino Cab Over Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
This tool is shown in working position
Go To Index
Page 328
H
O
N
D
A
HONDA001HONDA 907 Style03 1 H2306F
HONDA Met hod - M1
Honda Accord Horiz. locks 1976 1994
Honda Civic 4 Door 1985 1989
Honda Civic 2 Dr 1985 1994
Honda Civic Horizontal 1989 1994
Honda CRX 1989 1996
Honda Prelude 1988 1996
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-strip on front door.
2. Lower tool into door until it catches the linkage.
3. Twist tool to bind the linkage.
4. Push tip of tool towards front of car.
(SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
Note : The lock linkage is below the door latch release linkage. Watch door lock button. When you have
hooked correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

Honda Accord Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 329
HONDA002-M1HONDA 886 Style03 1 V2601
HONDA
H
O
N
D
A
Met hod - M1
Honda Accord Vert. Locks 1976 1993
Honda Civic 2 &4 Door 1990 1995
Honda Civic Vert. Locks 1990 1995
Honda Del Sol 1993 1995
Tool: Large side of double tool - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE:You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Door without inside panel
Go To Index
Page 330
H
O
N
D
A
HONDA002-M2HONDA 885 Style00 1 V4701
HONDA Met hod - M2
Honda Accord Vert. Locks 1976 1993
Honda Civic 2 &4 Door 1990 1995
Honda Civic Vert. Locks 1990 1995
Honda Del Sol 1993 1995
Honda Oddysey 1995 1998
Honda Passport 1998 2002
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Go To Index
Page 331
HONDA003HONDA 908 Style04 1 H7701F
HONDA
H
O
N
D
A
Met hod - M1
Honda Accord 2 Door 1995 1997
Honda Civic 2 Door 1996 2000
Honda Del Sol 1996 1998
Tool: 77
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, insert the tool into door, 12 inches from the door frame.
3. Lower the tool below the linkage shield (See Diagram for Position).
4. Lift the tool so it goes in the gap between the plastic shield and the door frame. Hook the linkage.
5. Move the linkage forward to unlock the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Startmulti
Tool 77

Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position View from Inside the Door
Close up of Tool in Action
Go To Index
Page 332
H
O
N
D
A
Honda004HONDA 1644 Style00 1 Jack_But
HONDA Met hod - M1
Honda Insight 2001 2012
TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. Insert tool between window and weather-strip, with the tip of the tool facing downward.
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool pull the door lock handle to unlock door
Button

Tool 78sg

Go To Index
Page 333
HONDA005-M1HONDA 1269 Style04 1 acu016
HONDA
H
O
N
D
A
Met hod - M1
Honda Accord 2 Door 2003 2007
Honda Accord 4 Door 1998 2002
Honda Accord 2 Door 1998 2002
Honda Accord 4 Door 2003 2007
Honda Accord Hybrid 2005 2007
Honda Accord Hybrid 2005 2007
Honda Civic SI 3 door hatch 2002 2005
TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button.
2.Insert tool in door with tip facing the rear of the vehicle .
3.Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4.Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5.Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (fgure 3).
6.Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button.
1. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
Rotate & Tilt Tool
Into Position
1 2
3 4
Push tool againt lock button
and lift tool to unlock door From Inside Door
Enlargement
Tool
Lock Button
Lift Tool
to Unlock Door
Wedge
Insertion
Position
Lower Tool Under
Glass

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 81

HONDA ACCORD Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Lift tool to unlock
Go To Index
Page 334
H
O
N
D
A
HONDA015HONDA 817 Style00 1 V4701
HONDA Met hod - M1
Honda Accord 4 Door 1994 1997 Honda Civic 4 Door 1996 2000
Tool: S Tool 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift lock rod to unlock car door.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button
inside of the car.

Tool 47

Go To Index
Page 335
HONDA016HONDA 1185 Style03 1 R7401
HONDA
H
O
N
D
A
Met hod - M1
Honda Civic 2 Door 2001 2005
Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of
tool emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74

HONDA CIVIC Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 336
H
O
N
D
A
HONDA017HONDA 1545 Style03 1 R7401
HONDA Met hod - M1
Honda Civic 4 Door 2001 2005 Honda Civic Hybrid 2004 2005
Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of
tool emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74

HONDA CIVIC Tool in Working Position Hook Door Lock button and Lift
Go To Index
Page 337
HONDA018HONDA 1409 Style03 1 inf011
HONDA
H
O
N
D
A
Met hod - M1
Honda Civic 2 Door 2006 2011
Honda Civic 4 Door 2006 2011
Honda Civic Si 2006 2011
TOOL: SMALL INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See
fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door unit l V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.

Alternative method use
Alternate startmulti
Tool 65

Honda Civic Tool in working position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 338
H
O
N
D
A
HONDA018BHONDA 1842 Style00 1 StartBut
HONDA Met hod - M1
Honda Civic 4 Door 2012 2013
Honda Civic 2 Door 2012 2013
Honda Civic 2 Door 2012 2013
Honda Civic Hybrid 2012 2013
Honda Civic SI 2 &4 Door 2012 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door
Button

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 339
HONDA019HONDA 1112 Style03 1 V4701
HONDA
H
O
N
D
A
Met hod - M1
Honda CRV 1997 2001
Tool: S Tool - 47
1Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3.Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4.Lift door lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

HONDA CRV Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Go To Index
Page 340
H
O
N
D
A
HONDA020HONDA 1230 Style04 1 R7401
HONDA Met hod - M1
Honda CRV SUV 2002 2006
Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool
emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74

HONDA CRV Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Close up
Go To Index
Page 341
HONDA021HONDA 1272 Style05 1 R7401
HONDA
H
O
N
D
A
Met hod - M1
Honda Element 2003 2012 Honda Ridgeline 2005 2012
Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool
emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74

Honda Element Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Lift tool handle to unlock door View from inside the vehicle
Go To Index
Page 342
H
O
N
D
A
HONDA024-M1HONDA 1132 Style05 1 V2607
HONDA Met hod - M1
Honda Oddysey 1999 2010 Honda Passport 1994 1997
TOOL: Large Side of Double Tool- 26
1.Separate glass from weather strip with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2.Lower tool into the door near the door lock button.
3.Turn tool handle to make contact with tool tip and lock button.
4.Lift tool to unlock door.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside the car. When you contact the door lock button, you will
see the button move.

Shield

Tool 26

HONDA ODDYSEY Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool and lock rod
Go To Index
Page 343
HONDA024-M2HONDA 1570 Style00 1 R7401
HONDA
H
O
N
D
A
Met hod - M2
Honda Oddysey 1999 2010
Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of
tool emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74

Go To Index
Page 344
H
O
N
D
A
HONDA025-M1HONDA 1847 Style06 1 StartBut
HONDA Met hod - M1
Honda Oddysey van 2011 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the dooor lock button and unlock the car.
Button

Tool 78SG

Honda Oddydey Use the Starter Air Jack to make work-
ing room
Insert the air Jack
Use the Airj ack Move the door lock button Insert the long reach tool
Go To Index
Page 345
HONDA030HONDA 894 Style00 1 glassman
HONDA
H
O
N
D
A
Met hod - M1
Honda S2000 2000 2009
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 346
H
O
N
D
A
HONDA031HONDA 1848 Style00 1 StartBut
HONDA Met hod - M1
Honda CRZ 2 door 2011 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door
Button

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 347
HONDA032HONDA 593 Style05 1 inf011
HONDA
H
O
N
D
A
Met hod - M1
Honda CRV 2007 2012
TOOL: SMALL INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door unit l V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool unit the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See fgure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Honda CRV Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the vehicle Push door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 348
H
O
N
D
A
HONDA033HONDA 594 Style05 1 V8101
HONDA Met hod - M1
Honda Fit 2007 2008
TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button.
2.Insert tool in door with tip facing the rear of the vehicle .
3.Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4.Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5.Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (fgure 3).
6.Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button.
1. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
Rotate & Tilt Tool
Into Position
1 2
3 4
Push tool againt lock button
and lift tool to unlock door From Inside Door
Enlargement
Tool
Lock Button
Lift Tool
to Unlock Door
Wedge
Insertion
Position
Lower Tool Under
Glass

Tool 81

Honda Fit Tool in working position View from inside the vehicle
Use hand on tool to gain leverage Lift tool to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 349
Honda033bHONDA 1643 Style06 1 inf011
HONDA
H
O
N
D
A
Met hod - M1
Honda Fit 2009 2012
TOOL: SMALL INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door unit l V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool unit the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See fgure 5).

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 65

Honda Fit Create working room with wedge and
srtip savers.
Reposition wedge to aid enry of V
portion.
Raise V portion on the inside of the
vehicle
Push button forward and inward to
unlock.
Position tip over the door lock button
Go To Index
Page 350
H
O
N
D
A
Honda034HONDA 1589 Style06 1 Alt89FD
HONDA Met hod - M1
Honda Accord 2 Door 2008 2012
Tool 89
1 Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping
2: lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door
Remove the Wedgee and strip saver
3 Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door
4 move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button
5 push the front of the door lock button in to unlock

Tool 89

Honda Accord 2 door Name Plate Tool in Insertion Position
Tool Working Position Push front of lock button in to unlock Tool Working Position
Go To Index
Page 351
Honda034bHONDA 1713 Style05 1 Alt89FD
HONDA
H
O
N
D
A
Met hod - M1
Honda Crostour 2010 2012
Tool 89
1 Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping
2: lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door
Remove the Wedgee and strip saver
3 Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door
4 move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button
5 push the front of the door lock button in to unlock

Tool 89

Honda Accord 2 door Tool Insertion Position Tool in Insertion Position
Move Door Lock Button Closeup
Go To Index
Page 352
H
O
N
D
A
Honda035HONDA 577 Style04 1 Alt89FD
HONDA Met hod - M1
Honda Accord 4 Door 2008 2012
Tool 89
1 Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping
2: lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door
Remove the Wedgee and strip saver
3 Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door
4 move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button
5 push the front of the door lock button in to unlock

Tool 89

Honda Accord 2 door Tool Working Position Move tool into position
Push front of lock button in to unlock
Go To Index
Page 353
HONDA036HONDA 1271 Style04 1 R7401
HONDA
H
O
N
D
A
Met hod - M1
Honda Pilot 2003 2008
Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool
emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74

Honda Pilot Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 354
H
O
N
D
A
Honda37HONDA 1645 Style06 1 R8901FD
HONDA Met hod - M1
Honda Pilot 2009 2012
Tool 89
1. Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping
2. lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door
3. Remove the Wedgee and strip saver
4. Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door
5. Move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button
6. Push the front of the door lock button in to unlock

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 89

Honda Pilot Insert wedge to create working room Lower tool with tip pointed towards the
front of the car.
Place tip of tool over the door lock
button.
Push button forward and inward to
unlock the car.
Go To Index
Page 355
HONDA38HONDA 1849 Style00 1 StartBut
HONDA
H
O
N
D
A
Met hod - M1
Honda FCX Clarity 2012 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door
Button

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 356
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
HYUNDAI001HYUNDAI 1063 Style03 1 V4701
HYUNDAI Met hod - M1
Hyundai Accent 1995 1999
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to fnd your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe.
4. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
5. Lift lock rod to unlock car door.

Tool 47

Hyundai Accent Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 357
HYUNDAI002HYUNDAI 847 Style05 1 H2362F
HYUNDAI
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
Met hod - M1
Hyundai Accent 2/4 DOOR 2000 2005
Hyundai Accent Hatchback 2001 2002
Hyundai Elantra 1992 1995
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1 Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Insert with tip of tool facing the front of the vehicle.
3.Lower tool under plastic shield (see enlargement diagram).
4.Twist and lift tool to catch linkage.
5.Twist tool to bind linkage.
6.Turn tool to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the door
lock button move.

Tool 23

HYUNDAI ACCENT Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool and linkage engaged
Go To Index
Page 358
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
HYUNDAI003HYUNDAI 1159 Style06 1 R3512
HYUNDAI Met hod - M1
Hyundai Accent 2006 2011
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button .
Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door
handle immediately after unlocking the door.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Hyundai Accent Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool on door lock button Move door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 359
HYUNDAI003bHYUNDAI 1912 Style00 1 StartBut
Hyundai
H
y
u
n
d
a
i
Met hod - M1
Hyundai Accent 2012 2013
TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG
1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and infate.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations
Button

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 360
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
HYUNDAI004HYUNDAI 942 Style05 1 R3512
HYUNDAI Met hod - M1
Hyundai Azera 2006 2010
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 35
1.Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2.Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3.Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button .
Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door
handle immediately after unlocking the door.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 35

Hyundai Azera Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the vehicle Push door lock button to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 361
HYUNDAI005HYUNDAI 1850 Style00 1 jacktool
Hyundai
H
y
u
n
d
a
i
Met hod - M1
Hyundai Azera 2011 2012
TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG
1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and infate.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 362
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
HYUNDAI006HYUNDAI 909 Style05 1 H4204F
HYUNDAI Met hod - M1
Hyundai Elantra 4/WAGON 1996 2000
Tool: Reverse Hook Tool 42
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert tool into door directly above door handle.
3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe.
4. Lift the tool to hook and bind the top lock linkage.
5. Move lock linkage towards front of vehicle by rocking the tool handle.

Tool 42

Hyundai Elantra Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Lower tool below upper lock linkage,
lift to hook and bind linkage
Rock tool to move linkage towards
front of the car
Go To Index
Page 363
HYUNDAI008HYUNDAI 1257 Style05 1 R3512
HYUNDAI
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
Met hod - M1
Hyundai Elantra 5 door-Hatch 2002 2006
Hyundai Elantra 2001 2006
Hyundai Elantra 4 door 2007 2010
Hyundai Elantra GT 4 Door 2004 2006
Tool: Inside Access Tool 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgu re 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the rear of the vehicle (see fgure 5).

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 35

HYUNDAI ELANTRA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Lean tool to access door lock button View of tool hooking door lock button
Go To Index
Page 364
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
HYUNDAI008BHYUNDAI 1665 Style04 1 jack_but
HYUNDAI Met hod - M1
Hyundai Elantra 2011 2013
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. Use the One hand Jack system and an air wedge to create working room to insert the tool between window and
weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE FIGURE 1 FOR POSITION)
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (SEE
FIGURE 2)
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle.
4. Pull back on the door handle to unlock the vehicle.
Button

Tool 78SG

HYUNDAI ELANTRA Use the Jack Tool to make working
room
Insert the Air Jack and and infate it
Insert the long reach tool Move the door lock button with the tip
of the tool
Go To Index
Page 365
HYUNDAI009HYUNDAI 845 Style03 1 V2601
HYUNDAI
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
Met hod - M1
Hyundai Scoupe 1991 1995
Tool: Double Tool - 26
1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip (very tight ft, be very gentle).
2. Insert tool into door (See Diagram Below)
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside of your car for movement.
Instructions are for passenger side door.

Tool 26

Hyundai Scoupe Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 366
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
HYUNDAI010HYUNDAI 848 Style05 1 H7702FRD
HYUNDAI Met hod - M1
Hyundai Santa Fe 2000 2006
TOOL: 77 Tool
1. Separate Window from weather stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge from the Rear passenger window.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle and lower tool into the door at a slight angle (SEE DIAGRAM AND PHO-
TOS FOR POSITION).
3. Twist tool handle away from vehicle in order to enter frst door cavity (SEE DIAGRAM AND PHOTOS FOR POSI-
TION).
4. Hook and bind lock linkage and move linkage forward to unlock the door.


Tool 77

HYUNDAI SANTA FE Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action
Go To Index
Page 367
HYUNDAI013HYUNDAI 843 Style03 1 V4701
HYUNDAI
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
Met hod - M1
Hyundai Sonata 1997 1998
Hyundai Excel 1986 1994
Hyundai Sonata 1989 1996
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-s trip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to fnd your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe.
4. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
5. Lift lock rod to unlock car door.

Tool 47

Hyundai Sonata Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 368
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
HYUNDAI014HYUNDAI 844 Style05 1 H2308B
HYUNDAI Met hod - M1
Hyundai Sonata 1999 2001
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert tool into, as shown in diagram.
3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe.
4. Bind the top lock linkage. Linkage will feel different due to the rubber linkage cover.
5. Get a good grip on the rubber linkage cover by moving tool towards the FRONT of the car.
6. Once the rubber linkage cover is secure, turn handle again in order to move the linkage towards the REAR of the
car.

Tool 23

Hyundai Sonata Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Hook rubber linkage cover and move it
to the FRONT of the car.
Move linkage towards REAR of the
car.
Go To Index
Page 369
HYUNDAI015HYUNDAI 1258 Style05 1 hyu013
HYUNDAI
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
Met hod - M1
Hyundai Sonata 4 door 2002 2005
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on rear door
2. Insert tool into, as shown in diagram.
3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
4. Bind the top lock linkage. Linkage will feel different due to the rubber linkage cover.
5. Get a good grip on the rubber linkage cover by Twisting the tool and binding the linkage.
6. Once the rubber linkage cover is secure, move the linkage towards the front of the car.

Tool 23

HYUNDAI SONATA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Tool in working position Move linkage towards FRONT of the
car
Go To Index
Page 370
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
HYUNDAI016HYUNDAI 1160 Style06 1 jack_but
HYUNDAI Met hod - M1
Hyundai Sonata 2006 2010
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. Use the One hand Jack system and an air wedge to create working room to insert the tool between window and
weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (SEE
FIGURE 2)
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle.
4. Pull back on the door handle to unlock the vehicle.
Use Caution
Button

Tool 78SG

Hyundai Sonata Insert Jack Tool into side of passenger
door.
insert Air Wedge into top of passenger
door.
Pump air wedge to create opening for
the tool.
Hook door lock button to unlock the
door.
Insert tool towards the top of door.
Go To Index
Page 371
HYUNDAI016bHYUNDAI 1722 Style05 1 startbut
HYUNDAI
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
Met hod - M1
Hyundai Sonata 4 door 2011 2012
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door.
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door
Button

Tool 78SG

New Hyundai Sonata Insert Air Jack into side of passenger
door.
insert the long reach tool
Move the tool into position Unlock the door
Go To Index
Page 372
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
HYUNDAI017HYUNDAI 846 Style05 1 H2364f
HYUNDAI Met hod - M1
Hyundai Tiburon 1997 2002
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With tip facing the front of the car, lower tool into door until it catches the linkage.
3. Twist tool to bind the linkage.
4. Turn tool handle to move linkage towards the front of the car to unlock the door. (See Figure for Position)
Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct linkage,you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

HYUNDAI TIBURON 2000 Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
View from inside without inside door
panel.
Close up of tool and linkage.
Go To Index
Page 373
HYUNDAI018HYUNDAI 1273 Style00 1 glassbut
HYUNDAI
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
Met hod - M1
Hyundai Tiburon 2003 2008
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge
1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar
2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool move the door lock button to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pull the door handle on the outside of the vehicle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 374
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
HYUNDAI019HYUNDAI 1435 Style05 1 R3512
HYUNDAI Met hod - M1
Hyundai Tuscon 2005 2010
Tool: Long Inside Access 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather- striping
2. Insert tool in to the front door
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower the tool into the door (see fgure 3).
5, Bring the tool back up on the inside of the door
7. Rotate the tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

Hyundai Tuscon Tooil in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position.
Veiw from Inside the door Hook and Move Door Lock Button
Go To Index
Page 375
HYUNDAI019bHYUNDAI 1759 Style06 1 jacktool
Hyundai
H
y
u
n
d
a
i
Met hod - M1
Hyundai Tuscon 2011 2013
TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG
1. Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and infate.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

Hyundai Tucson Use an access smart light day or night
to see through window tinting
Use the one hand jack tool to make
working room
insert the Access Tools Air Jack Moove the door lock button to unlock
the car
Infait the Air Jack
Go To Index
Page 376
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
HYUNDAI020HYUNDAI 35 Style04 1 hyuxg350m2
HYUNDAI Met hod - M1
Hyundai XG300 2001 2005 Hyundai XG350 4 door 2002 2005
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1.Separate the glass from weather-strip on rear door.
2. Lower tool into the door approximately 2 inches.
3.Hook the shape horizontal rod near the top of the door and move it.
4 Watch the door lock button. When you have hooked the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 23

HYUNDAI XG350 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 377
HYUNDAI022HYUNDAI 608 Style05 1 jack_but
HYUNDAI
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
Met hod - M1
Hyundai Entourage 2007 2008
Tool 78SG
1. Insert jack tool into side of door and separate the door from the frame of the vehicle.
2. Insert Access Air Jack into upper portion of the door and infate to create an opening in the door.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to Unlock the vehicle.
Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!
Button

Tool 78SG

Hyundai Entourage Insert jack tool Insert air wedge and infate
Insert long reach tool Pull door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 378
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
HYUNDAI023HYUNDAI 609 Style06 1 R3511RD
HYUNDAI Met hod - M1
Hyundai Sante Fe 2007 2012
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lo ck button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 65

Hyundai Sante Fe Insert Strip Saver and Wedge Tool in insertion position
Tool in working position Push door lock button to unlock door View of working position from inside
the vehicle
Go To Index
Page 379
HYUNDAI024HYUNDAI 1678 Style04 1 R3511RD
HYUNDAI
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
Met hod - M1
Hyundai Veracruz 2007 2012
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positio ned in front of the door lock button (See fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note:To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 65

Hyundai Veracruz Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the vehicle
Go To Index
Page 380
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
HYUNDAI025HYUNDAI 1628 Style05 1 Glasshdl
HYUNDAI Met hod - M1
Hyundai Genesis 2 door 2010 2013
TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG and Glassman
Tool: Glassman Tool
1. Insert the Glassman Tool on the side of the unframed window.
2. Insert the tool into the Glassman Tool to protect the glass from damage.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG) into the opening.
4. Maneuver the tool to engage door lock release button.
5. Engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Pull handle

Tool 78SG

Genesis Coupe Insert Glassman Inser Long Reach Tool in the Glass-
man opening slot
Use tip of Long Reach Tool to pull lock
open
Once lock is on open position, open
door
Go To Index
Page 381
HYUNDAI026HYUNDAI 1627 Style05 1 Jack_But
HYUNDAI
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
Met hod - M1
Hyundai Genesis 4 door 2009 2013
TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. Insert tool between window and weather-strip, with the tip of the tool facing downward.
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool pull the door lock handle to unlock door
Button

Tool 78SG

Genesis Sedan Use One-Hand Jack Tool to wedge top
side of door
Use Air Wedge on top of door to create
opening, insert long reach tool
Use tip of Long Reach Tool to pull lock
open
Once lock is on open position, open
door
Go To Index
Page 382
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I
HYUNDAI027HYUNDAI 1915 Style00 1 startbut
HYUNDAI Met hod - M1
Hyundai Equius 2011 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door.
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door
Button

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 383
HYUNDAI029HYUNDAI 1810 Style00 1 StartBut
Hyundai
H
y
u
n
d
a
i
Met hod - M1
Hyundai Velostar 2012 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door.
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door
Button

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 384
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS001HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS 1477 Style03 1 V10505HT
HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Hyundai HT Light Duty All
Tool: 105
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Insert the tip of the tool towards the very rear of the front door under the linkage where it connects to the
door latch mechanism.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.
Direction
Wedge

Tool
Direction
Linkage

Tool 105

Hyndai Bering Use Strip Saver & Wedge to make
working room, insert tool at rear of
passenger door
Lock system uses horizontal linkage.
Door panel shown
Go To Index
Page 385
HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS002HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS 1478 Style04 1 V2613HT
HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS
H
Y
U
N
D
A
I

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Hyundai HT Bering MediumDuty All
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Pull
Up
Linkage
Pull
Up

Tool 26

Hyundai Bering Medium Duty Use Strip Saver & Wedge to make
workin room. Insert tool at rear of pas-
senger door
Lower tool into door behind doors lock
button
Lift tool under door lock button to
unlock door
Go To Index
Page 386
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
INFINITI001INFINITI 1861 Style00 1 startbut
INFINITI Met hod - M1
Infniti FX 45 2003 2012 Infniti FX35 2003 2012
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door.
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door
Button

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 387
INFINITI003-M1INFINITI 900 Style05 1 H8601BRD
INFINITI
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
Met hod - M1
Infniti G20 1997 2002
Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on REAR DOOR.
2. Insert tool with tip about 4 from rear doorframe (point tip towards front of vehicle).
3. Lower tool under linkage (approx. 5 down).
4. Lift tool to catch linkage.
5. Twist tool to bind linkage.
6. Move linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: USE REAR PASSENGER DOOR
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
H8601BRD .eps

Tool 86

Infniti G20 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Door without inside panel Close-up of door without inside panel
Go To Index
Page 388
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
INFINITI003-M2INFINITI 901 Style05 1 H2309BRD
INFINITI Met hod - M2
Infniti G20 1997 2002
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1.Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on REAR DOOR.
2.Insert tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle (see illustration for position).
3.Twist tool to hook and bind linkage.
4.Turn tool handle to move linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
NOTE : Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the door
lock button move.

Tool 23

Infniti G20 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Door without inside panel Close-up of door without inside panel
Go To Index
Page 389
INFINITI004INFINITI 1342 Style06 1 R5004
INFINITI
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
Met hod - M1
Infniti G35 2 Door 2003 2012
Infniti G25 2 Door 2011 2013
Infniti G37 2 door 2008 2009
Infniti M45 2003 2004
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG
1 Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3.Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4.With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.
PASSENGER
DOOR
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction

Tool 78SG

Infniti G35 Coupe Insert wedge into side of window Insert tool in between wedge
Tool in working position Close up of tool on lock button Hook lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 390
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
INFINITI005INFINITI 1231 Style05 1 inf011
INFINITI Met hod - M1
Infniti G35 4 Door 2003 2008
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool - 6 5
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above rear passenger door lock button inside of vehicle
(see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock button.
7. Move tool to the rear in order to unlock the door lock button.
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Infniti G35 Sedan Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Lean tool to access door lock button Hook door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 391
INFINITI006INFINITI 1855 Style00 1 startbut
INFINITI
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
Met hod - M1
Infniti G35 4 Door 2010 2012
Infniti G IPL 2010 2012
Infniti G25 4 Door 2010 2012
Infniti G37 4 Door 2010 2012
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door
Button

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 392
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
INFINITI007INFINITI 1083 Style04 1 H6602frd
INFINITI Met hod - M1
Infniti I30 4 Door 2000 2001 Infniti I35 4 door 2002 2004
Tool: Check Mark Tool - 66
1.Using the REAR PASSENGER DOOR, separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert appro priate end of tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle.
3. Lower tool under top linkage (see enlargement diagram).
4. Lift tool to hook linkage.
5. Turn handle to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.

Tool 66

Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position View from Inside the Door
Close up of Tool in Action
Go To Index
Page 393
INFINITI009INFINITI 1081 Style04 1 H4211F
INFINITI
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
Met hod - M1
Infniti J30 1993 1998 Infniti I30 1996 1999
Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Lower the tool into the door at the position shown below.
3. Rotate the tool in order to insert tip below the top lock linkage.
4. Rotate the tool in order to bind the linkage.
5. Move the tool to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: Watch the lock button inside of the car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will
see the button move.

Tool 42

Infniti J30 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Close up from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 394
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
INFINITI012INFINITI 175 Style05 1 jacktool
INFINITI Met hod - M1
Infniti M35 2006 2010 Infniti M45 2006 2010
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door.
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Infniti M35 Insert Jack Tool Insert and infate Air Wedge
Insert tool to access door lock button Pull door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 395
INFINITI013INFINITI 1548 Style00 1 H4703
INFINITI
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
Met hod - M1
Infniti Q45 1990 1996 Infniti M30 1990 1993
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door 5 to 6 from the rear edge of the door
3. Lower the tip of the tool past the inner door frame and lift.
4. Pull straight up on the tool to move the lock linkage (see the enlargement diagram).
NOTE: Be very gentle it is possible to knock the linkage loose.
ENLARGEMENT
Tool 47

Go To Index
Page 396
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
INFINITI014INFINITI 898 Style04 1 R3501
INFINITI Met hod - M1
Infniti Q45 1997 2001
TOOL: SMALL INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door unit l V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool unit the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See fgure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Infniti Q45 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Hook door lock button and turn to
unlock
Go To Index
Page 397
INFINITI015INFINITI 957 Style04 1 inf011
INFINITI
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
Met hod - M1
Infniti Q45 2002 2008
Infniti G35 Sport Coupe 2007 2008
Infniti Q45 Sport 2006 2007
Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock button.
7. Move tool to the rear in order to unlock the door lock button.
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

INFINITI Q45 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View of tool inside the vehicle
Go To Index
Page 398
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
INFINITI016-M1INFINITI 1187 Style05 1 H8616FRD
INFINITI Met hod - M1
Infniti QX4 1997 2003
TOOL: Triple Hook Tool- 86
1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into REAR passenger door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle and lower tool into the door. Do not lower tool deep into the door (See dia-
gram and photos for position).
3.Twist tool handle and lift to hook and bind lock linkage.
4.Turn tool handle to rear of vehicle to move linkage towards front of vehicle and unlock the door.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
H8616FRD.eps

Tool 86

INFINITI QX4 Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action
Go To Index
Page 399
INFINITI016-M2INFINITI 1194 Style05 1 H8617F
INFINITI
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
Met hod - M2
Infniti QX4 1997 2003
TOOL: Triple Hook Tool- 86
1.Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into FRONT passenger door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle and lower tool into the door. Do not lower tool deep into the door (See dia-
gram and photos for position).
3.Twist tool handle and lift to hook and bind lock linkage.
4.Turn tool handle to rear of vehicle to move linkage towards front of vehicle and unlock the door.
5.Note: watch to door lock button for movement.
H8617F.eps

Tool 86

INFINITI QX4 Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action
Go To Index
Page 400
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
INFINITI017INFINITI 1370 Style06 1 RLJ02
INFINITI Met hod - M1
Infniti QX56 2005 2010
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. Insert strip saver and wedge on the upper corner of the door.
2. Insert a n Air Wedge into the door and infate.
3. Remove the wedge from the door.
4. Insert tool into the door.
5. Maneuver the tool so that the tip of the tool accesses the door lock button.
6. Push the door lock button to unlock the door.
Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!

Tool 78SG

Infniti QX56 Insert One Hand Jack Insert Air Wedge
Infate Air Wedge Push Door Lock Button to Unlock Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 401
INFINITI018INFINITI 6 Style04 1 jacktool
INFINITI
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
Met hod - M1
Infniti EX 5 door 2008 2012
Infniti FX35 SUV 2007 2008
Infniti QX56 2011 2014
Infniti FX35 2009 2011
TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG
1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and infate.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

Infnity EX Insert the Air Jack do Not sue the One
Hand jack tool
Insert the Long reach tool as Needed
Pull the door lock button
Go To Index
Page 402
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
INFINITI021INFINITI 596 Style04 1 jacktool
INFINITI Met hod - M1
Infniti EX 3 Door 2008 2012
TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG
1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and infate.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

Infnity EX Insert the Air Jack do Not sue the One
Hand jack tool
Insert the Long reach tool as Needed
Pull the door lock button
Go To Index
Page 403
INFINITI022INFINITI 1715 Style00 1 jack_but
INFINITI
I
N
F
I
N
I
T
I
Met hod - M1
Infniti M37 2010 2012
Infniti M37 Hybrid 2011 2013
Infniti M56 2010 2012
Infniti M56 Hybrid 2011 2013
Tool- 78SG With the Jack tool and Regular Air jack
1. Use the jack Tool to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the jack Tool
4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door.
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door
Button

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 404
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
T
I
O
N
A
L

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS 1479 Style03 1 V2612HT
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
International 4000 Series up to 2001
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Pull
Up
Linkage
Pull
Up

Tool 26

Inernational 4000 Series Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 405
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS 1411 Style00 1 V10203HT
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
T
I
O
N
A
L

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M2
International 4000 Series up to 2001 International Durastar MediumDuty 2008 2012
Tool: 102 Upward Bend Tool
1 Insert a strip saver and wedge into the door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower the tool into the door with the tip of the tool facing the rear of the vehicle.
3.Hook the bottom of the lock linkage and lift the tool to unlock the door.
Wedge
Direction

Linkage
Direction
Tool

Tool 102

Go To Index
Page 406
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
T
I
O
N
A
L

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS002INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS 1486 Style03 1 V10105HT
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
International Pay Star Heavy Duty All
Tool: 101
1. insert the tool at the rear of the front door.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3. rock the tool so that the tip of the tool moves the linkage to the front of the truck.
4.The tip moves towards the front while the handle rocks to the rear.
Wed ge
Push
Down
Push
Down
Tool
Linkage

Tool 101

International Pay Star Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Go To Index
Page 407
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS003INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS 1485 Style03 1 V2618HT
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
T
I
O
N
A
L

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
International Cab Over Heavy Duty All
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Pull
Up

Linkage
Direction
Tool

Tool 26

International Heavy Duty Cab Over Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Go To Index
Page 408
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
T
I
O
N
A
L

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS004INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS 1484 Style03 1 V10105HT
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
International Eagle Flat Doors All International Heavy Duty Models Flat Doors
Tool: 101 Downward Bend Tool
1. Insert a strip saver and wedge between the glass and weather stripping to create an opening for the
tool.
2.Lower the to into the door at an angle as shown in the diagram.
3.Push down on the lock linkage sideways from the center of the door towards the rear of the door.
Wed ge
Push
Down
Push
Down
Tool
Linkage

Tool 101

International Eagle with Flat Doors Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Go To Index
Page 409
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS005-M1INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS 1483 Style04 1 V10106HT
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
T
I
O
N
A
L

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
International Eagle Slanted Doors All International Heavy Duty Models Slanted Doors
Tool: 101 Downward Bend Tool
1 Insert a strip saver and wedge between the glass and weather stripping to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower the to into the door at an angle as shown in the diagram.
3.Push down on the lock linkage sideways from the center of the door towards the rear of the door.
Wedge
Push
Down
Push
Down
Tool
Linkage

Tool 101

Inernational Eag;e amd new 9000
Series
Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Note slanted doors
Go To Index
Page 410
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
T
I
O
N
A
L

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS005-M2INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS 1414 Style00 1 V2618HT
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M2
International Eagle Slanted Doors All International Heavy Duty Models Slanted Doors
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Pull
Up

Linkage
Direction
Tool

Tool 26

Go To Index
Page 411
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS006INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS 333 Style03 1 H2383HT
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
T
I
O
N
A
L

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
International 4000
International 4300 All
International 7000 All
Tool: 23 Horizontal Linkage Tool
1. Insert a strip saver and wedge between the glass and weather stripping of the passenger side door.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Turn the tool handle away from the vehicle to allow the hooked end to access the lock linkage.
4.Once the hooked end of the tool has made contact with the lock linkage, twist the tool to bind the link-
age.
5.rock the handle of the tool towards the rear to move the tip of the tool and the linkage forward and to
unlock the door.
Direction
Wedge

Linkage
Direction
Tool

Tool 23

International 4300 truck shown Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Go To Index
Page 412
I
S
U
Z
U
ISUZU001ISUZU 1274 Style06 1 H2382F
ISUZU Met hod - M1
Isuzu Ascender 2003 2006
Isuzu Ascender 2007 2009
Isuzu Hombre 1996 2001
TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side door.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage
4.Hook the lower lock linkage with the working end of the tool.
5.Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle to move the linkage towards the front and unlock the door.
PASSENGER DOOR

Wedge
Move to front
Linkage
Tool
Move to front

Tool 23

Isuzu Ascender Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Tool in working position Close up of tool in action View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 413
ISUZU002ISUZU 1227 Style00 1 r3504
ISUZU
I
S
U
Z
U
Met hod - M1
Isuzu Axiom 2002 2004
TOOL : LONG INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See
fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door unit l V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool unit the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See
fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See fgure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

Go To Index
Page 414
I
S
U
Z
U
ISUZU004ISUZU 913 Style00 1 H6704U
ISUZU Met hod - M1
Isuzu i-280 2006 2008
Isuzu I-290 2006 2008
Isuzu i-350 2006 2008
TOOL: 67
1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower tool deep into door.
3. Turn tool so the tip of the tool comes underneath the shield for the latch mechanism
4. Lift tool to fip up latch and unlock the door.
ENLARGEMENT

Tool 67

Go To Index
Page 415
Isuzu006ISUZU 1084 Style02 1 H2310F
ISUZU
I
S
U
Z
U
Met hod - M1
Isuzu Impulse 1990 1993
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage to-
wards the front of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you
will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23
Isuzu Impulse Tool in working position

Go To Index
Page 416
I
S
U
Z
U
ISUZU008ISUZU 124 Style03 1 V2601
ISUZU Met hod - M1
Isuzu Amigo Hard &Soft Top 1994 2000
Isuzu I-Mark 1985 1993
Isuzu Pickup 1990 1995
Isuzu Rodeo 1991 1997
Isuzu Rodeo Sport 2 &4 Door 2001 2003
Isuzu Trooper 1984 2000
Isuzu Trooper 2001 2002
TOOL: Large Side of Double Tool - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever,
you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 26

ISUZU RODEO Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 417
ISUZU009ISUZU 803 Style06 1 V4702
ISUZU
I
S
U
Z
U
Met hod - M1
Isuzu Rodeo 1998 2004 Isuzu Oasis 1996 2000
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the Strip Saver
and the window.
2. Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3. Lower the tool into door and hook the door lockrod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4. Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

ISUZU RODEO Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Door without inside panel Close up of door without inside panel Door without inside panel
Go To Index
Page 418
I
S
U
Z
U
ISUZU011ISUZU 1086 Style00 1 H2311F
ISUZU Met hod - M1
Isuzu Stylus 1990 1993
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION).
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage to-
wards the front of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you
will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

Go To Index
Page 419
ISUZU014ISUZU 1537 Style05 1 V4706
ISUZU
I
S
U
Z
U
Met hod - M1
Isuzu VehiCross 1999 2001 Isuzu VX-4
Tool: S TOOL - 47
1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button.
2. Lower the tool into the door.
3. Twist tool handle to hook and bind door lock rod.
4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock rod inside the car.
Lock
Linkage
Wedge
PASSENGER DOOR
Pull up
Tool
Pull up
Tool

Tool 47

Isuzu Vehicross Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from inside the Door Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 420
I
S
U
Z
U
ISUZU016ISUZU 768 Style00 1 R3509
ISUZU Met hod - M1
Isuzu I-370 2007 2008
Tool: Inside Access Tool 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgu
re 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fg-
ure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the rear of the vehicle (see fgure 5).

Tool 35

Go To Index
Page 421
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS 1246 Style03 1 V4715HT
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS
I
S
U
Z
U

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Isuzu HT NPR Pre-1995
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Wedge
Pull
Up
Linkage
Pull
Up

Tool 47

Isuzu NPR pre 1995 Use Stripe Saver & wedge to prepare,
and insert tool
Lower tool into door w/ tip facing door
lock button. Hook linkage w/ tip of tool
Go To Index
Page 422
I
S
U
Z
U

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS 1404 Style03 1 V2612HT
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M2
Isuzu HT NPR Pre-1995
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Pull
Up
Linkage
Pull
Up

Tool 26

Isuze NPR pre-1995 Make working room with your strip
savers and wedge.
Lower tool into the door in position
shown. Lift tool under button to unlock
door.
Go To Index
Page 423
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS002ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS 1247 Style03 1 V2613HT
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS
I
S
U
Z
U

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Isuzu HT NPR 1996 2008
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Pull
Up
Linkage
Pull
Up

Tool 26

Isuzu NPR 1996 and up Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 424
I
S
U
Z
U

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS003ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS 1248 Style05 1 H2340HT
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Isuzu HT FTR Pre-1995
Tool: 23 Horizontal Linkage Tool
1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool into the door until the tool rests on the lock linkage.
3.Twist the tool to bind the linkage.
4.Move the tip of the tool forward so the linkage moves towards the front of the truck.
5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.
Direction
Wedge
Direction
Enlargement

Tool 23

Isuzu FTR up to 1995 Insert tool between glass and weather-
stripping
Lower tool on top of lock linkage. Twist
tool so tip moves towards back of door
Hook top linkage w/ tip of tool. Rotate
tool to bind linkage & move it towards
rear of truck.
Note how top linkage is the one to put
tool on
Go To Index
Page 425
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS004ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS 1249 Style05 1 V10501HT
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS
I
S
U
Z
U

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Isuzu HT FTR 1996 2008
Tool: T105
1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool into the door about of the way down in the door.
3.Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the truck.
4.Lift the tool under the door lock linkage.
5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.
Direction
Wedge
Tool
Direction

Tool 105

Isuzu FTR 1996 and up Use tool # 105 Lower tool into door with tip facing
back of truck
tool should be at rear of passenger
side door
Note depth of tool in door
Go To Index
Page 426
J
A
G
U
A
R
JAGUAR003JAGUAR 27 Style05 1 V8803
JAGUAR Met hod - M1
Jaguar XJ12 1980 1996
Jaguar Majestic
Jaguar Sovereign 1990 1999
Jaguar Vanden Plas 1986 1996
Jaguar XJ6 1987 1996
Tool: Double Bend Tool 88
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car.
4. Hook lock lever with tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have hooked the correct rod, you will
see the door lock button move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
V8803.eps

Tool 88-45

Jaguar XJ6 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Tool in working position A. Tool B. Lock Linkage
Go To Index
Page 427
JAGUAR004-M1JAGUAR 372 Style05 1 V8811
JAGUAR
J
A
G
U
A
R
Met hod - M1
Jaguar Vanden Plas 1997 2005
Jaguar XJ8 1997 2006
Jaguar XJR 1997 2006
TOOL: Double Bend Tool 88
1. Insert Strip Saver and wedge into passenger side door.
2.Face tool tip towards the front of the car, and lower the tool into the door directly above door handle.
3.Turn tool handle away from the car to access bell crank.
4.Lift tool to fip latch mechanism in the bell crank and unlock the door.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
Linkage
Wedge
PASSENGER DOOR
Pull up
Pull up
Tool
Tool
Bell
Crank
V8811.eps

Tool 88-45

JAGUAR XJ8 Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action
Go To Index
Page 428
J
A
G
U
A
R
JAGUAR004-M2JAGUAR 463 Style00 1 V4701
JAGUAR Met hod - M2
Jaguar Vanden Plas 1997 2005
Jaguar XJ8 1997 2009
Jaguar XJR 1997 2006
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to fnd your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe.
4. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
5. Lift lock rod to unlock car door.

Tool 47

Go To Index
Page 429
JAGUAR005JAGUAR 446 Style00 1 H2001F
JAGUAR
J
A
G
U
A
R
Met hod - M1
Jaguar Coupe Convertible 1984 1996
Jaguar XJR-S 1984 1996
Jaguar XJS 1984 1996
TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
4. Using tip of tool move linkage towards front of vehicle.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock lever inside of the car.When you have hooked the correct
lever inside the door you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

Go To Index
Page 430
J
A
G
U
A
R
JAGUAR007JAGUAR 970 Style04 1 glassman
JAGUAR Met hod - M1
Jaguar XK8 Convertible 1997 2009
Jaguar XK 2007 2012
Jaguar XK8 Coupe 1997 2009
Jaguar XKR Coupe 1997 2006
Jaguar XKR Convertible 1997 2009
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward (see
fgure 1 for position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle.
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

Jaguar XK8 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View of inside of door
Go To Index
Page 431
JAGUAR008JAGUAR 171 Style04 1 R3501
JAGUAR
J
A
G
U
A
R
Met hod - M1
Jaguar X-Type Wagon 2005 2006
Jaguar S TYPE 2000 2009
Jaguar S Type R 2003 2012
Jaguar X Type 2002 2006
Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock button.
7. Move tool to the rear in order to unlock the door lock button.
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

JAGUAR X TYPE Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View of tool inside the vehicle
Go To Index
Page 432
J
A
G
U
A
R
JAGUAR009JAGUAR 1596 Style03 1 starthand
JAGUAR Met hod - M1
Jaguar XF 2009 2012
Jaguar XJ 2010 2012
Jaguar XKF 2009 2012
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Jaguar XF Insert the Air jack do not use the one
hand jack tool
Insert the long reach tool and unlock
the vehicle
Go To Index
Page 433
JEEP001JEEP 952 Style04 1 H2334
JEEP
J
E
E
P
Met hod - M1
Jeep Cherokee 1979 2001
Jeep Comanche 1986 1992
Jeep Wagoneer 1980 1992
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door until it lays on the lock linkage.
3. Twist the tool handle in order to bind the linkage.
4. Pull down and forward on the tool so that the linkage moves towards the front of the car.

Tool 23

JEEP CHEROKEE Tool in working position Tool in working position
A. Tool. B. Linkage C. Move in this
direction
Go To Index
Page 434
J
E
E
P
JEEP004JEEP 1055 Style03 1 H2335B
JEEP Met hod - M1
Jeep Grand Cherokee 1993 1998 Jeep Grand Wagoneer 1993 1995
Tool- Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Lower the tool into the door until it lays on the lock linkage.
4. Twist the tool handle in order to bind the linkage.
5. Pull down and forward on the tool so that the linkage moves towards the front of the car.

Tool 23

JEEP GRAND CHEROKEE Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 435
JEEP005JEEP 1061 Style06 1 H2379F
JEEP
J
E
E
P
Met hod - M1
Jeep Grand Cherokee 1999 2004
TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23
1. Separate glass from door using Strip Saver and Wedge on passenger side door.
2.Take a Number 2 Tool and with the tip of the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower into the door at approximately
a 45 degree angle (see diagram and photo for insertion position).
3.Turn the Number 2 Tool handle away from the vehicle in order to access the linkage shield. The shield acts like a
curtain.
4.While maintaining the 45 degree angle, move the tool towards the front of the vehicle in order to move the shield
(see diagram and photo).
5.Once the Number 2 Tool is in position, insert a Number 23 Tool in the far end of the door, facing the front of the
vehicle (see diagram and photo for insertion position).
6.Turn Number 23 Tool handle to hook and bind linkage.
7.Move linkage to front of vehicle to unlock the door.


Alternative method use
Alternate altohj
Tool 23

JEEP GRAND CHEROKEE First Tool in Insertion Position First Tool Working, Second Tool Inser-
tion
Both Tools in Working Position Move Shield; Access Linkage View from Inside the Door
Go To Index
Page 436
J
E
E
P
JEEP006JEEP 1436 Style04 1 V4707
JEEP Met hod - M1
Jeep Grand Cherokee 2005 2010 Jeep Commander 2005 2010
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool


Tool 47

Jeep Grand Cherokee Tool in Insertion Position Lower Tool into Door as Shown.
Tool in Working Position. Lift to Unlock
Door.
Go To Index
Page 437
JEEP007JEEP 1870 Style04 1 V12001
JEEP
J
E
E
P
Met hod - M1
Jeep Grand Cherokee 2011 2013 Jeep Liberty 2002 2007
Tool 120
1) Insert the Strip saver and wedge between the glass and the weather-striping
2) Point the tip of the tool toward the rear of the car
lower the tool in to the door making sure the tool goes behind the window run channel. The tool should be at the rear
of the door.
3) Lower the tool under the lock linkage
4) Lift the tool under the linkage to unlock the door.
V8806.eps

Tool 120

Tool in insertion Position Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Tool lifting the linkage
Go To Index
Page 438
J
E
E
P
JEEP010JEEP 165 Style00 1 V2201
JEEP Met hod - M1
Jeep CJ Series 1986 1997 Jeep Wrangler 1986 1997
Instructions
Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22
1. Insert Wedge between glass and weather-strip on the rear door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower into slow.
3.Hook linkage at rear of door as shown.
4.Lift and pull to front. Watch both for movement.
5. Lower tool onto lock linkage.
6. Bind linkage twisting tool.
7. Move linkage towards front of vehicle.
NOTE: This method is for 4 Door models only, using only the REAR Door.


Alternative method use
Alternate Alt47
INSER TION
Front Passenger
Door
Tool 22

Go To Index
Page 439
JEEP011JEEP 166 Style04 1 H2333
JEEP
J
E
E
P
Met hod - M1
Jeep CJ Series 1998 2002 Jeep Wrangler 1998 2004
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Insert Strip Saver between window and window strip.
2. Lower tool into the Door.
3. Hook and bind Linkage.
4. Turn tool handle to move linkage towards front of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 23

Jeep Wrangler Tool in insertion position. View from inside the door
Close up of tool and linkage
Go To Index
Page 440
J
E
E
P
JEEP012JEEP 579 Style05 1 V10511
JEEP Met hod - M1
Jeep Compass 2007 2012 Jeep Patriot 2007 2012
TOOL: 105
1. Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage.
4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.

Tool 105

Jeep Compass Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 441
JEEP014JEEP 772 Style05 1 R8901FD
JEEP
J
E
E
P
Met hod - M1
Jeep Wrangler 2006 2012 Jeep Wrangler Unlimited 2005 2012
Tool: Long Inside Access 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower (see fgure 3).
5 .Slide tool forward in door.
6 Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

Jeep Wrangler Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the vehicle Push door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 442
J
E
E
P
JEEP015JEEP 1597 Style03 1 liberty
JEEP Met hod - M1
Jeep Liberty UV 2008 2012
Tool 118
1 Insert strip savers and Wedgee between the glass and the door frame to create working room.
2 Lower the tool into the door.
3 Move the tip of the tool under the bend in the door lock linkage.
4 Lift to unlock the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 118

Jeep Liberty Tool Insertion Position Tool In working position
Go To Index
Page 443
KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS002KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS 1430 Style06 1 V10205HT
KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS
K
E
N
W
O
R
T
H

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Kenworth T300 Flat Doors All
Kenworth Cab Over Heavy Duty All
Kenworth T400 Flat Doors
Kenworth T600 Flat Doors All
Kenworth T800 Flat Doors All
Tool: 102 Upward Truck Tool
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.turn the tool so the tip goes under the lock linkage
4.Lift eth tool to unlock the door.
Wedge
Pull
Up

Tool 102

Kenworth T-Series w/ Flat Doors. Note style of the door. Tool in insertion position.
Lower tool into door as shown. Close up of tool in action. Lift tool to
unlock door.
View from inside the door.
Go To Index
Page 444
K
E
N
W
O
R
T
H

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS003KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS 1161 Style04 1 V10204HT
KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Kenworth T300 Slanted Doors All
Kenworth T400 Slanted Doors
Kenworth T600 Slanted Doors All
Kenworth T800 Slanted Doors All
Tool: 102 Upward Truck Tool
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.turn the tool so the tip goes under the lock linkage
Pull
Up

Tool 102

Kenworth T-Series w/ Slanted doors Note door style for this truck Tool in insertion position
Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 445
KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS004KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS 323 Style03 1 V4720HT
KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS
K
E
N
W
O
R
T
H

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Kenworth K300 Cab Over Medium Duty Kenworth T2000 All
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Pull
Up
Wedge
Pull
Up

Tool 47

Kenworth T2000 Insert tool in position shown Lower tool into door. Hook the door
lock linkage w/ tool and lift
Go To Index
Page 446
K
E
N
W
O
R
T
H

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS005KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS 236 Style04 1 V10205HT
KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Kenworth C series Kenworth W Series All
Tool: 102 Upward Truck Tool
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.turn the tool so the tip goes under the lock linkage
4.Lift eth tool to unlock the door.
Wedge
Pull
Up

Tool 102

Kenworth W Series shown Insert tool in position shown Lower tool below door lock mechanism
and lift
Lift tool to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 447
KIA001KIA 1630 Style06 1 Jack_But
KIA
K
I
A
Met hod - M1
Kia Soul 2010 2011
Tool- 78SG With the Jack tool and Regular Air jack
1. Use the jack Tool to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the jack Tool
4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door.
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door
Button

Tool 78SG

Soul Use One-Hand Jack Tool to wedge top
side of door
Use Air Wedge on top of door to create
opening
Infate Air Wedge Pull door lock button back to unlock
vehicle
Insert Long Reach Tool
Go To Index
Page 448
K
I
A
KIA002-M1KIA 1551 Style04 1 H2381FRD
KIA Met hod - M1
Kia Optima Sedan 2001 2006
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert tool into, as shown in diagram.
3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe.
4. Bind the top lock linkage. Linkage will feel different due to the rubber linkage cover.
5. Get a good grip on the rubber linkage cover by moving tool towards the FRONT of the car.
6. Once the rubber linkage cover is secure, turn handle again in order to move the linkage towards the REAR of the
car.

Tool 23

KIA OPTIMA Tool in Working Position. Use Rear
Door
View from Inside the Door
Close up of Tool in Action. Move to
Front to Unlock.
Go To Index
Page 449
KIA002-M2KIA 1222 Style05 1 R3510
KIA
K
I
A
Met hod - M2
Kia Optima Sedan 2001 2006
TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the inside of
the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.


Tool 35

KIA OPTIMA Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Move Lock Button to Rear to Unlock
Go To Index
Page 450
K
I
A
KIA002-P1KIA 582 Style04 1 R3510
KIA Met hod - M1
Kia Optima 2007 2010
TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the inside of
the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.


Tool 35

Kia Optima Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Push door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 451
KIA002-Q1KIA 1864 Style06 1 Starthand
KIA
K
I
A
Met hod - M1
Kia Optima 2011 2013 Kia Optima Hybrid 2011 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Soul Use One-Hand Jack Tool to wedge top
side of door
Use Air Wedge on top of door to create
opening
Infate Air Wedge Pull door lock button back to unlock
vehicle
Insert Long Reach Tool
Go To Index
Page 452
K
I
A
KIA003KIA 354 Style03 1 V4710
KIA Met hod - M1
Kia Cinco 2002 2005
Kia Rio 2 & 4 Door 2001 2005
Kia Rio Cinco 2004 2005
Kia Sephia 1994 1997
Tool: S Tool - 47
1.Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver TM and insert a wedge between
the Strip Saver TM and the window.
2.Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3.Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4.Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

Tool

Tool 47

KIA RIO Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 453
KIA004KIA 857 Style04 1 R3512
KIA
K
I
A
Met hod - M1
Kia Rio 2006 2010 Kia Rio 5 2006 2010
Tool: Long Inside Access 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather- striping
2. Insert tool in to the front door
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into the door(see fgure 3).
5. raise the tool so the tool comes out on the inside of the door
6. Slide tool in The door.
7. Rotate the tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 89

Kia Rio Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside thedoor
Go To Index
Page 454
K
I
A
KIA004b-M1KIA 1913 Style04 1 H6701
KIA Met hod - M1
Kia Rio 4 door 2011 2013
TOOL: 67
1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car and lower tool deep into door.
3. Turn tool so the tip of the tool comes underneath the shield for the latch mechanism
4. Lift tool to fip up latch and unlock the door.
ENLARGEMENT

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 67

Kia Rio Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Place tool under bell crank and lift.
Go To Index
Page 455
KIA004b-M2KIA 1865 Style06 1 startbut
KIA
K
I
A
Met hod - M2
Kia Rio 5 door 2011 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door.
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door
Button

Tool 78SG

Kia Rio Insert tha starter Air Jack Use the Air Jack to make working
room
Insert the long reach tool move the door lock buton to unlock the
door
Move the tool inside the vehicle
Go To Index
Page 456
K
I
A
KIA005KIA 1233 Style06 1 kia124
KIA Met hod - M1
Kia Sedona Mini Van 2002 2005
Tool - Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Lower the tool into the door until it lays on the lock linkage.
4. Rotate tool to bind the linkage.
5. Pull down and forward on the tool so that the linkage moves
toward the front of the car.

Tool 23

KIA SEDONA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from the inside of vehicle Close up of tool in working position Inside door panel
Go To Index
Page 457
KIA006KIA 858 Style04 1 jack_but
KIA
K
I
A
Met hod - M1
Kia Sedona 2006 2012 Kia Amanti 2004 2009
Tool- 78SG With the Jack tool and Regular Air jack
1. Use the jack Tool to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the jack Tool
4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door.
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door
Button

Tool 78sg

Kia Sedona Insert Jack Tool Insert and infate Air Wedge
Insert Long Reach Tool
Go To Index
Page 458
K
I
A
KIA008KIA 676 Style04 1 H2312B
KIA Met hod - M1
Kia Sephia 1998 2001
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23
1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage.
5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards rear of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.

Tool 23

Kia Sephia Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Close-up of door without inside panel
Go To Index
Page 459
KIA009KIA 1275 Style03 1 H23102BRD
KIA
K
I
A
Met hod - M1
Kia Sorento 2003 2009
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23
1. Create an opening for the tool using a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car.
3. Lower the tool into the passenger side door, directly above the door handle (see fgure and photos).
4. After lowering the tool almost to the handle, turn the handle away from the car to access the linkage.
5. Hook and bind the linkage. Turn tool handle towards rear of car to move linkage to front of car and un-
lock the door.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see
the door lock button move.
Rear Door
Rear
Door
Move to rear

Tool 23

Kia Sorento Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 460
K
I
A
KIA009bKIA 1755 Style04 1 jack_but
KIA Met hod - M1
Kia Sorento 2010 2012
TOOL: Air Jack Tool- 78SG .
1.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
2.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
4.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
5.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Button

Tool 78sg

Kia Sorento Use the Air Jack to make working
room
Tool in Working Position
Pull the door lock button
Go To Index
Page 461
KIA010KIA 355 Style06 1 H2376
KIA
K
I
A
Met hod - M1
Kia Spectra Hatchback 2002 2004 Kia Spectra 2001 2004
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23
1. Create an opening for the tool using a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car.
3. Lower the tool into the passenger side door, directly above the door handle (see fgure and photos).
4. After lowering the tool almost to the handle, turn the handle away from the car to access the linkage.
5. Hook and bind the linkage. Turn tool handle towards rear of car to move linkage to front of car and unlock the door.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.


Tool 23

KIA SPECTRA Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action View of Targeted Linkage
Go To Index
Page 462
K
I
A
KIA011KIA 856 Style05 1 H2309BRD
KIA Met hod - M1
Kia Spectra 2005 2010 Kia Spectra 5 2005 2010
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1.Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on REAR DOOR.
2.Insert tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle (see illustration for position).
3.Twist tool to hook and bind linkage.
4.Turn tool handle to move linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
NOTE : Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the door
lock button move.

Tool 23

Kia Spectra 5 Tool in Insertion Position. Use Rear
passenger door.
Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door. Hook Linkage and Move to Front of the
Vehicle
Go To Index
Page 463
KIA012KIA 1140 Style05 1 V2605
KIA
K
I
A
Met hod - M1
Kia Sportage 1995 2002
Tool: Large side of double tool - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with wedge.
2. Lower the tool into door directly above the door lock button.
3. Lift up door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever, you will see
the door lock button move.
Direction
Tool

Tool 26

KIA SPORTAGE 99 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Close up of tool from inside door panel Close up of tool and lockrod in working
position
Go To Index
Page 464
K
I
A
KIA013KIA 1438 Style05 1 R3512
KIA Met hod - M1
Kia Sportage 2005 2010
Tool: Long Inside Access 89
1.Insert wedge between glass and weather- striping
2. Insert tool in to the front door
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower in to the door(see fgure 3).
5 Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock button
6. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
7. Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

Kia Sportage Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Turn tool at an angle to access door
lock button
View from inside the vehicle
Go To Index
Page 465
KIA014KIA 581 Style00 2 R3510
KIA
K
I
A
Met hod - M1
Kia Rondo 2007 2010
TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
(see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the
inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.


Tool 35

Go To Index
Page 466
K
I
A
KIA014AKIA 1869 Style00 1 Jack_But
KIA Met hod - M1
Kia Sportage 2011 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door.
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door
Button

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 467
KIA015KIA 1629 Style05 1 R8901FD
KIA
K
I
A
Met hod - M1
Kia Borrego 2009 2011
Tool: Long Inside Access 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle
2. (see fgure 1).
3. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
4. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2) and lower (see fgure 3).
5. Slide tool forward in door.
6. Rotate the tool tool into door until V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
7. Raise the tool until that the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that
the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 89

Borrego Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the vehicle Pull button back to unlock the vehicle
Go To Index
Page 468
K
I
A
KIA016KIA 1719 Style05 1 jack_but
KIA Met hod - M1
Kia Forte Coupe 2 door 2010 2012
Tool: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward.
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, p ull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle.
Use of Glass Saver System is recommende
Button

Tool 78Sg

Kia Forte Koupe Insert Glassman Tool Insert long Reach in-between Glass-
man
Move tool into Position unlock vehicle
Go To Index
Page 469
KIA017-M1KIA 1718 Style04 1 R3501
KIA
K
I
A
Met hod - M1
Kia Forte 4 door 2010 2012 Kia Forte 5 door 2010 2012
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool-65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See fgure 5).

Tool 65

Kia Forte Sedan Tool Insertion Position Tool being Inserted
Pull door lock Button
Go To Index
Page 470
K
I
A
KIA017-M2KIA 1754 Style04 1 jack_but
KIA Met hod - M2
Kia Forte 4 door 2010 2012 Kia Forte 5 door 2010 2012
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG
1. Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Button

Tool 78Sg

Kia Forte Sedan Use Jack Tool to create working room Insert the Air Jack
Use the long reach to unlock the
vehicle
Go To Index
Page 471
LAND ROVER002LAND ROVER 796 Style03 1 V2607
LAND ROVER
L
A
N
D

R
O
V
E
R
Met hod - M1
Land Rover Discovery 1994 2004 Land Rover All Models 1980 1993
Tool: Double Tool - 26
1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the
Strip Saver and the window.
2. Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3. Lower the tool into door and turn handle to allow tool tip access to the door lock button.
4. Lift tool handle to unlock the door.
Note 1998 and newer Land Rovers may be equipped with a type of deadlock mechanism,. If these vehi-
cles were locked using the key the door lock button will move up and down, but will not unlock the vehicle .

Shield

Tool 26

Land Rover Discovery Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 472
L
A
N
D

R
O
V
E
R
LAND ROVER003LAND ROVER 210 Style05 1 freelander
LAND ROVER Met hod - M1
Land Rover Freelander 3 Door 2003 2005 Land Rover Freelander 4 door 2002 2005
Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock handle (see fgure 4).
7. Move tool to engage door lock handle, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate altohj
Tool 35

LAND ROVER FREELANDER Tool in insertion position Tool in working postion
Inside view of tool in working position Close up
Go To Index
Page 473
LAND ROVER004LAND ROVER 1439 Style04 1 R8901FD
LAND ROVER
L
A
N
D

R
O
V
E
R
Met hod - M1
Land Rover LR3 2005 2009
TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the inside of
the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate starthand
Tool 35

Land Rover LR3 Tool in Inserstion Position. Use Rear
Passenger Door.
Tool in Working Position
View From Inside the Door. Hook Door
Lock Button to Unlock.
Go To Index
Page 474
L
A
N
D

R
O
V
E
R
LAND ROVER005LAND ROVER 903 Style04 1 V4704F
LAND ROVER Met hod - M1
Land Rover Range Rover 1994 2000
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
NOTE: The 2000-2002 models can be opened using this method, unless they are deadlocked. The 2003 -2004 Land
Rovers use a new deadlock mechanism which cannot be opened.

Tool 47

Range Rover Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Hook lock rod with tool (not seen) and
lift to unlock.
Go To Index
Page 475
LAND ROVER007LAND ROVER 773 Style05 1 Starthand
LAND ROVER
L
A
N
D

R
O
V
E
R
Met hod - M1
Land Rover LR2 2006 2012
Land Rover LR4 2006 2012
Land Rover Range Rover 2001 2012
Land Rover Range Rover Sport 2006 2012
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door
Note: some of these vehicles may deadlock, requiring you to depress the electric door lock release button with the
end of your long reach tool then immediately pulling the door lock handle twice.

Tool 78SG

Land Rover LR2 Insert and infate air wedge Insert tool into door cavity
Manuever tool to door lock handle Pull door lock handle to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 476
L
A
N
D

R
O
V
E
R
LAND ROVER008LAND ROVER 1871 Style00 1 Starthand
LAND ROVER Met hod - M1
Land Rover Evoque 2011 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door
Note: some of these vehicles may deadlock, requiring you to depress the electric door lock release button
with the end of your long reach tool then immediately pulling the door lock handle twice.

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 477
LEXUS002LEXUS 972 Style00 1 glassman
LEXUS
L
E
X
U
S
Met hod - M1
Lexus ES300 1992 1996
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, push the tool to unlock the vehicle.
NOTE : This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle at the exact moment that
you move the door lock button .
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 478
L
E
X
U
S
LEXUS004LEXUS 1234 Style06 1 R3502
LEXUS Met hod - M1
Lexus ES300 2002 2003 Lexus ES330 2004 2006
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool-65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weath er-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool
is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the
tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note: This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle, at the exact moment that you move
the door lock button.
To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door
near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate startbut
Button
Tool 65

Lexus ES300 Tool in insertion position Lowering the tool into the door
Tool in working position Close up of inside Inside the car view of tool
Go To Index
Page 479
LEXUS006LEXUS 1090 Style04 1 R3501
LEXUS
L
E
X
U
S
Met hod - M1
Lexus GS300 1994 2008
Lexus ES250 1990 1992
Lexus GS400 1994 2000
Lexus GS430 2006 2010
Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See fgure 5).
Note: This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle, at the exact moment that you move
the door lock button.
To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door
near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

Lexus GS 300/400 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Close-up of inside of door
Go To Index
Page 480
L
E
X
U
S
LEXUS007LEXUS 1276 Style04 1 R3501
LEXUS Met hod - M1
Lexus GX470 2003 2010 Lexus GX series 2010 2012
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool-65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See fgure 5).
Note: This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle, at the exact moment that you move
the door lock button.
To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door
near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door

Alternative method use
Alternate startbut
Button
Tool 65

Tool In Insertion Position Tool In Working Position Angle tool pack to Pull Button back
Vehicle will try and relock itself
Go To Index
Page 481
LEXUS007bLEXUS 1117 Style05 1 R3501
LEXUS
L
E
X
U
S
Met hod - M1
Lexus LX 470 1999 2007
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool-65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See fgure 5).
Note: This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle, at the exact moment that you move
the door lock button.
To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door
near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door

Tool 65

Lexus LX 470 Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Tool under the window. View inside the door.
Go To Index
Page 482
L
E
X
U
S
LEXUS008LEXUS 860 Style00 1 R8901FD
LEXUS Met hod - M1
Lexus RX400h 2006 2008
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Alternative method use
Alternate startbut
Button
Tool 89

Go To Index
Page 483
LEXUS009LEXUS 143 Style04 1 R3502
LEXUS
L
E
X
U
S
Met hod - M1
Lexus IS 250 2006 2010 Lexus IS 350 2006 2010
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool-65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weath er-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle6. Rotate the tool
so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note: This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle, at the exact moment that you move
the door lock button.
To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door
near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate startbut
Button
Tool 65

Lexus IS250 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Hook door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 484
L
E
X
U
S
LEXUS011LEXUS 584 Style03 1 Jacktool
LEXUS Met hod - M1
Lexus LX570 SUV 2008 2012
TOOL: Air Wedge and Long Reach Tool - 78SG
1. Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
2. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
3.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
4.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
NOTE: Do not use Jack Tool on regular cab, ONLY USE AIR WEDGE. Jack Tool can be used on Extend-
ed Cab

Tool 78SG

Insert Jack Tool Insert Air Wedge and Pump Pull Lock Button
Go To Index
Page 485
LEXUS014LEXUS 66 Style05 1 R3501
LEXUS
L
E
X
U
S
Met hod - M1
Lexus RX 300 1999 2003
Lexus LS400 1990 2000
Lexus LS430 2001 2006
Lexus LX 450 1996 1998
Lexus SC300 1992 2000
Lexus SC400 1992 2000
Tool: Inside Access Tool 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and the weather-strip ping directly above door lock button inside of vehicle 2. Insert
tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
5. 4. Lower (see fgure 3).
6. Slide tool forward in door.
7. Rotate the tool in the door until the shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
9 The vehicle will try and relock itself you must pull on the handle at the same time as you unlock the door button

Alternative method use
Button
Tool 35

Lexus RX 300 Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
View from inside the door. Close up of tool.
Go To Index
Page 486
L
E
X
U
S
LEXUS015-M1LEXUS 1401 Style00 1 R8901RD
LEXUS Met hod - M1
Lexus RX330 2004 2007
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.
Rear
Door

Alternative method use
Alternate AltOHJ
Tool 89

Go To Index
Page 487
LEXUS018LEXUS 1236 Style06 1 R5009dd
LEXUS
L
E
X
U
S
Met hod - M1
Lexus SC430 2002 2012
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg
1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.
Use of the Glass Master System is re c ommended!
Drivers
DOOR ONLY
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction
Drivers
DOOR ONLY

Tool 78SG

Lexus SC430 Insert Strip Savers Insert Glass Master Wedge
Insert Wedge Spreaders to create
working room
Hook the door handle on drivers door
and pull.
Insert the tool
Go To Index
Page 488
L
E
X
U
S
LEXUS019LEXUS 583 Style00 1 jack_but
LEXUS Met hod - M1
Lexus ES350 2007 2012
Lexus ES250 All
Lexus IS300 2001 2005
Lexus IS300 Sport 2002 2005
Tool 78SG
1. Insert jack tool into side of door and separate the door from the frame of the vehicle.
2. Insert a ir wedge into upper portion of the door and infate to create an opening in the door.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to Unlock the vehicle.
These vehicles can easily be damaged Open only in emergency situation
Button

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 489
LEXUS019bLEXUS 1873 Style00 1 jack_but
LEXUS
L
E
X
U
S
Met hod - M1
Lexus ES350 2012 2013
Tool 78SG
1. Insert jack tool into side of door and separate the door from the frame of the vehicle.
2. Insert a ir wedge into upper portion of the door and infate to create an opening in the door.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to Unlock the vehicle.
These vehicles can easily be damaged Open only in emergency situation
Button

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 490
L
E
X
U
S
LEXUS020LEXUS 1617 Style00 1 glasshdl
LEXUS Met hod - M1
Lexus IS Convertible 2010 2012 Lexus ISC 2010 2012
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (See
fgure 1 for position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle (See fgure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (See fg-
ure 3).
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, push the tool to unlock the vehicle (See fgure 4).
NOTE : This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle at the exact moment that
you move the door lock button .
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Pull handle

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 491
LEXUS021LEXUS 1760 Style03 1 Jacktool
LEXUS
L
E
X
U
S
Met hod - M1
Lexus GX460 SUV 2010 2012
TOOL: Air Wedge and Long Reach Tool - 78SG
1. Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
2. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
3.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
4.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
NOTE: Do not use Jack Tool on regular cab, ONLY USE AIR WEDGE. Jack Tool can be used on Extend-
ed Cab

Tool 78SG

Insert Jack Tool Insert Air Wedge and Pump Pull Lock Button
Go To Index
Page 492
L
E
X
U
S
LEXUS022LEXUS 1762 Style00 1 startbut
LEXUS Met hod - M1
Lexus HS250h 2010 2012
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door luck button to unlock the door.
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door
Note: This security system on the vehicle may attempt to relock the vehicle. To defeat the relocking mech-
anism hold the door lock button inside the vehicle in the unlock position, while quickly pulling the outside
door handle.
Button

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 493
LOTUS001LOTUS 1091 Style00 1 V2601
LOTUS
L
O
T
U
S
Met hod - M1
Lotus Elan All Lotus Esprit
TOOL: Large Side of Double Tool - 26
1. Separate the glass from weather-strip with a strip saver.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE : You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.
When you contact the correct lever, you will se the door lock button move.

Tool 26

Go To Index
Page 494
M
A
C
K

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS001MACK HEAVY TRUCKS 943 Style00 1 R103-04
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Mack All Other Cab Over All
Mack Cab Over Heavy Duty
Mack MR Series Heavy Duty Cab Over All
Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104
1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the fat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.
Insert #104 Latch
Button Tool
Insert #103 Vent Handle

Tool 103-04

Go To Index
Page 495
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS002MACK HEAVY TRUCKS 1495 Style03 1 V10508HT
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS
M
A
C
K

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Mack Freedom All
Tool: 105
1 Insert strip saver and wedge to protect the door.
2.Insert the tool into the door at a 45 degree angle.
3. Lower the tool so the tip moves towards the very back of the door above the latch mechanism (see
diagram).
4.Hook the lever that extends above the latch with the tip of the tool.
5.Pull on the tool to move the lever forward and unlock the door.
Direction
Wedge
Direction

Tool 105

Mack Freedom Create working room w/ Strip Saver &
Wedge. Insert tool at an angle
Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 496
M
A
C
K

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS003MACK HEAVY TRUCKS 1492 Style04 1 V9101HT
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Mack Granite All
Tool: 91 Over and Under Tool
1 Insert the long downward hook tool into the door.
2.Lower the tool on top of the bell-crank.
3.Push down on the bell-crank with the hooked end of the tool.
4.When you have the tool in the right position you will see the door lock button move forward.
Lock Cable
Door Lock
Button
Push down on
Bell Crank with
tip of tool
Push
Down

Tool 91

New Mack Granite Granite has new door lock mechanism Door lock button is on top of inner door
panel
Insert tool in position shown
Go To Index
Page 497
Mack Heavy Trucks005MACK HEAVY TRUCKS 1490 Style06 1 V10101HT
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS
M
A
C
K

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Mack MS Series MediumDuty Cab All
Tool: 101
1.Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Push down on the bell crank with the top of the tool.
4.Care should be used only a gentle push down is required.
Wedge
Direction
Wedge
Direction

Tool 101

Mack MS Series Medium Duty Cab
Over
Note location of door lock button on
this truck
Door lock button not visible form
outside
Position tool at rear of passenger door Note position of tool in door Tool in working position. Push down on
tool to unlock door.
Go To Index
Page 498
M
A
C
K

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS006MACK HEAVY TRUCKS 1164 Style06 1 V10102HT
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Mack NewStyle Paddle Handle Pre-1995
Tool: 101
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Push down on the bell crank with the tip of the tool.
4.Care should be used, only a gentle push down is required.
Wedge
Direction
Linkage
Direction
Tool

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt103-04
Tool 101

New Style Mack Trucks This opening for trucks with this type
handle. Other type, use Method 2.
Tool in insertion position
Tool in working position Close up. Hook bell crank with tool and
push down to unlock.
View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 499
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS007MACK HEAVY TRUCKS 1163 Style04 1 V8605HT
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS
M
A
C
K

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Mack Old Style Lever Type Handle All
Tool: 86 Over Under Tool
1.Use the strip saver and wedge to create working room for the tool. Note the door is very tight against the glass and
may require extra pressure from the wedge.
2.Insert the tool with the upward hook down into the door.
3.Lower the tool below the linkage and lift the tool up under the linkage.
4.Rotate the tool to bind the linkage.
5.Rock the tool to move the linkage forward and unlock the door.
Wedge
Move to front to
unlock
Lock Linkage
Flat Bar

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt103-04
Tool 86

Old Style Mack Truck Lever type handle Tool in insertion position
Twist tool handle to move linkage and
unlock door
Go To Index
Page 500
M
A
C
K

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS008MACK HEAVY TRUCKS 1250 Style04 1 V6001HT-26
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Mack Vision 1999 2012
Tool: 26 Double Tool
1.Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door near the rear edge of the door.
3.Twist the tool so that the tip moves towards the inside of the vehicle.
4.Lift up on the tool under the door lock button to unlock the truck.
Linkage
Tool
Pull
Up

Tool 26

Mack Vision Create working room w/ Strip Saver &
Wedge
Lower tool into door under door lock
button. Lift tip of tool under lock button
to unlock
Tip of tool must be dirctly under butt to
unlock door
Go To Index
Page 501
MASERATI001MASERATI 1092 Style00 1 H9012
MASERATI
M
A
S
E
R
A
T
I
Met hod - M1
Maserati Biturbo Zagato All
Tool: Hook & Bind - 90
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Insert tool towards door lock button towards front of door.
3. Lower the tool into the door.
4. Hook bell crank below door lock button.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.When you have hooked the correct
rod, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 90

Go To Index
Page 502
M
A
Z
D
A
MAZDA001MAZDA 974 Style00 2 R3501
MAZDA Met hod - M1
Mazda MX3 1992 1996
Tool: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle. (SEE
FIGURE)
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 1)
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into door. (SEE FIGURE 2)
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle. (SEE
FIGURE 3)
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button. (SEE FIGURE 4)
7. Pull on toll in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 5)
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

Go To Index
Page 503
Mazda002-M1MAZDA 1881 Style04 1 R3506
MAZDA
M
A
Z
D
A
Met hod - M1
Mazda 2 4 door 2011 2013 Mazda 2 5 door Hatch 2011 2013
Instructions
TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle
2. Insert tool in door .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door handle.
6. Pull the door handlee with the tip of the tool
NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

Lower the tool into the door Pull the tool up on the inside of the
door
Pull the door handle
Use the Tip of the tool to pull the door
handle
Go To Index
Page 504
M
A
Z
D
A
Mazda002-M2MAZDA 1882 Style05 1 Altohj
MAZDA Met hod - M1
Mazda 2 4 door 2011 2013 Mazda 2 5 door Hatch 2011 2013
Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with One Hand Jack and Air Jack
1. Insert the One Hand Jack tool on the side of the door.
2.Insert and infate the Air Jack wedge on the top of the door.
3.Insert the tool in the opening in the door .
5.Maneuver the tool to Move the door lock button and Unlock the car.

Tool 78SG

Use the Jack Tool to create working
room to insert the Air Jack
Insert the Air Jack Infate the Air jack to create room to
insert the Long Reach Tool
Insert the long reach tool Use the tip of the tool to pull the door
handle
Go To Index
Page 505
MAZDA003MAZDA 1372 Style03 1 R3501
MAZDA
M
A
Z
D
A
Met hod - M1
Mazda 3 2004 2009
Tool: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle. (SEE
FIGURE)
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 1)
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into door. (SEE FIGURE 2)
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle. (SEE
FIGURE 3)
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button. (SEE FIGURE 4)
7. Pull on toll in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 5)
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 35

Mazda 3 Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 506
M
A
Z
D
A
MAZDA004MAZDA 1662 Style04 1 r3511rd
MAZDA Met hod - M1
Mazda 3 Hatchback 2010 2012 Mazda 3 Sedan 2010 2012
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See fgure
3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 65

Mazda 3 Hatch Tool in insertion position View from inside the vehicle
Push door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 507
MAZDA006MAZDA 1472 Style05 1 R6501
MAZDA
M
A
Z
D
A
Met hod - M1
Mazda 5 2006 2011
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button .
Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door
handle immediately after unlocking the door.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 65

Mazda 5 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Push button to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 508
M
A
Z
D
A
MAZDA006bMAZDA 1875 Style00 1 jack_but
MAZDA Met hod - M1
Mazda 5 2012 2013
Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with One Hand Jack and Air Jack
1. Insert the One Hand Jack tool on the side of the door.
2.Insert and infate the Air Jack wedge on the top of the door.
3.Insert the tool in the opening in the door .
5.Maneuver the tool to Move the door lock button and Unlock the car.
Button

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 509
MAZDA007MAZDA 1373 Style04 1 R6501
MAZDA
M
A
Z
D
A
Met hod - M1
Mazda RX8 2004 2010
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button .
Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door
handle immediately after unlocking the door.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 65

Mazda RX8 Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.
Hook Door Lock Button to Unlock.
Go To Index
Page 510
M
A
Z
D
A
MAZDA008MAZDA 476 Style04 1 R3511RD
MAZDA Met hod - M1
Mazda 6 Wagon 2004 2008
Mazda 6 2003 2008
Mazda 6 Hatch Back 2004 2008
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 89

Mazda 6 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 511
MAZDA009MAZDA 644 Style05 1 H6601BRD
MAZDA
M
A
Z
D
A
Met hod - M1
Mazda 626 1998 2002
Tool: CHECK MARK TOOL 66
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car as shown below.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE DIAGRAM FOR POSITION)
4. After tool is lowered beneath frst linkage, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards front of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear
of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.
Note: Be careful not to loosen the molding around the window. If it does come loose, just pop it back into place.

Tool 66

MAZDA 626 Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
View from inside the door. Close Up: Move linkage to the REAR.
Go To Index
Page 512
M
A
Z
D
A
MAZDA010MAZDA 646 Style05 1 H2313B
MAZDA Met hod - M1
Mazda 929 1992 1995
Mazda MX6 1993 1997
Mazda RX7 1986 1992
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23
1. Separate glass from weather-strip on front door.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
4. After tool is lowered, rotate tool to hook top linkage. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards front of vehicle to move the linkage towards the rear of the door.
Note: It is important to rock the tool towards the front to move linkage, as the linkage is very stiff.

Tool 23

Mazda 929 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up: Move linkage to rear
Go To Index
Page 513
MAZDA011MAZDA 977 Style04 1 H2314F
MAZDA
M
A
Z
D
A
Met hod - M1
Mazda Miata 1990 2000 Mazda MX5 Roadster
Tool: Horizontal Linkage- 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered, rotate tool to hook bottom linkage. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION).
5. Bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards front of vehicle to move the linkage towards the rear of the door.

Tool 23

Mazda Miata Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Door without inside panel
Go To Index
Page 514
M
A
Z
D
A
MAZDA014MAZDA 980 Style05 1 H4210BRD
MAZDA Met hod - M1
Mazda Millenia 4 Door 1995 2002
Tool: Reverse Hook Tool- 42
1. Separate glass from weather-strip on the passenger side door with a StripSaver and wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car door directly above door handle. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool handle slightly to access and door lock rod. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Lift tool to unlock door.


Tool 42

Mazda Millenia Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 515
MAZDA015MAZDA 662 Style04 1 V2601
MAZDA
M
A
Z
D
A
Met hod - M1
Mazda MPV 1989 1999
Tool: Large side of double tool - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever, you will see
the door lock button move.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt47
INSER TION
Front Passenger
Door
Tool 26

Mazda MPV Tool in insertion position Close-Up of door without inside panel
Tool in working position. View from
inside of car
Go To Index
Page 516
M
A
Z
D
A
MAZDA016MAZDA 1146 Style04 1 V2606
MAZDA Met hod - M1
Mazda MPV 2000 2007 Mazda MPV LX 2002 2003
Tool: Large side of double tool - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip in REAR SLIDING DOOR.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever, you will
see the door lock button move.

Tool 26

Mazda MPV Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the vehicle
Go To Index
Page 517
MAZDA018MAZDA 1471 Style05 1 R5007
MAZDA
M
A
Z
D
A
Met hod - M1
Mazda MX-5 Miata 2006 2011
Mazda Mazda Speed 2005 2010
Mazda Miata 2001 2008
Mazda MX-5 Miata 2004 2005
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge
1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar
2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in
front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool move the door lock button to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pull the door handle on the outside of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 78SG

Mazda Miata Insert glassman tool Insert tool into cavity
View from inside the vehicle Pull door lock button to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 518
M
A
Z
D
A
MAZDA021-M1MAZDA 413 Style00 1 V4701
MAZDA Met hod - M2
Mazda Protg 1990 2001
Mazda 323 1990 1995
Mazda 626 1983 1992
Mazda 929 1988 1991
Mazda B series Pickup 2001 2010
Mazda B2000 / B2200 1990 2000
Mazda B2500 / B2600 1990 2001
Mazda B3000 1990 2001
Mazda B4000 1990 2001
Mazda GLC 1980 1990
Tool: S Tool - 47
1.Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver TM and insert a wedge between
the Strip Saver TM and the window.
2.Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3.Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4.Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

Go To Index
Page 519
MAZDA021-M2MAZDA 975 Style03 1 V2601
MAZDA
M
A
Z
D
A
Met hod - M1
Mazda MX6 1988 1992
Mazda 626 1993 1997
Mazda B2000 / B2200 1990 2000
Mazda B2500 / B2600 1990 2001
Mazda B3000 1990 2001
Mazda B4000 1990 2001
Mazda Navajo 1991 1998
Mazda Protg 1990 2003
Mazda Protg 5 4 door 2002 2003
Mazda Protg Speed 2003 2005
TOOL: Double Tool - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip on front door.
2. Lower tool into door as show in diagram.
3. Insert tip of tool under door lock knob.
4. Lift up on door lock with tip of tool.

Tool 26

Mazda MX6 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 520
M
A
Z
D
A
MAZDA024MAZDA 979 Style05 1 H2202
MAZDA Met hod - M1
Mazda RX7 1993 1996
Tool: Small Hook - 22
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool 3 /4 of the way into car. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
4. Insert tip of tool behind plastic shield.
5. Push down on linkage connector.

Alternative method use
Alternate glassman
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 22

Mazda RX7 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
In approximate working position View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 521
MAZDA026MAZDA 1646 Style05 1 r3511rd
Mazda
M
a
z
d
a
Met hod - M1
Mazda 6 2009 2012
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See fgure
3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 65

Mazda 6 Use the rear door Place wedge towards the front of the
rear door.
Lower tool with the tip facing the front
of the vehicle.
Position the tool over the button and
push to unlock the car.
Go To Index
Page 522
M
A
Z
D
A
MAZDA027MAZDA 1226 Style06 1 H7703RD
MAZDA Met hod - M1
Mazda Tribute 2001 2009
TOOL: 77 Tool
1.Loosen and remove the license plate s left side light directly above the license plate.
2.Insert tool inside license plate light cavity.
3.Hook door lock activator bell crank.
4.Pull down on tool to move latch and unlock rear door.


Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 77

Loosen Tail Light with Screw Driver Insert Tool into Tail Light Cavity Tool in Insertion Position
Tool in Working Position Close up of Tool in Action. Move up-
wards to Move Lacth and Unlock
Hook Latch with Tool and Move Up
Go To Index
Page 523
MAZDA028MAZDA 770 Style05 1 R3501
MAZDA
M
A
Z
D
A
Met hod - M1
Mazda CX-7 SUV 2007 2012
Tool: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle. (SEE FIGURE)
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 1)
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into door. (SEE FIGURE 2)
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 3)
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button. (SEE FIGURE 4)
7. Pull on toll in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 5)
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 35

Mazda CX-7 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the vehicle Push door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 524
M
A
Z
D
A
MAZDA028bMAZDA 771 Style04 1 R3501
MAZDA Met hod - M1
Mazda CX-9 SUV 2007 2012
Tool: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle. (SEE FIGURE)
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 1)
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into door. (SEE FIGURE 2)
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 3)
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button. (SEE FIGURE 4)
7. Pull on toll in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 5)
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 35

Mazda CX-9 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Push door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 525
MERCEDES001MERCEDES 981 Style02 1 V4708
MERCEDES
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
Met hod - M1
Mercedes 190E Series 1984 1995 Mercedes G500
Tool: S Tool - 47
1.Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the
Strip Saver and the window.
2.Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3.Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4.Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.


Tool 47
Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Go To Index
Page 526
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
MERCEDES002MERCEDES 1121 Style00 1 V2604
MERCEDES Met hod - M1
Mercedes 300CE 1990 1995
Tool: Long End of Double-Sided Tool - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. Keep tool parallel to door lock lever.
3. Lower the tool into door while tilting tool as shown in diagram ( SEE FIG. FOR POSITION ).
4. Tip of tool must enter hole in door frame.
5. Pull up on tool to lift door lock knob and open door.

Tool 26

Go To Index
Page 527
MERCEDES003MERCEDES 982 Style02 1 H8801RD
MERCEDES
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
Met hod - M1
Mercedes 420SEL 1990 1996
Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door, using inside door handle of rear door as a guide (SEE FIGURE BELOW)
Note: The tip of the tool must go into the hole in the doorframe.
3. Lift up and hook bell crank (SEE FIGURE BELOW)
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock lever inside of the car. When you contact the correct bell
crank you will see the door lock lever move.
NOTE : Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 88-45
Mercedes 420 SEL Tool in working position

Go To Index
Page 528
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
MERCEDES004MERCEDES 561 Style04 1 H2603RD
MERCEDES Met hod - M1
Mercedes 260E 1980 1988
Mercedes 300E 1980 1988
Mercedes 300TE 1980 1988
Mercedes 450SL 1977
Tool: Double-Sided Tool - 26
Use REAR door and SHORT END of tool
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. Keep tool parallel to door lock lever.
3. Lower the tool into door while turning tool so hand of tool points away from car.
4. Tip of tool must enter hole in doorframe.
5. Hook bell crank with tip of tool. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
NOTE: Watch door lock lever. When you have hooked correct bell crank, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 26

Mercedes 450SL Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 529
MERCEDES007MERCEDES 551 Style04 1 V5702
MERCEDES
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
Met hod - M1
Mercedes C230 Coupe 2002 2005
Mercedes C280 2003 2007
Mercedes C320 Sedan &Wagon 2000 2007
Mercedes C32AMG Sedan 2002 2007
Tool: Strip Tool - 57
1. Insert Strip Saver in between door and window frame at the very front of the car 2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool
between the Strip Saver and the door or window frame. (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM)
3. Very carefully walk the Strip t ool around the door frame to the back of the door. (You may use a wedge to gain
extra working room)
4. Maneuver Strip Tool to hook door lock knob.
5. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.

Tool 57

MERCEDES C320 Insert Tool in Door Corner. Wire Stays
on Top
Hook Lock Button Using Tool and Wire
Lift to Unlock.
Go To Index
Page 530
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
MERCEDES010MERCEDES 393 Style05 1 R5004
MERCEDES Met hod - M1
Mercedes CLK 350 Coupe &Convertible 1998 2012
Mercedes 300SL 1990 1995
Mercedes 500S 2003 2008
Mercedes 500SL 1990 1995
Mercedes 560SL 1986 1991
Mercedes 560SL 1986 1991
Mercedes CL-500 Coupe 2000 2012
Mercedes CL55 AMG Coupe 2001 2002
Mercedes CL600 Coupe 2001 2003
Mercedes CLK 250 2006 2012
Mercedes CLK 320 coupe &convertible 1998 2005
Mercedes CLK 430 coupe &convertible 1998 2004
Mercedes CLK 500 Coupe &Convertible 1998 2004
Mercedes CLK 500 2005 2012
Mercedes CLK 55 Coupe &Convertible 1998 2012
Mercedes CLK Series Coupe &Convertible 1998 2012
Mercedes SL Convertible 2003 2010
Mercedes SLK 280 2003 2010
Mercedes SLK 350 2005 2007
Mercedes SLK Class 2003 2010
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL WITH CLASSMAN - 78SG
1 Insert the Classman wedge between the window and the vehicle
2. Insert the tool through the gap in the center opf the Glassman wedge passing the tool into the vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle or door lock button.
4. Pull back on the door handle or button to unlock the vehicle.
Use of Glasman system is recommended!
PASSENGER
DOOR
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction

Tool 78SG

Mercedes CLK 320 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View of inside of door Pull handle back to open door
Go To Index
Page 531
MERCEDES012MERCEDES 746 Style05 1 V5702
MERCEDES
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
Met hod - M1
Mercedes E-Class 1996 2003
Mercedes E320 Sedan &Wagon 1996 2009
Mercedes E350 Sedan 2006 2009
Mercedes E350 Wagon 2006 2009
Mercedes E430 Sedan 1996 2009
Mercedes E55AMG Sport Sedan 1996 2009
Mercedes GL450 2006 2010
Mercedes ML350 2004 2007
Tool: Strip Tool - 57
1. Insert Strip Saver in between door and window frame at the very front of the car 2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool
between the Strip Saver and the door or window frame. (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM)
3. Very carefully walk the Strip tool around the door frame to the back of the door. (You may use a wedge to gain
extra working room)
4. Maneuver Strip Tool to hook door lock knob.
5. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.

Tool 57

Mercedes 320E Insert Strip Savers Insert Strip Tool
Tool in working position Pull lock button open
Go To Index
Page 532
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
MERCEDES013MERCEDES 65 Style04 1 V4708
MERCEDES Met hod - M1
Mercedes ML320 1998 2002
Mercedes ML430 All
Mercedes ML500 2000 2002
Mercedes ML55 2000 2002
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the Strip Saver
and the window.
2.Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3.Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4.Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.


Tool 47

MERCEDES ML 320 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Close up of door without inside panel
Go To Index
Page 533
MERCEDES015MERCEDES 392 Style00 1 V5701
MERCEDES
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
Met hod - M1
Mercedes 300E 1989 1994
Mercedes C-Series 4 door 1994 2002
Mercedes C230 Coupe 2002 2005
Mercedes C280 2004 2007
Mercedes C320 Sedan &Wagon 2000 2007
Mercedes C32AMG Sedan 2002 2007
Mercedes S-Class 1994 2009
Tool: Strip Tool - 57
1. Insert Strip Saver in between window and door, or window frame.
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between Strip Saver and the door or window frame. (SEE INSERTION
DIAGRAM)
3. Maneuver Strip Tool to hook door lock knob.
4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.
SPECIAL NOTE: You should only attempt to unlock this vehicle in an absolute emergency, the window
mechanism can be damaged very easily.
NOTE : This vehicle is equipped with driver and passenger side door airbags. This tool works from the out-
side of the car, and will not disturb the airbag. While we design our openings to avoid disruption of the air-
bag, we recommend that all locksmiths inform customers of potential airbag damage and secure a release
of l iability and strongly urge the car owner to have the airbag inspected for damage following the opening.

Tool 57

Go To Index
Page 534
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
MERCEDES016MERCEDES 237 Style05 1 R5004
MERCEDES Met hod - M1
Mercedes SL 500 coupe &convertible 1999 2010
Mercedes SL 600 coupe &convertible 1999 2010
Mercedes SL Class coupe &convertible 1999 2010
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL WITH CLASSMAN - 78SG
1 Insert the Classman wedge between the window and the vehicle
2. Insert the tool through the gap in the center opf the Glassman wedge passing the tool into the vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle or door lock button.
4. Pull back on the door handle or button to unlock the vehicle.
Use of Glass Saver system is recommended!
PASSENGER
DOOR
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction

Tool 78SG

Mercedes SLK 230 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Veiw from inside the car Pull handle back to open door
Go To Index
Page 535
MERCEDES026MERCEDES 774 Style06 1 V5701
MERCEDES
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
Met hod - M1
Mercedes GL 2006 2012
Tool: STRIP TOOL - 57
1. Insert Strip Saver in between window and door, or window frame.
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between Strip Saver and the door or window frame (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM).
3. Maneuver Strip tool to hook door lock knob.
4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.
NOTE : All 1991 and later model BMWs are equipped with a special lock mechani sm which engages when the
door is locked with the key. When the door is locked with the key it, is impossible to open with car opening tools. In
the event of lost keys, BMW dealers can get replacements with the V.I.N. number. If the car is locked by any o ther
method, use these opening methods.
NOTE : Since most of the time vehicle will be in a dead lock position; we recommend ordering a replacement key
from the BMW dealer. This key can be ordered using the vehicle identifcation number.

Tool 57

Mercedes GL Insert jack tool. Use Rear Door Insert and infate air wedge
Insert strip tool into door cavity Hook door lock button and lift to unlock Manuever strip tool into position
Go To Index
Page 536
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
MERCEDES027MERCEDES 628 Style05 1 V11501
MERCEDES Met hod - M1
Mercedes G Class 2005 2012
Tool: 115 Tool
1. Insert strip saver and wedge into door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Point tip of tool towards the rear of the vehicle and lower tool into door.
3.Turn tool handle away from door.
4.Lift tool to engage lock latch and unlock door.
Use
20
o
Tip

Tool 115

Mercedes G Class Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Lift lock latch to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 537
MERCEDES028MERCEDES 1598 Style00 1 RCBM
MERCEDES
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
Met hod - M1
Mercedes C Class 4 door 2008 2012
Tool RCBM Remote control Button Master
1) Use the Air wedge to make working room do not use a jack tool
2) Insert the RCBM tool into the car
3) loop the door lock button
4) Pull up on the knob on the tool to grasp the button and unlock the car

Tool RCBM

Go To Index
Page 538
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
MERCEDES028b-M1MERCEDES 1886 Style06 1 startv
MERCEDES Met hod - M1
Mercedes E 350 Coupe 2011 2014
Tool RCBM Remote control Button Master
1) Use the Starter Air jack to make working room do not use a jack tool
2) Insert the regular air Jack
3) Insert the RCBM tool into the car
4) loop the door lock button
5) Pull up on the knob on the tool to grasp the button and unlock the car

Tool RCBM

Use the Air Jack to make room for a
Button Tool
Insert the starter Air Jack to mak work-
ing room
Insert the second regular air jack
Insert the RCBM tool to hook the lock
button
Lift the door lock button Tighten the loop with the remote
control handle
Go To Index
Page 539
MERCEDES028b-M2MERCEDES 1887 Style06 1 V5701
MERCEDES
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
Met hod - M2
Mercedes E350 Coupe 2011 2014
Tool: Strip Tool - 57
1. Insert Strip Saver in between door and window frame at the very front of the car 2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool
between the Strip Saver and the door or window frame. (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM)
3. Very carefully walk the Strip t ool around the door frame to the back of the door. (You may use a wedge to gain
extra working room)
4. Manuever Strip Tool to hook door lock knob.
5. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.

Tool 57

MERCEDES C320 Insert Tool in Door Corner Push the tool so it enter the vehicle
Twist the tool by pushing only one
strap at a time
Pull while lifting to unlock Hook the door lock button
Go To Index
Page 540
M
e
r
c
e
d
e
s
MERCEDES029MERCEDES 1769 Style00 1 RCBM
Mercedes Met hod - M1
Mercedes GLK SUV 2010 2012
Tool RCBM Remote control Button Master
1) Use the Air wedge to make working room do not use a jack tool
2) Insert the RCBM tool into the car
3) loop the door lock button
4) Pull up on the knob on the tool to grasp the button and unlock the car

Tool RCBM

Go To Index
Page 541
MERCEDES029bMERCEDES 1647 Style00 1 Startmulti
Mercedes
M
e
r
c
e
d
e
s
Met hod - M2
Mercedes GLK SUV 2010 2012
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78sg

Go To Index
Page 542
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
MERCEDES030MERCEDES 1742 Style00 1 R5004
MERCEDES Met hod - M1
Mercedes E Class Convertible 2010 2012 Mercedes E Class Coupe 2010 2012
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL WITH CLASSMAN - 78SG
1 Insert the Classman wedge between the window and the vehicle
2. Insert the tool through the gap in the center opf the Glassman wedge passing the tool into the vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle or door lock button.
4. Pull back on the door handle or button to unlock the vehicle.
Use of Glass Saver system is recommended!
PASSENGER
DOOR
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 543
MERCEDES031MERCEDES 1766 Style00 1 V5702
MERCEDES
M
E
R
C
E
D
E
S
Met hod - M1
Mercedes E Class 2010 2012
Tool: Strip Tool - 57
1. Insert Strip Saver in between door and window frame at the very front of the car (SEE DIAGRAM FOR
POSITION).
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between the Strip Saver and the door or window frame. (SEE INSERTION
DIAGRAM)
3. Very carefully walk the Strip tool around the door frame to the back of the door. (You may use a wedge
to gain extra working room)
4. Manuever Strip Tool to hook door lock knob.
5. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.
NOTE: This vehicle is equipped with driver and passenger side do or airbags. This tool works from the
outside of the car, and will not disturb the airbag. While we design our openings to avoid disruption of
the airbag, we recommend that all locksmiths inform customers of potential airbag damage and secure a
release of liability and strongly urge the car owner to have the airbag inspected for damage following the
opening.

Tool 57

Go To Index
Page 544
M
I
N
I
MINI002MINI 1279 Style06 1 R5004DD
MINI Met hod - M1
Mini Clubman Long body 2008 2012
Mini Cooper
Mini Cooper Convertible 2008 2012
Mini Cooper Convertible Convertible 2009 2012
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1 Insert the Glassman tool in-between the Glass and the weather-striping on the Drivers door
2) insert the long reach tool in-between the two layers of protective material on the Glassman tool
3) Pull on the door lock handle twice with the tip of the long reach tool to unlock the door
Drivers Door
DOOR
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction

Tool 78SG

Mini Cooper Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside vehicle
Go To Index
Page 545
MINI005MINI 1884 Style00 1 Starthand
MINI
M
I
N
I
Met hod - M1
Mini Countryman 4 door 2011 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to open the door

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 546
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
MITSUBISHI001MITSUBISHI 984 Style04 1 H9104F
MITSUBISHI Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi 3000 GT 1991 1999 Mitsubishi 3000 GT Spyder Convertible 1991 1999
Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tip of tool toward front of car.
3. Insert tool into door at the position shown below.
4. Rest the tip of the tool on the linkage closest to the outside of the door.
5. Rotate the tool to bind and move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle (SEE ENLARGEMENT DIAGRAM).
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car for movement.

Tool 91L

Mitsubishi 3000GT Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Rotate tool to bind the lock linkage and
move the linkage towards the front of
the vehicle.
Go To Index
Page 547
MITSUBISHI002MITSUBISHI 918 Style04 1 V2601
MITSUBISHI
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Galant 1987 1993
Mitsubishi Diamante 1992 1996
Mitsubishi Diamante 1992 1996
Mitsubishi Diamante Wagon 1993 1996
Mitsubishi Galant 1987 1993
Mitsubishi Mirage 2 Door Coupe 1989 1992
Mitsubishi Mirage 4 Door Sedan 1989 1996
Tool: Large side of double tool 26.
1. Separate glass from weather-s trip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE : You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26

Mitsubishi Galant Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Close-up of door without inside panel
Go To Index
Page 548
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
MITSUBISHI005MITSUBISHI 988 Style04 1 H2317B
MITSUBISHI Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Eclipse 1990 1994
Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear of
the door.

Tool 23

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Door without inside panel
close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 549
MITSUBISHI006MITSUBISHI 989 Style05 1 H2318F
MITSUBISHI
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Eclipse 1995 1999 Mitsubishi Starion 1983 1989
Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front
of the car.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23

Mitsubishi Eclipse Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up- move linkage to front
Go To Index
Page 550
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
MITSUBISHI009MITSUBISHI 1376 Style05 1 R3511RD
MITSUBISHI Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Endeavor 2004 2008 Mitsubishi Endeavor 2010 2012
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lo ck button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Alternative method use
Alternate altohj
Tool 65

Mitsubishi Endeavor Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.
View from Inside the Door.
Go To Index
Page 551
MITSUBISHI012MITSUBISHI 1123 Style05 1 H2316F
MITSUBISHI
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Galant 1999 2003 Mitsubishi Galant 1994 1998
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool toward front of car.
3. Lower tool into care (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION).
5. Watch the door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. Once the correct linkage is bound, you will see the but-
ton move.
6. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards the rear of the car as to move the linkage towards the
front of the car.

Tool 23

Mitsubishi Galant Tool in Insertion position. Tool in Working Position.
Inside door panel. Close Up
Go To Index
Page 552
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
MITSUBISHI012xMITSUBISHI 987 Style04 1 H2316F
MITSUBISHI Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Diamante 1997 2004
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle so as to move the linkage towards the
front of the car.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23

Mitsubishi Diamante Tool in working position View of inside of door
Turn tool to move linkage towards front
of car
Go To Index
Page 553
MITSUBISHI013MITSUBISHI 1375 Style04 1 R8901RD
MITSUBISHI
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Galant 2004 2012
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.
Rear
Door

Tool 89

Mitsubishi Galant Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.
View from Inside the Door
Go To Index
Page 554
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
MITSUBISHI014MITSUBISHI 259 Style04 1 h6602frd
MITSUBISHI Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Evolution 2004 2007
Mitsubishi Lancer 4 door 2002 2006
Mitsubishi Ralliart Sedan 2004 2005
Tool: Check Mark Tool - 66
1. Using the REAR PASSENGER DOOR, separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert appro priate end of tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle.
3. Lower tool under top linkage (see enlargement diagram).
4. Lift tool to hook linkage.
5. Turn handle to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle .

Tool 66

MITSUBISHI LANCER Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the vehicle
Go To Index
Page 555
MITSUBISHI015MITSUBISHI 921 Style00 1 HSJ01
MITSUBISHI
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Mirage 1985 1988
TOOL: SLIM JIM
1. Separate glass from weather-strips.
2. Use front door.
3. Move the lock pawl with tip of the Slim Jim.
NOTE: Watch door lock button.

Tool SJ

Go To Index
Page 556
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
MITSUBISHI017MITSUBISHI 991 Style04 1 H2321F
MITSUBISHI Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Mirage 2 door 1993 1996 Mitsubishi Mirage 3 Door Hatch 1989 1996
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL -23
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE DIAGRAM FOR POSITION)
4. Bind the linkage by twisting the tool (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rock the tool towards the front of the car in order to move the linkage forward.
Note: Look at the door lock button inside car for movement. When you have found the linkage, you will see the lock
button move.

Tool 23

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Door without inside panel
Close Up- move linkage to front
Go To Index
Page 557
MITSUBISHI018MITSUBISHI 992 Style05 1 H2316F
MITSUBISHI
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Mirage 2 door 1997 2002 Mitsubishi Mirage Sedan 4 door 1997 2002
Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front
of the car.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23

Mitsubishi Mirage Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Grab lower lock linkage with hook on
the end of the tool
Turn tool to move linkage towards front
of car
Go To Index
Page 558
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
MITSUBISHI019MITSUBISHI 196 Style03 1 V2601
MITSUBISHI Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Expo 1993 1994 Mitsubishi Montero 1989 2000
TOOL: LARGE SIDE OF DOUBLE TOOL 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2.Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3.Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26

Montero LS Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 559
MITSUBISHI021MITSUBISHI 1188 Style05 1 H9194FRD
MITSUBISHI
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Montero 2001 2007
TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 91s
1. Insert Strip Saver and Weather Strip in rear passenger side door to create opening for tool.
2.With tip of tool facing the front of the vehicle, lower tool into the door (see diagram for position)
3.Twist tool handle and lift to hook and bind lock linkage.
4.Turn handle towards rear of vehicle to move linkage to front and unlock the door.
Linkage

Tool 91S

MITSUBISHI MONTERO Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action
Go To Index
Page 560
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
MITSUBISHI022MITSUBISHI 1142 Style06 1 H2361F
MITSUBISHI Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Montero Sport 1997 2004
Tool - Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather - strip.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Lower the tool into the door until it lays on the lock linkage.
4. Rotate tool to bind the linkage.
5. Pull down and forward on the tool so that the linkage moves toward the front of the car.

Tool 23

Mitsubishi Montero Sport Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Close up of inside door without panel Close up of tool and linkage Move linkage to front of vehicle
Go To Index
Page 561
MITSUBISHI023MITSUBISHI 1280 Style05 1 h2394FRD
MITSUBISHI
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Outlander 2003 2006
TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23
1. Insert Strip Saver and Weather Strip in rear passenger side door to create opening for tool.
2.With tip of tool facing the front of the vehicle, lower tool into the door (see diagram for position)
3.Twist tool handle and lift to hook and bind lock linkage.
4.Turn handle towards rear of vehicle to move linkage to front and unlock the door.
Linkage

Tool 23

Mitsubishi Outlander Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the vehicle Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 562
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
MITSUBISHI024MITSUBISHI 993 Style04 1 V2601
MITSUBISHI Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Precis 1990 1993
Tool: DOUBLE HOOK TOOL - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strips.
2. Use front door.
3. Point tip of tool toward rear of car.
4. Insert tool into door. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
5. Hook the bottom of the lock button and lift.
Note: Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct rod, you will see the door lock button move.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt47
INSER TION
Front Passenger
Door
Tool 26

Mitsubishi Precis Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Pull up
Go To Index
Page 563
MITSUBISHI025MITSUBISHI 1487 Style04 1 V4701
MITSUBISHI
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Raider 2006 2009
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Mitsubishi Raider Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Hook lock rod and lift to unlock
Go To Index
Page 564
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
MITSUBISHI027MITSUBISHI 439 Style02 1 V2601
MITSUBISHI Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Mighty Max All
Mitsubishi Pickup
Mitsubishi Van Upto 1990
Tool: Large side of double tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26
Mitsubishi Van Tool in working position

Go To Index
Page 565
MITSUBISHI028MITSUBISHI 613 Style05 1 R5007
MITSUBISHI
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Eclipse Spyder Convertible 2007 2012
Mitsubishi Eclipse 2000 2005
Mitsubishi Eclipse 2006 2012
Mitsubishi Eclipse Spyder Convertible 2003 2005
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge
1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar
2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in
front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool move the door lock button to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pull the door handle on the outside of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 78SG

Mitsubishi Eclipse Spyder Insert glass wedge in window Insert long reach tool into glass wedge
Push tip of tool on lock button to
unlock
Closeup of tool tip unlocking door
Go To Index
Page 566
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
MITSUBISHI029MITSUBISHI 614 Style05 1 R8901FD
MITSUBISHI Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Lancer 2007 2012 Mitsubishi Lancer Sport Back 2007 2012
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 89

Mitsubishi Lancer Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the vehicle Pull door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 567
MITSUBISHI029xMITSUBISHI 61 Style04 1 R8901FD
MITSUBISHI
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi Outlander 2007 2012
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 89

Mitsubishi Outlander Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Push door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 568
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I
MITSUBISHI030xxMITSUBISHI 1885 Style00 1 Startmulti
MITSUBISHI Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi IMIEV 2012 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 569
MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS 1496 Style02 1 V4718HT
MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi HT Fuso FE Old Style All
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Direction
Wedge
Tool
Direction

Tool 47
Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Go To Index
Page 570
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS 944 Style02 1 V10506HT
MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M2
Mitsubishi HT Fuso FE Old Style All
Tool: 105
1.Insert the tool into the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool with the tip facing the rear INSIDE of the door.
3.Hook the door lock rod where it connects to the door latch mechanism.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck.
Direction
Wedge
Tool
Direction

Tool 105
Tool in the insertion position. Tool in working position. Hook lock linkage and
lift to unlock.

Go To Index
Page 571
MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS002MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS 945 Style03 1 V4719HT
MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS
M
I
T
S
U
B
I
S
H
I

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Mitsubishi HT Fuso FE NewStyle All
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Direction
Wedge
Tool
Direction

Tool 47

Mitsubishi Fuso Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position. Hook the lock
rod with the tip and lift to unlock.
Go To Index
Page 572
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN001NISSAN 1347 Style04 1 V4710
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan 200SX 1987 1995
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool

Tool 47

Nissan 200 SX Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 573
NISSAN002NISSAN 996 Style06 1 H4205
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M1
Nissan 200SX 2 door 1996 1998
Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car below linkage guard and linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. Rotate tool so handle points away from the vehicle.
5. Lift up on tool and hook linkage (note: you are reaching behind the shield).
6. Twist tool so handle points towards the front of the vehicle in order to bind the linkage.
7. Rock tool so that the linkage moves towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: In order to remove the tool, frst lift tool completely off the linkage, rock tool so tip moves towards inside of
door panel, lower tool, rotate it and lift up.

Tool 42

NISSAN 200SX Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Twist tool to move linkage towards
front of vehicle
Twist tool in order to bind lock linkage
Go To Index
Page 574
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN003NISSAN 1346 Style04 1 H4703
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan 240SX 1989 1994
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
ENLARGEMENT

Alternative method use
Alternate AltGM
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 47

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View from inside the door
Close up of tool on linkage
Go To Index
Page 575
NISSAN005NISSAN 1348 Style05 1 H4720
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M1
Nissan 300ZX 1983 1989
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
ENLARGEMENT

Alternative method use
Alternate AltGM
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Tool 47

Nissan 300ZX Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool on lock linkage
Go To Index
Page 576
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN007NISSAN 1343 Style06 1 glassman
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan 350 Z 2003 2005
Nissan 240SX 1995 1998
Nissan 300ZX 1990 1996
Nissan 350 Z 2006 2008
Nissan 350 Z Roadster 2004 2009
Nissan GTR 2009 2012
Nissan NX 2 Door 1991 1994
Nissan Pulsar All
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge
1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar
2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in
front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool Unlock the door.
This opening is provided for use in extreme emergencies only, and is not recommended under for use under normal
circumstances.
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

Nissan 350 Z Insert Super Wedge/Glassman and
Tool
Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action Push Door Luck Button
Go To Index
Page 577
NISSAN008-M1NISSAN 998 Style04 1 H4213F
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M1
Nissan Altima 1993 1997
Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert tool with tip about 4 from rear door frame (point tip towards rear of vehicle).
3. Lower tool under linkage (approx. 5 down).
4. Lift tool to catch linkage.
5. Twist tool to bind linkage.
6. Move linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the door
lock button move.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 42

NISSAN ALTIMA Tool in working position View from inside the door
View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 578
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN009NISSAN 1124 Style05 1 H8614FRD
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan Altima 1998 2001
Tool : Triple Hook Tool - 86
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on REAR DOOR.
2. Insert tool with tip (the side of the tool with a 90 0 bend) pointing towards rear of vehicle (see illustration for posi-
tion).
3. Lower tool under top linkage (see enlargement diagram).
4. Lift tool to catch linkage.
5. Twist tool to bind linkage.
6. Pull tool to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
Wedge
Linkage
REAR
DOOR
Move
to Front
Wed
Linkage
Move to Front
H8614FRD.eps
REAR
DOOR

Tool 86

Nissan Altima Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool
Go To Index
Page 579
NISSAN010NISSAN 1105 Style04 1 R3511RD
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M1
Nissan Altima 2002 2006 Nissan Maxima 2004 2008
Tool: Inside Access Tool 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 35

NISSAN ALTIMA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Inside view for tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 580
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN010bNISSAN 62 Style05 1 R3511RD
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan Altima 2007 2009
Tool: Inside Access Tool 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

Nissan Altima Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the vehicle Pull door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 581
NISSAN010cNISSAN 1888 Style05 1 R3502
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M1
Nissan Altima 2010 2013
Tool: Inside Access Tool 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

Nissan Altima Tool in insertion position Bring tool up on the inside the vehicle
Move the tool into position inside the
vehicle
Pull door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 582
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN011NISSAN 1379 Style04 1 H7404
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan Armada 2004 2012
Nissan Pathfnder Armada 2004 2012
Nissan Titan 2004 2012
Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the front of the car, lower tool into door at the very front of the Drivers door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool
emerges from under the glass and inside of the car. Note : it may be diffcult to lift the tool up into the vehicle. Gently
probe to fnd the gap between the glass and the inside door panel.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, maneuver the tool to push down on the electric door lock button and
unlock the door. Driver s door only

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 74

Nissan Armada Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
View from Inside the Door.
Go To Index
Page 583
NISSAN011-M2NISSAN 1506 Style06 1 H7703RD
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M2
Nissan Armada 2004 2012 Nissan Pathfnder Armada 2004 2012
TOOL: 77 Tool
1. Loosen and remove the license plate s left side light directly above the license plate.
2.Insert tool inside license plate light cavity.
3.Hook door lock activator bell crank.
4.Pull down on tool to move latch and unlock rear door.


Tool 77

Nissan Armada Tool in Insertion Position. Lift Rear
Door Handle Hatch to Insert Tool.
Closeup of Tool Insertion Point.
Tool in Working Position Hook Latch with Tool. Lift to Unlock. View from Inside Rear Door. Position
Tool to Hook Latch.
Go To Index
Page 584
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN012-M1NISSAN 71 Style05 1 H8611
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan Frontier 1998 2004 Nissan Pickup 1998 2004
Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86
1.Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower into the door at the position shown in the diagram.
Note Do not lower the tool far into the door, as the linkage is very high.
3.Lift tool to hook and bind linkage.
4.Turn tool handle towards rear of vehicle to move linkage forward and unlock the door.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
H8611.eps

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt35
Tool 86

NISSAN FRONTIER Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Door without inside panel Close up of tool and linkage
Go To Index
Page 585
NISSAN012-M2NISSAN 1135 Style05 1 R3503
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M2
Nissan Frontier 1998 2004
Nissan Frontier 2005 2012
Nissan Pickup 1998 2005
Tool: Inside Access Tool 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
The door lock will relock automatically, so you must open the door immediately after unlocking it.
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

NISSAN FRONTIER Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Tool inside vehicle View from inside of vehicle
Go To Index
Page 586
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN014NISSAN 1199 Style05 1 H4709RD
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan Frontier CrewCab 2001 2004 Nissan Open Sky 2003 2004
TOOL: S Tool- 47
1.Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into passenger side door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower tool into door directly above the door handle.
3.Lower the tool approximately half way into the door.
4.Twist tool to hook lock linkage below the bell crank (See Diagram and Photos).
5.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock the door.


Tool 47

NISSAN FRONTIER CREW CAB Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Hook Linkage and Pull up to Engage
Bell Crank
Go To Index
Page 587
NISSAN015NISSAN 648 Style00 1 V4701
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M1
Nissan Maxima 1990 1994
Nissan Sentra 1987 1990
Nissan Stanza 1982 1998
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver TM and insert a wedge between
the Strip Saver TM and the window.
2.Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3.Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4.Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt26
Tool 47

Go To Index
Page 588
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN017NISSAN 649 Style04 1 H4212F
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan Maxima 1995 1999
Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Hook and bind lock linkage directly under doorknob.
3. Rock tool towards front of car to move linkage forward.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt35
Tool 42

NISSAN MAXIMA Tool in working position Close up of inside door without panel
Close up of tool
Go To Index
Page 589
NISSAN018NISSAN 995 Style05 1 H6602FRD
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M1
Nissan Maxima 2000 2003
Tool: Check Mark Tool - 66
1. Using the REAR PASSENGER DOOR, separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert appro priate end of tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle.
3. Lower tool under top linkage (see enlargement diagram).
4. Lift tool to hook linkage.
5. Turn handle to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt26
Tool 66

NISSAN MAXIMA 2000 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Close up of door without inside panel Close up of tool and linkage
Go To Index
Page 590
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN019NISSAN 1281 Style04 1 R3511RD
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan Murano 2003 2008
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positio ned in front of the door lock button (See fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 65

Nissan Murano Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 591
NISSAN021NISSAN 197 Style04 1 V2601
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M1
Nissan Axxess 1990 1992
Nissan Pathfnder 1982 1995
Nissan Pickup 1985 1997
Nissan Truck 1985 1997
Tool : Large side of double tool - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
Note: you should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26

NISSAN PICKUP TRUCK Tool in Working Position Door without Inside Panel
Close up of Door without Inside Panel
Go To Index
Page 592
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN022NISSAN 70 Style04 1 H8616FRD
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan Pathfnder 1996 2004
TOOL: Triple Hook Tool- 86
1.Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into REAR passenger door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle and lower tool into the door. Do not lower tool deep into the door (See
diagram and photos for position).
3.Twist tool handle and lift to hook and bind lock linkage.
4.Turn tool handle to rear of vehicle to move linkage towards front of vehicle and unlock the door.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
H8616FRD.eps

Tool 86

Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position View from Inside the Door
Close up of Tool in Action
Go To Index
Page 593
NISSAN023NISSAN 1444 Style06 1 R3512
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M1
Nissan Pathfnder 2005 2012
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate AltOHJ
Tool 89

Nissan Pathfnder Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position on Inside of
the Car.
View from Inside the Car. Closeup of Tool in Action. Hit Door Lock Button to Unlock the
Car.
Go To Index
Page 594
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN025NISSAN 1066 Style04 1 H4703
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan Quest van 1993 2002
TOOL: S Tool- 47
1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into passenger side door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower tool into door directly above the door handle.
3.Lower the tool approximately half way into the door.
4.Twist tool to hook lock linkage below the bell crank (See Diagram and Photos).
5.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock the door.
ENLARGEMENT

Tool 47

NISSAN QUEST Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Door without inside panel
Go To Index
Page 595
NISSAN026NISSAN 1380 Style06 1 R3501
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M1
Nissan Quest van 2004 2010
Tool : Inside Access Tool 35
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger rear door.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car below linkage guard and linkage at the very front of the rear door
4. Rotate tool so the tip of the tool contacts the door lock button.
5. Move the door lock button in order to unlock the vehicle.

Tool 35

Nissan Quest Tool in insertion position. Lower tool into the door.
Lift working end of tool inside the
vehicle.
Hook the door lock button to unlock
the door.
Maneuver the tool to reach the door
lock button.
Go To Index
Page 596
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN026B-M1NISSAN 1894 Style06 1 Quest_1
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan Quest van 2011 2013
Tool 126
1) Use the rear passenger sliding door for this opening.
2) measure about for inches from the pillar post the tool can be used as a guide.
3) mark that spot so you can lower the tool into the door at that position
4) turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside of the vehicle.
5) the tool should be resting on the weather striping.
6: the hole you must fnd is directly behind the door lock button ion the inside.
7) the tip of the tool must be poked through thin plastic sheet (paper thin)
8) push the tip of the tool in while moving the tip to the rear
9) The tip must move the plastic lever in the door towards the rear which in turn will lift the door lock button
INSIDE VIEW
PUSH PUSH
Poke tool through
plastic sheet

Tool 126

Nissan Quest Use the tool to get an approximately
insertion point about 4 from post
Insert the tool at the sliding passenger
rear door
Lower the tool into the door turning the
tip towards the inside
Note the position of the tool, the tool
must move the plastic lever forward
the tip of the tool must poke through
plastic liner in the door to move lever
forward
Go To Index
Page 597
NISSAN026B-M2NISSAN 1895 Style06 1 jack_but
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M2
Nissan Quest van 2011 2013
Instructions
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG
1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage door lock release button.
6 Push the door lock Button Forward to Unlock the door
Button

Tool 78SG

Nissan Quest Use thejack tool Insert the air jack
Infate the air Jack Move the button to unlock Insert the long reach tool
Go To Index
Page 598
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN027NISSAN 1893 Style00 1 startbut
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan NV Linup 2012 - 2013
Instructions
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door
Button

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 599
NISSAN030NISSAN 1152 Style05 1 R3501
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M1
Nissan Sentra 2001 2006
Nissan Sentra 1991 1994
Nissan Sentra 1995 1999
Nissan Sentra SE-R 2004 2006
Tool : Inside Access Tool 35
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger rear door.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car below linkage guard and linkage at the very front of the rear door
4. Rotate tool so the tip of the tool contacts the door lock button.
5. Move the door lock button in order to unlock the vehicle.

Tool 35

Nissan Sentra Tool in insertion position Lower tool into door
Tool in working position Lean tool to access door lock button
Go To Index
Page 600
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN032NISSAN 1446 Style00 1 R3512
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan Xterra 2005 2012 Nissan Xterra 2000 2004
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate startmulti
Tool 89

Go To Index
Page 601
NISSAN033NISSAN 1889 Style00 1 startmulti
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M1
Nissan Juke 2011 2012
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78

Go To Index
Page 602
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN034NISSAN 63 Style05 1 R3511RD
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan Sentra 2007 2012
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positio ned in front of the door lock button (See fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note:To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 65

Nissan Sentra Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the vehicle Push door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 603
NISSAN035NISSAN 64 Style04 1 R3512
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M1
Nissan Versa 4 door 2007 2011 Nissan Versa 5 door Hatch 2007 2012
Tool: 35 Under Window Tool
1. Insert strip saver and wedge between glass and weather-striping
2.Insert tool into the front door
3.Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door(see fgure2).
4.Lower tool (see fgure 3).
5.Slide tool in the door
6.Rotate the tool into the door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass
7.Raise the tool until the portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is positioned in
front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
8.Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the moving of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 35

Nissan Versa Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Push door lock button to unlock
Go To Index
Page 604
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN035BNISSAN 1890 Style00 1 startmulti
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan Versa 4 door 2012 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 35

Go To Index
Page 605
NISSAN038NISSAN 578 Style03 1 jacktool
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M1
Nissan Rogue 2008 2012
TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG
1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and infate.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78SG

Insert the air Wedge Insert the long reach tool
Go To Index
Page 606
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN039NISSAN 1648 Style00 1 glassman
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan 370 Z 2009 2012
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to
unlock the vehicle
NOTE: Due to the size of the window, this opening may be diffcult to perform.
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 607
NISSAN040NISSAN 1620 Style05 1 Startbut
Nissan
N
i
s
s
a
n
Met hod - M1
Nissan Cube 2009 2013
Instructions
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door
Button

Tool 78SG

Nissan Cube Use the stater wedge to make working
room
Insert the regular Air jack
Insert the long reach tool Push the door lock button to unlock the
vehicle
Go To Index
Page 608
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN041NISSAN 1650 Style06 1 R3511RD
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan Murano 2009 2012
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button
7. Twist the tool to pull the lock back and unlock the vehicle.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 65

Nissan Murano Tool insertion Position Lower the tool into the door
Bring the tool into the inside of the close up move the door lock button
Go To Index
Page 609
NISSAN041BNISSAN 1892 Style00 1 Glassman
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M1
Nissan Murano Cabriolet 2011 2012
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge
1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar
2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool Unlock the door.
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 610
N
I
S
S
A
N
NISSAN042NISSAN 1649 Style06 1 R3511RD
NISSAN Met hod - M1
Nissan Maxima 2009 2012
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button
7. Twist the tool to pull the lock back and unlock the vehicle.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 65

Maxima Use the rear door Insert with the tip facing the front
Lift tool and bring V tip on the inside of
the vehicle
Twist tool to unlock the vehicle Position tool onto the button
Go To Index
Page 611
NISSAN043NISSAN 1745 Style00 1 startmulti
NISSAN
N
I
S
S
A
N
Met hod - M1
Nissan Leaf 4 door 2011 2012
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 612
P
E
T
E
R
B
I
L
T

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS002PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS 1500 Style03 1 V4717HT
PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Peterbilt 387 All Peterbilt 270 Day Cab Over All
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Pull
Up
Wedge
Pull Up
Tool
Linkage

Tool 47

Peterbilt 387 Insert tool at rear of passenger door Hook door linkage w/ tip of tool and lift
tool to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 613
PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS002xPETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS 1498 Style03 1 V4719HT
PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS
P
E
T
E
R
B
I
L
T

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Peterbilt Day Cab Over All
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Direction
Wedge
Tool
Direction

Tool 47

Peterbilt Day Cab Over Insert tool in position shown Hook door linkage w/ tip of tool and lift
tool to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 614
P
E
T
E
R
B
I
L
T

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS003PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS 1497 Style04 1 V2616HT
PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Peterbilt 389 All
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Pull
Up

Linkage
Tool
Pull
Up

Tool 26

Peterbilt 389 Tool in working position Lower tool into door w/ tip under door
lock button. Lift tool to unlock door
View from inside door
Go To Index
Page 615
PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS003xPETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS 1501 Style03 1 V2616HT
PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS
P
E
T
E
R
B
I
L
T

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Peterbilt All Other Models All
Tool: Double Tool 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Wedge
Pull
Up

Linkage
Tool
Pull
Up

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt103-04
Tool 26

Peterbilt 378 Insert tool in position shown Lower tool into door under door lock
button lift tool to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 616
P
E
U
G
E
O
T
PEUGEOT001PEUGEOT 1530 Style00 1 V8804
PEUGEOT Met hod - M1
Peugeot All All
Tool: DOUBLE BEND TOOL - 88
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG.FOR POSITION)
4. Hook lock lever with tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock lever inside of the car. When you have hooked the correct
lever inside the door, you will see the door lock button move.
V8804.eps

Tool 88-20

Go To Index
Page 617
PORSCHE005PORSCHE 1002 Style05 1 R5004
PORSCHE
P
O
R
S
C
H
E
Met hod - M1
Porsche Boxter All
Porsche 911 1987 2005
Porsche ALL OTHERS
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg
1.Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3.Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4.With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.
Use of the Glass Master wedge system is recommended.
PASSENGER
DOOR
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction

Tool 78SG

Porsche Boxter Insert protective sleeve Insert glassmaster and tool
Manuever tool to unlock door Hook door lock handle with end of tool
Go To Index
Page 618
P
O
R
S
C
H
E
PORSCHE006PORSCHE 266 Style06 1 RLJ04
PORSCHE Met hod - M1
Porsche 928 Coupe All Porsche Cayenne 2003 2012
Tool- 78SG Use the one hand jack and the Regular Air jack
1. Use the jack tool to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Jack Tool
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage Pull the door Handle to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door
Pull Handle

Tool 78SG

Porsche Cayenne Insert Strip Saver on Top Side of Door. Insert One Hand Jack Into Door
Through Strip Saver.
Use Air Jack Wedge to Create a Cavity
in the Door.
Hook Door Handle to Unlock. Tool in Working Position. Insert on Top
of Door to Position Working end.
Go To Index
Page 619
PORSCHE007PORSCHE 1704 Style06 1 jackhand
PORSCHE
P
O
R
S
C
H
E
Met hod - M1
Porsche Panamera 2010 2012
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg
1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.
Use of The Glass Master Wedge System is Recommended!

Tool 78sg

Panamera Insert the air jack Insert the
Use the twin Air Jack to assure even
distribution for opening
pull the door handle to unlock the door Hook the door handle
Go To Index
Page 620
P
O
R
S
C
H
E
PORSCHE008PORSCHE 667 Style06 1 R5004
PORSCHE Met hod - M1
Porsche 911 Carrera 2006 2012
Porsche 911 1980 1986
Porsche 911 Carrera S 2006 2012
Porsche 944 1987 1992
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg
1.Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2.Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3.Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4.With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.
Use of the Glass Master wedge system is recommended.
PASSENGER
DOOR
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction

Tool 78SG

Porsche Carerra Insert protector Insert glassman tool
Insert tool into cavity created by glass-
man
Hook door lock button to unlock door View from inside the vehicle
Go To Index
Page 621
ROLLS ROYCE001ROLLS ROYCE 1003 Style00 1 H8804
ROLLS ROYCE
R
O
L
L
S

R
O
Y
C
E
Met hod - M1
Rolls Royce Corniche All
TOOL: Double Bend Tool - 88
1. Separate glass from the weather-stripping using a wedge (use care).
2. Insert the tool with tip of tool pointing towards the rear of the car.
3. Hook lock linkage behind rear inner door handle (there are two inner door handles, front and rear).
4. Move the lock rod towards the front of the car.
NOTE: Watch the rear door handle inside of the car for movement. When you contact the proper rod, you
will see the rear door lock handle move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo
h8804

Tool 88-20

Go To Index
Page 622
S
A
A
B
SAAB002SAAB 1005 Style06 1 H2207
SAAB Met hod - M2
Saab 9000 1986 1999
Saab 900 Upto 1993
Saab 9000 1986 1999
Tool: SMALL HOOK TOOL 22
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. Hook Bell Crank with end of tool.
5. Lift straight up on tool in order to raise the lock button.

Tool 22

Saab 9000 Tool in insertion Position Tool in working position
View From Inside The Door Hook bell crank and lift Hook Bell Crank and lift to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 623
SAAB003SAAB 1383 Style03 1 H7711
SAAB
S
A
A
B
Met hod - M1
Saab 92 2005 2006 Saab 92X 2005 2006
Tool: - 77
1.Separate glass from weather-strip of the passenger side front door with a Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point appropriate tool end towards the front of the vehicle and lower into the door directly above the
door handle (See photo 2 and 3).
3. Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access lock linkage.
4. Hook and bind lower lock linkage with tool.
5. Move tool downward to push linkage down and unlock the door.

Tool 77

Saab 92X Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 624
S
A
A
B
SAAB005SAAB 532 Style05 1 V2601
SAAB Met hod - M2
Saab 900 1994 &up
Saab 9-3 1999 2002
Saab 9-3 Convertible 1999 2002
Saab 9-3 Convertible 1999 2002
Saab 9-3 1999 2002
Saab 9-5 1999 2001
Saab 9-5 1999 2001
Saab 900 1994 &up
Tool: Double Tool - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with wedge.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE : You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car for movement.

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt26
Tool 26

Saab 93 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside door Close Up
Go To Index
Page 625
SAAB006SAAB 1283 Style05 1 V4701
SAAB
S
A
A
B
Met hod - M1
Saab 9-3 2003 2012
Saab 9-3 Convertible 2003 2011
Saab 9-3 Sport 2007 2011
Saab 9-5 2002 2010
Saab 9-5 Convertible 2004 2006
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Saab 93 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Close up of door without inside panel Lift tool to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 626
S
A
A
B
SAAB008SAAB 686 Style05 1 H2382F
SAAB Met hod - M1
Saab 9-7X 2005 2010
TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side door.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage
4.Hook the lower lock linkage with the working end of the tool.
5.Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle to move the linkage towards the front and unlock the door.
PASSENGER DOOR

Wedge
Move to front
Linkage
Tool
Move to front

Tool 23

Saab 97x Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool on lock linkage
Go To Index
Page 627
SAAB009SAAB 1896 Style06 1 V12501
SAAB
S
A
A
B
Met hod - M1
Saab 9-5 2010 2012
Instructions
Tool:125 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door

Tool 125

Saab 9-5 Tool in insertion position Insert the tool as shown
tool in working positron close up hook the linkage with the tip pf the tool
Go To Index
Page 628
G
M

C
h
e
v
r
o
l
e
t

C
a
d
i
l
l
a
c

B
u
i
c
k

O
l
d
s
m
o
b
i
l
e

P
o
n
t
i
a
c

G
e
o

S
a
t
-
u
r
n

G
M
C
SAAB010Saab 1897 Style05 1 VSRX2010
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Met hod - M1
Saab 9-4X SUV 2011 2013
Tool:125 Tool
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate altohj
Tool 125

Tool 124 Tool Being Inserted Tool Grasping Linkage
View form inside the door close-up
Saab
Go To Index
Page 629
SCION001SCION 1448 Style04 1 R3510
SCION
S
C
I
O
N
Met hod - M1
Scion TC 2005 2010
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.


Tool 65

Scion TC Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position. Working End
of Tool Inside the Car.
View from Inside the Door. Hook Door
Lock Button to Unlock.
Go To Index
Page 630
S
C
I
O
N
SCION002SCION 1397 Style04 1 R3511RD
SCION Met hod - M1
Scion XA 2004 2007
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 65

Scion XA Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.
View from Inside the Door.
Go To Index
Page 631
SCION003SCION 1396 Style03 1 V4701
SCION
S
C
I
O
N
Met hod - M1
Scion XB 2004 2007
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt81
Tool 47

Scion XB Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.
Go To Index
Page 632
S
C
I
O
N
SCION004SCION 1600 Style05 1 jacktool
SCION Met hod - M1
Scion XB 3 Door 2008 2012
TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG
1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and infate.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78SG

Scion XB Make room using the jack Tool Insert the AirJack
Insert the long reach tool Move the door lock button
Go To Index
Page 633
SCION005SCION 1599 Style04 1 jacktool
SCION
S
C
I
O
N
Met hod - M1
Scion XD 2008 2012
TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG
1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and infate.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78SG

Scion XD Insert the Air Wedge Insert the long reach tool
Move the door lock button with the tool
Go To Index
Page 634
S
c
i
o
n
SCION006SCION 1898 Style00 1 startmulti
Scion Met hod - M1
Scion IQ 2012 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 635
SCION007SCION 1899 Style00 1 startmulti
Scion
S
c
i
o
n
Met hod - M1
Scion XD 2012 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 636
S
m
a
r
t
Smart001M1SMART 1666 Style06 1 SmartUC
Smart Met hod - M1
Smart ForTwo 2 door 2008 2012
TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. Create small opening at the roof of car by lifting canvas by hand
2. Insert the tool in the opening and guide the tool into the vehicle.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool pull the door lock handle to unlock door
Tool
Lift Canvas To
Insert Tool
Handle

Tool 78sg

Smart ForTwo Carefully lift rim of canvas Manuver tip of Long Reach Tool for
insertion under the canvas
Insert Long Reach Tool through under
the canvas
Pull the handle to open door Position tip of tool under the opening
handle
Go To Index
Page 637
Smart001M2SMART 1618 Style03 1 r3501
Smart
S
m
a
r
t
Met hod - M2
Smart ForTwo 2 door 2008 2012
TOOL: Long Inside Access - 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4 Lower (see fgure 3).
5 .Slide tool forward in door.6 Rotate the tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window
glass.Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so
that the tip ispositioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4)
6 Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the rear of the vehicleNote: To aid in the remov-
ing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass

Tool 89

Smart ForTwo Move the door lock handle with tip Move tool to back to move handle
Go To Index
Page 638
S
M
A
R
T
Smart001M3SMART 602 Style00 1 r5004
SMART Met hod - M3
Smart ALL 2008 2012
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg
1. Insert the glassman tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open
the door. Use of The Glass Master Wedge System is Recommended!
PASSENGER
DOOR
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 639
Sterling Heavy Trucks002M1STERLING 1692 Style04 1 V12001
STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS
S
T
E
R
L
I
N
G

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Sterling Ram4500/5500 Truck 2008 2009
Tool 120
1) Insert the Strip saver and wedge between the glass and the weather-striping
2) Point the tip of the tool toward the rear of the car
lower the tool in to the door making sure the tool goes behind the window run channel. The tool should be at the rear
of the door.
(The window run channel is the piece the windows slides down in
3) Lower the tool under the lock linkage
4) Lift the tool under the linkage to unlock the door.
V8806.eps

Tool 120

Tool in insertion Position Tool in working position Notice the tool Is inserted behind the
window run channel
Tool lifting the linkage behind the run
channel
Go To Index
Page 640
S
T
E
R
L
I
N
G

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS 1502 Style03 1 V4717HT
STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Sterling All Models All
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Pull
Up
Wedge
Pull Up
Tool
Linkage

Tool 47

Sterling Insert tool in position shown Lower tool into door. Hook door lock
rod w/ tip of tool an lift tool to unlock
door
Go To Index
Page 641
STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS 1507 Style03 1 V10507HT
STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS
S
T
E
R
L
I
N
G

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M2
Sterling All Models All
Tool: 105
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3. Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck .
Pull
Up
Wedge

Tool 105

Sterling Truck Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 642
S
T
E
R
L
I
N
G

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Sterling Heavy Trucks002M2STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS 603 Style05 1 V4717HT
STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M2
Sterling Bullet 4500 Cab Chassis 2008 2009 Sterling Bullet 5500 Cab Chassis 2008 2008
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Pull
Up
Wedge
Pull Up
Tool
Linkage

Tool 47

Sterling Insert tool in position shown Lower tool into door. Hook door lock
rod w/ tip of tool an lift tool to unlock
door
Tool in working position View from Inside
Go To Index
Page 643
SUBARU001SUBARU 834 Style00 1 H2364F
SUBARU
S
U
B
A
R
U
Met hod - M1
Subaru 3 door All Subaru Justy All
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Use front door.
3. Lower tool into door until it catches the linkage.
4. Twist tool to bind the linkage.
5. Push tip of tool towards rear of car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
Note: Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct lever, you will see the door lock button
move.

Tool 23

Go To Index
Page 644
S
U
B
A
R
U
SUBARU001xSUBARU 1093 Style03 1 H8804
SUBARU Met hod - M1
Subaru Loyale All
Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88
1. Separate glass from the weather-stripping using a wedge (use care).
2. Insert the tool with tip of tool pointing towards the rear of the car.
3. Hook lock linkage behind rear inner door handle (there are two inner door handles, front and rear).
4. Move the lock rod towards the front of the car.
NOTE : Watch the rear door handle inside of the car for movement.
When you contact the proper rod, you will see the rear door lock handle move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
h8804

Tool 88-45

SUBARU LOYALE Tool in working position View From Inside The Door
Go To Index
Page 645
SUBARU002SUBARU 1450 Style04 1 R3511RD
SUBARU
S
U
B
A
R
U
Met hod - M1
Subaru B9 Tribeca 2006 2012
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 89

Subaru B9 Tribeca Tool in insertion position. Use rear
door.
Tool in working position.
Push lock button to unlock door.
Go To Index
Page 646
S
U
B
A
R
U
SUBARU002xSUBARU 1449 Style04 1 R3504
SUBARU Met hod - M1
Subaru Legacy 2004 2009 Subaru Outback 2004 2009
TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle
2. Insert tool in door .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
6. Move the tip of the tool to unlock the door lock button.
NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Subaru Legacy Tool in insertion position. View from inside the door.
Push lock button to unlock.
Go To Index
Page 647
SUBARU003SUBARU 681 Style05 1 H7711
SUBARU
S
U
B
A
R
U
Met hod - M1
Subaru Baja 2003 2007
Tool: 77
1. With a strip saver and wedge, s eparate glass from weather-stripping on passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered, rotate tool to hook linkage .
5. Push down on tool to move linkage downward and unlock the door.

Tool 77

Subaru Baja Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool on linkage
Go To Index
Page 648
S
U
B
A
R
U
SUBARU004SUBARU 1166 Style05 1 H4711
SUBARU Met hod - M1
Subaru Forester 1998 2002
Tool: S TOOL 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to fnd your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
4. Hook the lock rod that runs from the latch to the bell crank.
5. Lift tool to engage bell crank and unlock door.

Tool 47

Subaru Forester Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool on linkage
Go To Index
Page 649
SUBARU005SUBARU 1362 Style03 1 glassman
SUBARU
S
U
B
A
R
U
Met hod - M1
Subaru Forester 2003 2007
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see fgure
4.With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see fgure
NOTE: The Remote Access System is a set of tools which can be custom confgured in numerous ways
in order to achieve desired access. Above are a few possible combinations-confgure your remote access
system according to your specifc needs.
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

Subaru Forester Insert glass spreader Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 650
S
U
B
A
R
U
SUBARU006-M1SUBARU 207 Style04 1 H4701
SUBARU Met hod - M1
Subaru Impreza Outback 1993 2001 Subaru Impreza 1993 2001
Tool: S TOOL 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to fnd your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
4. Hook the lock rod that runs from the latch to the bell crank.
5. Lift tool to engage bell crank and unlock door.

Tool 47

Subaru Impreza Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Twist tool to hook linkage and lift
Go To Index
Page 651
SUBARU006-M2SUBARU 1096 Style04 1 H4206
SUBARU
S
U
B
A
R
U
Met hod - M1
Subaru Impreza 1993 2001 Subaru Impreza Outback 1993 2001
Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car below linkage guard and linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. Rotate tool so handle points away from the vehicle.
5. Lift up on tool and hook linkage (note: you are reaching behind shield).
6. Twist tool so handle points towards the front of the vehicle in order to bind the linkage.
7. Rock tool so that the linkage moves towards the rear of the vehicle.
NOTE: In order to remove the tool, frst lift tool completely off the linkage, rock tool so tip moves towards inside of
door panel, lower tool, rotate it and lift up.

Tool 42

Subaru Impreza Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Twist tool to move linkage towards rear
of vehicle
Go To Index
Page 652
S
U
B
A
R
U
SUBARU006bSUBARU 1009 Style00 1 H4701
SUBARU Met hod - M1
Subaru Legacy 1995 2003
Tool: S TOOL - 47
1.Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to fnd your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
4. Lift the tool so tip is in front of bell crank.
5. Lift tool to engage bell crank and unlock door.

Tool 47

Go To Index
Page 653
SUBARU007SUBARU 1239 Style00 1 H7711
SUBARU
S
U
B
A
R
U
Met hod - M1
Subaru Impreza 4 door 2002 2007
Subaru Impreza WRX 4 Door 2003 2007
Subaru WRX 4 door 2003 2007
Tool: - 77
1.Separate glass from weather-strip of the passenger side front door with a Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point appropriate tool end towards the front of the vehicle and lower into the door directly above the
door handle (See photo 2 and 3).
3. Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access lock linkage.
4. Hook and bind lower lock linkage with tool.
5. Move tool downward to push linkage down and unlock the door.

Tool 77

Go To Index
Page 654
S
U
B
A
R
U
SUBARU009SUBARU 1008 Style06 1 H9105F
SUBARU Met hod - M1
Subaru Legacy 1992 1994
Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91
1. Separate glass from the weather-stripping using a wedge (use care).
2. Insert tool with tip pointing towards the rear of the car approx. 9 from edge.
3. Lower tool into door approx. 10
4. Turn tool so it is above lower linkage.
5. Twist tool so it binds the linkage.
6. Move it towards the front of vehicle.
NOTE: Watch door lock button for movement.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91L

SUBARU LEGACY WAGON Tool in insertion Position Tool in working Position
View From Inside The Door Close up of tool View From Inside The Door
Go To Index
Page 655
SUBARU012SUBARU 833 Style05 1 H8620
SUBARU
S
U
B
A
R
U
Met hod - M1
Subaru Legacy Outback 1996 2003 Subaru Outback 1996 2003
Tool: - Triple Hook Tool - 86
1. Separate glass from weather-strip of the passenger side front door with a Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point appropriate tool end towards the front of the vehicle and lower into the door directly above the door handle
(See photo 2 and 3).
3. Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access lock linkage.
4. Hook and bind lower lock linkage with tool.
5. Move linkage downward to unlock the door.

Tool 86

Subaru Legacy Outback Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool Hooking Linkage
Go To Index
Page 656
S
U
B
A
R
U
SUBARU015SUBARU 1094 Style00 1 H8605B
SUBARU Met hod - M1
Subaru SVX All
Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Insert tip of tool under top linkage.
4. Lift tool and move to rear of vehicle.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.
H8605B.eps

Tool 86

Go To Index
Page 657
SUBARU016SUBARU 1747 Style00 1 altohj
SUBARU
S
U
B
A
R
U
Met hod - M1
Subaru Legacy 2010 2012
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG
1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 658
S
U
B
A
R
U
SUBARU019SUBARU 1590 Style05 1 alt89fd
SUBARU Met hod - M1
Subaru Impreza 2008 2012 Subaru Forester Wagon 2008 2012
Tool 89
1 Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping
2: lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door
Remove the Wedgee and strip saver
3 Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door
4 move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button
5 push the front of the door lock button in to unlock

Tool 89

Subaru Impreza Tool insertion Position Tool working position
Place tip on door lock button Push button with tip to unlock
Go To Index
Page 659
SUBARU020SUBARU 1746 Style00 1 glassman
SUBARU
S
U
B
A
R
U
Met hod - M1
Subaru Outback 2010 2012
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge
1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar
2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool Unlock the door.
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 660
S
U
Z
U
K
I
SUZUKI003SUZUKI 1384 Style03 1 V4701
SUZUKI Met hod - M1
Suzuki Forenza 2004 2008
Suzuki Esteem 1995 2002
Suzuki Forenza Wagon 2005 2008
Suzuki Reno 2005 2008
Suzuki Samarai
Suzuki Sidekick 2 door 1996 1998
Suzuki SV7 2002 2005
Suzuki Vitara 1999 2005
Suzuki XL7 2000 2007
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Alternative method use
Alternate Alt26
Tool 47

Suzuki Forenza Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 661
SUZUKI003BSUZUKI 682 Style02 1 V4703
SUZUKI
S
U
Z
U
K
I
Met hod - M1
Suzuki Aerio 2003 2007
Suzuki Aerio GS Sedan 2003 2007
Suzuki Aerio SX Hatchback 3 Door 2002 2007
Suzuki SX4 4 door 2007 2012
Suzuki Verona 2004 2006
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Direction
Direction

Tool 47
Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Go To Index
Page 662
S
U
Z
U
K
I
SUZUKI003bSUZUKI 441 Style00 2 V2601
SUZUKI Met hod - M1
Suzuki X-90 1996 1998
Tool: Double Tool - 26
1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button.
2.Lower the tool into the door.
3.Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4.Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

Tool 26

Go To Index
Page 663
SUZUKI004SUZUKI 1493 Style00 1 R3512
SUZUKI
S
U
Z
U
K
I
Met hod - M1
Suzuki Grand Vitara 2006 2012
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

Tool 89

Go To Index
Page 664
S
U
Z
U
K
I
SUZUKI008SUZUKI 835 Style00 1 H2313B
SUZUKI Met hod - M1
Suzuki Swift Horizontal Toggles All
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered, rotate tool to hook top linkage (ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION).
5. Bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards front of vehicle to move the linkage towards the rear of the
door.
NOTE: It is important to rock the tool towards the front to move linkage, as the linkage is very stiff.

Tool 23

Go To Index
Page 665
SUZUKI011SUZUKI 673 Style05 1 H7713F
SUZUKI
S
U
Z
U
K
I
Met hod - M1
Suzuki XL7 2007 2012
Tool: 77 Tool
1.Insert strip saver and wedge into passenger side door directly above the door handle.
2.Point tip of tool towards the rear of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3. T urn handle away from the door in order to allow the tool tip to access the lock linkage.
4.Turn and lift tool to hook the top lock linkage .
5. Pull tool to the front of the vehicle in order to move the linkage and unlock the door.
Shield

Tool 77

Suzuki XL7 Tool in insertion position Tool in working positin
View from inside the door Hook lock linkage to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 666
S
U
Z
U
K
I
SUZUKI012SUZUKI 1682 Style00 1 R3512
SUZUKI Met hod - M1
Suzuki Equator 2009 2012
Tool: Long Inside Access 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather- striping
2. Insert tool in to the front door
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
5. 4. Lower (see fgure 3).
6.Slide tool in The door.
7. Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that
the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

Go To Index
Page 667
SUZUKI013SUZUKI 1756 Style05 1 altohj
SUZUKI
S
U
Z
U
K
I
Met hod - M1
Suzuki Kizashi 2010 2012
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG
1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78sg

Suzuki Kasashi Use the Jack Tool to create working
room
Insert the air jack
Insert the long reach tool unlock the door
Go To Index
Page 668
S
U
Z
U
K
I
SUZUKI013bSUZUKI 1748 Style05 1 R6501
SUZUKI Met hod - M2
Suzuki Kizashi 2010 2012
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button .

Tool 65

Suzuki Kasashi Insert tool in door Use the wedge to create working room
Moove tool into working position unlock the door
Go To Index
Page 669
TOYOTA001TOYOTA 1658 Style05 1 Jack_But
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Venza 4 door 2009 2012
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool and Tool 78SG
1. Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2. Insert the Air Wedge towards the top of the door and infate.
3. Remove the One Hand Jack Tool.
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG Long Reach Flexible tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Button

Tool 78SG

Toyota Venza Use One-Hand Jack Tool to wedge top
side of door
Use Air Wedge on top of door to create
opening, insert long reach tool
Use tip of Long Reach Tool to pull lock
open
Once lock is on open position, open
door
Go To Index
Page 670
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA004TOYOTA 1352 Style05 1 R3502
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota 4-Runner 2003 2007
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 89

Toyota 4-Runner Tool in insertion position Tool in working positino
View from inside the vehicle Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 671
TOYOTA004bTOYOTA 1750 Style04 1 jacktool
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota 4-Runner SUV 2010 2012
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG
1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

Toyota 4 runner Insert Jack Tool Insert Air Wedge and Pump
Pull the door handle with the long
reach tool
Go To Index
Page 672
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA006TOYOTA 1539 Style05 1 R3502
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Avalon 2000 2005
Toyota Avalon 4 Door 1995 1999
Toyota Avalon 2006 2010
Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 35

TOYOTA AVALON Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the car Flip lock button to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 673
TOYOTA006BTOYOTA 1751 Style00 1 jack_but
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Avalon 2010 2012
Tool 78SG
1. Insert jack tool into side of door and separate the door from the frame of the vehicle.
2. Insert a ir wedge into upper portion of the door and infate to create an opening in the door.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to Unlock the vehicle.
Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!
Button

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 674
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA009TOYOTA 1351 Style05 1 H23100BRD
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Camry 1988 1991
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping o REAR DOOR with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car
3. Lower the tool into the vehicle at the position shown in the diagram
4. Lift the tool underneath the bottom linkage and hook it with the tip of the tool.
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage (SEE ENLA RGEMENT DIAGRAM)
6. Slide the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle

Tool 23

Toyota Camry Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 675
TOYOTA010TOYOTA 849 Style00 1 R3502
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Camry 2 Door 1992 1996
Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35
1.Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see
fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

Go To Index
Page 676
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA011TOYOTA 1082 Style05 1 H4702
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Camry 4 Door 1992 1996
Tool: S TOOL 47
1.Separate glass from weather-strip and insert tool.
2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3. Hook the linkage between inner door frame and shield.
4. Push down on linkage.


Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 47

Toyota Camry Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Hook linkage and push down on link-
age
Go To Index
Page 677
TOYOTA014TOYOTA 619 Style05 1 R3502
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Camry 4 door 2007 2011
Toyota Camry 4 Door 1997 2001
Toyota Camry 2002 2006
Toyota Camry 2002 2006
Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 35

Toyota Camry Tool in insertion position, facing front
of vehicle.
Tool in working position
Hook lock button with tool to unlock Closeup of tool tip on lock button
Go To Index
Page 678
A
C
U
R
A
TOYOTA014ATOYOTA 1900 Style00 1 startmulti
Toyota Met hod - M1
Toyota Camary 2012 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 679
TOYOTA014BTOYOTA 1011 Style04 1 H2323B
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Celica 1982 1989
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tip of tool toward front of car.
3. Lower tool into door until the tip of the tool rests on the top linkage (see illustration below).
4. Rotate the tool to bind the linkage.
5. Tilt the tool as to move the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
Use Driver s Side Door

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 23

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position door without inside panel
Close up
Go To Index
Page 680
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA017TOYOTA 1010 Style05 1 glassman
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Celica Coupe 2000 2005
Toyota Celica 1990 1993
Toyota Celica 1994 1999
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward (see fgure 1 f or position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (see
fgure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see fgur e 3).
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see fgure 4).
Use of Glass Master System is recommended !
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

TOYOTA CELICA Tool in Working Position Close up of Wedge Set-up
View from Inside the car Hook and pull lock button
Go To Index
Page 681
TOYOTA018TOYOTA 1014 Style03 1 H2393F
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Corolla 2 &3 Door 1983 1988
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Lower tool into door on top of lock linkage
3. Bind the linkage with the tip of the tool and move it forward

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 23

TOYOTA COROLLA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 682
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Toyota018TOYOTA 1015 Style04 2 H9001
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Corolla 2 Door 1989 1992
Tool: Hook & Bind Tool 90
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Insert tool between glass and weather-stripping.
3. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
4. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
5. Hook linkage under plastic shield.
6. Move linkage towards rear of car.
Note: Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have
engaged the correct linkage, the button will move.

Tool 90

TOYOTA COROLA Tool in working position Door without inside panel
Close up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 683
TOYOTA018TOYOTA 1019 Style00 2 H2326
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Corolla FX 2 Door Hatch 1987 1988
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with wedge.
2. Point the tool towards rear of car.
3. Insert tool into door between glass and weather-stripping.
4. Lower the tool until it contact door lock rod
(SEE ILLUSTRATION).
5. Twist tool so handle moves toward front of car and tip of tool
moves toward rear.
NOTE: Rod has a rubber cover so grip it frmly in order to move the linkage.

Tool 23

Go To Index
Page 684
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA019TOYOTA 1016 Style00 1 V2601
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Corolla 4 Door 1980 1985
Tool: Double Tool - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Insert tool into door between glass and weather-stripping.
3. Lift the door lock button with the tip of the tool

Tool 26

Go To Index
Page 685
TOYOTA020TOYOTA 1017 Style03 1 H2392BRD
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Corolla 4 Door 1986 1992
Toyota Canry 1984 1987
Toyota Corolla Wagon 1986 1992
Toyota Cressida 1986 1988
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping on rear passenger door with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car unit the tip connects with the top lock linkage (see diagram for position).
4. Rotate the tool in order to bind the linkage.
5. Tilt the tool to move the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
NOTE: Look at the lock button inside of the vehicle for movement. When you have contacted the correct
linkage, you will see the button move.

Tool 23

Toyota Corolla DX Working position Rear Door View from inside door
Go To Index
Page 686
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA023TOYOTA 1018 Style05 1 H2325BRD
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Corolla 4 Door 1993 1997 Toyota Corolla Wagon 1993 1997
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car until it comes in contact with the lower lock linkage (see diagram for position).
4. Rotate the tool to bind the linkage.
5. Tilt the tool to move the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.

Tool 23

TOYOTA COROLLA Tool in insertion position. Use REAR
DOOR
Tool in working position
Tool approx. 6 inches down into door Close up of tool inside the door. Move
linkage to Rear of car
Go To Index
Page 687
TOYOTA024TOYOTA 1198 Style04 1 toy81RD
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Corolla 1998 2002
Toyota 4-Runner 1986 1989
Toyota 4-Runner 1990 1995
Toyota 4-Runner 1996 2002
Toyota Pickup 1988 1994
Toyota Tacoma 1996 2004
Toyota Van Upto 1991
TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button on the REAR DOOR
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 81

TOYOTA Corolla Tool in Insertion Position. REAR Door Tool in Working Position
Hook Lock Button and Pull up
Go To Index
Page 688
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA025TOYOTA 683 Style04 1 R6504
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Corolla 2003 2008
TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle
2. Insert tool in door .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
6. Move the tip of the tool to unlock the door lock button.
NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 65

2003 Toyota Corolla Tool in Insertion position Tool in working position
View From Inside
Go To Index
Page 689
TOYOTA026TOYOTA 1020 Style03 1 H2604RD
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Cressida Upto 1985
Tool: DOUBLE TOOL - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping on passenger rear door with a wedge.
2. Using the door lock button as a guide, insert the double tool into the door (see diagram below).
3. Position the tool underneath the lock button.
4. Lift straight up on the tool to lift the door lock button.

Tool 26

TOYOTA CRESSIDA Tool in insetion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 690
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA028TOYOTA 1022 Style00 1 H2394BRD
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Cressida 1989 1992
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Insert the tool in the REAR door as shown.
3. Push down on the door lock linkage with the tip of the tool
NOTE:The linkage is high and way at the rear of the door. Watch the door lock button for movement

Tool 23

Go To Index
Page 691
TOYOTA029-M1TOYOTA 1033 Style06 1 H2358RD
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Echo 4 Door 2000 2006
TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23
1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and Wedge on REAR DOOR.
2. Point tool towards rear of vehicle and lower into door.
3. Twist tool to hook lower linkage.
4. Turn tool handle to move linkage to front of vehicle.

Tool 23

TOYOTA ECHO Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside of the door Close Up Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 692
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA029-M2TOYOTA 1147 Style06 1 H4705
TOYOTA Met hod - M2
Toyota Echo 4 Door 2000 2006
Tool: S TOOL 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip and insert tool.
2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3. Hook the linkage between inner door frame and shield.
4. Lift to unlock.

Tool 47

TOYOTA ECHO Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Close up of door without inside door
panel
Close up of tool Close up of tool and linkage engaged
Go To Index
Page 693
TOYOTA030TOYOTA 67 Style04 1 H4705
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Echo 2 Door 2000 2006
Tool: S TOOL 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip and insert tool.
2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3. Hook the linkage between inner door frame and shield.
4. Lift to unlock.

Tool 47

TOYOTA ECHO Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Lift Tool to Unlock Door
Go To Index
Page 694
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA031TOYOTA 1179 Style05 1 R8901fd
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Highlander 2002 2007 Toyota Highlander Hybrid 2006 2007
Tool 89
1 Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping
2: lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door
Remove the Wedgee and strip saver
3 Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door
4 move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button
5 push the front of the door lock button in to unlock

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 89

TOYOTA HIGHLANDER Tool in Insertion Position. Use Rear
Door. Insert in far Rear of Door.
Tool in Working Position. Slide Tool
Forward in Door.
View From Inside the Door Move Lock Button to Unlock
Go To Index
Page 695
TOYOTA032TOYOTA 1069 Style05 1 H2399BRD
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Land Cruiser 1980 1989
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1.Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3.Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4.Hook top linkage and twist as shown in enlargement.
5.Push tool towards rear of vehicle.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have engaged the correct linkage the button will move.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 23

TOYOTA LANDCRUISER Tool in insertion position Tool in insertion position
Tool in working position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 696
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA033TOYOTA 1071 Style06 1 h9110brd
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Land Cruiser 1990 1997
TOOL: Downward Hook Too l - 91
1.Remove weather-stripping on rear door to allow access to the inner door.
2.Use tip of wedge to help pry up weather-stripping. (Weather-stripping is easily removable and should present no
problem).
3.Insert tool into door and lower it below lock linkage shield. NOTE: 1990 models lock linkage and are easier to open.
4.Lift tool under metal shield. The shield is fexible and can be easily lifted with tip of tool.
5.Insert tool over linkage.
6.Bind linkage with tip of tool and move to rear.
NOTE: Handle end of tool may be different than shown in photos.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 91

Toyota Landcruiser 1993 Remove weather-strip with wedge Tool in insertion position
Tool in working position Photo without shield Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 697
TOYOTA034TOYOTA 1131 Style00 1 R3501
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Land Cruiser 1998 2007
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see
fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 65

Go To Index
Page 698
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA035-M1TOYOTA 1253 Style04 1 R6504
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Matrix 2003 2008
TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle
2. Insert tool in door .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
6. Move the tip of the tool to unlock the door lock button.
NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Toyota matrix Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside
Go To Index
Page 699
TOYOTA035-M2TOYOTA 1508 Style05 1 H4721RD
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M2
Toyota Matrix 2003 2008
Tool: S Tool 47
1 Use a screw driver or other tool to loosen the passenger side rear license plate light.
2. Insert S tool through the opening with the hooded end facing the front of the car, as shown in diagram and photo-
graph.
3.Twist the tool to hook and bind the lock rod.
4.Gently pull down on the tool to unlock the latch.

light

Tool 47

Toyota Matrix Remove Rear License Light with
Screwdriver.
Insert Tool Beneath Light.
Tool in Working Position. Hook Linkage to Unlock Door.
Go To Index
Page 700
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA038TOYOTA 1034 Style06 1 R5002
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota MR5 Spyder Convertible 2000 2005
Toyota MR2 1984 1990
Toyota MR2 1991 1995
TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward (see fgure 1 for position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (see
fgure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see fgure 3).
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see fgure 4).
Use of the Glass Master wedge system is recommended. .

Tool 78SG

TOYOTA MR5 Spyder Insert Glass Wedge in Side of Window Insert First Wedge Spreader
Insert Second Wedge Spreader Hook Lock Button and Pull Tool Back
to Unlock
Insert Tool in Wedge
Go To Index
Page 701
TOYOTA039TOYOTA 1025 Style05 1 H23102
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Paseo 1992 1998
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tip of tool toward rear of car.
3. Insert tool into door (see illustration).
4. Bind linkage with hooked end of tool
5. Move tool in the direction shown in order to move the bell crank towards the rear of the vehicle.
Note : Watch door lock b utton. When you have hooked the correct rod , you will see the door lock button move.
ENLARGEMENT
Di r ect i on
Lock Li nkage

Tool 23

TOYOTA PASEO Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the door Close Up of tool in action
Go To Index
Page 702
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA041-M1TOYOTA 841 Style04 1 H9003
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Previa 1991 1997
Tool: Hook & Bind Tool 90
1.Separate glass form weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Insert the tool approximately 11 to 12 inches from rear edge of window (slightly longer than the length of a standard
piece of paper).
3.Lower the tool below the hole in the door frame as shown in the illustration.
4.Lift straight up on the tool while turning the tip towards the inside of the auto (this will place the tool directly in front
of the bell crank).
5.Lower the tool in order to hook bell crank, opening the door (see enlargement diagram).
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the bell crank, you will see
the door lock button move.

Tool 90

Toyota Previa Measure 11-12 for insertion position Tool in working position
A- Tool B- Lock Linkage C- Bell Crank
Go To Index
Page 703
TOYOTA041-M2TOYOTA 892 Style00 1 H9001
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M2
Toyota Previa 1991 1997
Tool: Hook & Bind Tool 90
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Insert tool between glass and weather-stripping.
3. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
4. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
5. Hook linkage under plastic shield.
6. Move linkage towards rear of car.
Note: Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have engaged the correct linkage, the button
will move.

Tool 90

Go To Index
Page 704
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA042TOYOTA 1175 Style02 1 R3501
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Prius 2001 2003
TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle
2. Insert tool in door .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see
fgure 3).
5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
6. Move the tip of the tool to unlock the door lock button.
NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65
TOYOTA PRIUS Hook Lock Button to Unlock

Go To Index
Page 705
TOYOTA042b-M1TOYOTA 1398 Style04 1 R3502
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Prius 2004 2009
Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

Toyota Prius Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
View from inside the door.
Go To Index
Page 706
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA042c-M1TOYOTA 1749 Style04 1 Altohj
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Prius 2010 2012
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG
1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78sg

Toyota Prius Carefully use the air Jack Unlock the vehicle using the tip of the
tool
Close up
Go To Index
Page 707
TOYOTA046-M1TOYOTA 1177 Style05 2 R6501
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota RAV-4 2001 2006
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button .
Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door
handle immediately after unlocking the door.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

TOYOTA RAV-4 Tool in Insertion Position Tool Emerges Inside the Vehicle
View from Inside the Door Move Lock Button to Open Door
Go To Index
Page 708
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA046-M2TOYOTA 621 Style05 1 jacktool
TOYOTA Met hod - M2
Toyota RAV-4 2007 2012
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG
1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

TOYOTA RAV 4 Insert Jack Tool Insert Air Wedge and Pump
Hook Handle Hook Handle
Go To Index
Page 709
TOYOTA046b-M1TOYOTA 1073 Style05 1 H9004B
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota RAV-4 4 Door 1996 2000
Tool: Hook & Bind Tool 90
USE REAR PASSENGER DOOR
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Insert the tool approximately 11 to 12 inches fro rear edge of window (slightly longer than the length of a standard
piece of paper).
3.Lift straight up on the tool while turning the tip towards the inside of the auto (this will place the tool directly in front
of the bell crank).
4.Lower the tool in order to hook bell crank, opening the door (see enlargement diagram).
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the bell crank, you will see
the door lock button move.

Tool 90

Toyota RAV 4 Door Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Grab bell crank and move towards rear
of vehicle.
Move bell crank towards rear of
vehicle.
Go To Index
Page 710
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA046b-M2TOYOTA 1072 Style05 1 H4208
TOYOTA Met hod - M2
Toyota RAV-4 2 Door 1996 2000
Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3.Lower the tool into car below linkage.
4.Rotate tool so handle points away from the vehicle.
5.Lift up on tool and hook linkage.
6.Twist tool so handle points towards the front of the vehicle in order to bind the linkage.
7.Rock tool so that the linkage move towards the front of the vehicle.
Instructions are for rear passenger side door.

Tool 42

Toyota RAV 2 Door Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Twist tool to move linkage towards
front of vehicle.
Twist tool to move linkage towards
front of vehicle.
Go To Index
Page 711
TOYOTA046b-M3TOYOTA 941 Style05 1 H4219
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M3
Toyota RAV-4 4 Door 1996 2000
Tool: Reversed Hook Tool - 42
1. Separate glass from weather-strip on front passenger door with a wedge.
2.Insert the tool in the door with the tip approx. 11 from the front edge of the window as shown in the insertion dia-
gram below.
3.Lower the tool into the door and rotate the tool until the tip is pointing towards the inside of the vehicle, th ough the
hole on the inner door frame (see the illustration below).
4.Hook the lock linkage with the tip of the tool, bind the linkage and tilt the tool to move the linkage towards the front
of the vehicle.
NOTE: USE FRONT PASSENGER DOOR

Tool 42

Toyota RAV 4 Door Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
Hook linkage and move towards front
of vehicle
Hook linkage and move towards front
of vehicle
Go To Index
Page 712
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA047TOYOTA 1178 Style04 1 R6502RD
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Sequoia 2001 2007
Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button .
Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door
handle immediately after unlocking the door.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 65

TOYOTA SEQUOIA Tool in Insertion Position. Use REAR
Door.
Tool Emerges Inside the Vehicle
Move Lock Button to Open
Go To Index
Page 713
TOYOTA049TOYOTA 1752 Style03 1 R3502
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Sienna 2010 2011 Toyota Sienna 1998 2003
Tool: Inside Access Tool -89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see
fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

Toyota Sienna Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 714
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA049bTOYOTA 1399 Style04 1 R3502
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Sienna 2004 2009
Tool: Inside Access Tool - 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 89

Toyota Sienna Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position
View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 715
TOYOTA049cTOYOTA 1901 Style00 1 startmulti
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Siena 2012 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle or button to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 716
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA050TOYOTA 1032 Style04 1 glassbut
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Solara 2 Door 1999 2003 Toyota Solara 2004 2007
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge
1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar
2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in
front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool move the door lock button to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pull the door handle on the outside of the vehicle to unlock the door.
Note: This security system on the vehicle may attempt to relock the vehicle. To defeat the relocking mechanism hold
the door lock button inside the vehicle in the unlock position, while quickly pulling the outside door handle.

Tool 78SG

Toyota Solara Tool in working position View from inside the car
Hook door lock button
Go To Index
Page 717
TOYOTA052TOYOTA 1026 Style00 1 H2317B
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Supra 1982 1986
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Insert tool towards door lock button at the position shown in the diagram below.
3. Lower the tool into the door.
4. Hook bell crank below door lock button.
5. Pull back on tool to unlock the door.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have hooked the correct
rod, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

Go To Index
Page 718
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA053TOYOTA 1027 Style03 1 H23100F
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Supra 1987 1992
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tip of tool toward front of car.
3. Insert tool into door at the position shown below.
4. Rest the tip of the tool on the top linkage.
5. Rotate the tool to bind and move the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle (see enlargement diagram).
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car for movement.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
ENLARGEMENT
Lock
Linkage
Rotate Tool To
Bind Linkage
Direction

Tool 23

Toyota Supra Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 719
TOYOTA054TOYOTA 1028 Style04 1 glassman
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Supra 1993 1998
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG With Glassman Wedge
1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar
2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in
front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool move the door lock button to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pull the door handle on the outside of the vehicle to unlock the door.
Note: This security system on the vehicle may attempt to relock the vehicle. To defeat the relocking mechanism hold
the door lock button inside the vehicle in the unlock position, while quickly pulling the outside door handle.
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

Toyota Supra Insert tip of tool only, without a wedge Use wedge as guide to slide tool into
door
Hook door lock button with tip of tool
Go To Index
Page 720
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA055TOYOTA 1534 Style05 1 H9110F
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota T-100 1993 1998
Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2.Insert tool into door as shown below.
3.Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4.Push bell crank towards the front of vehicle with the tip of tool.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91

TOYOTA Pick Up T100 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Door without inside panel Close up of door without inside panel
Go To Index
Page 721
TOYOTA057TOYOTA 1452 Style05 1 R3502
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Tacoma 2005 2007
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

Tool 89

Toyota Takoma Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View From Inside the Vehicle Move Lock Button to Unlock the Door
Go To Index
Page 722
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA059TOYOTA 1030 Style00 1 H23102
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Tercel 2 Door 1991 1994
Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tip of tool toward rear of car.
3. Insert tool into door (see illustration).
4. Hook lock linkage with tip of tool (see enlargement diagram).
5. Move tool in the direction shown in order to move the bell crank towards the rear of the vehicle.
Note : Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct rod , you will see the door lock button
move.
ENLARGEMENT
Di r ect i on
Lock Li nkage

Tool 23

Go To Index
Page 723
TOYOTA061TOYOTA 1197 Style03 1 V4711
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Tercel 4 Door 1991 1999 Toyota Tercel 2 Door 1995 1998
Tool: S Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift lock rod to unlock car door.
NOTE: USE FRONT PASSENGER DOOR


Tool 47

TOYOTA TERCEL Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 724
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA062TOYOTA 1540 Style04 1 R3502
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Tundra 1999 2006 Toyota Tundra Stepside 2003 2006
Tool: Inside Access Tool 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fgure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see fgure 5).
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

TOYOTA TUNDRA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
View from inside the vehicle
Go To Index
Page 725
TOYOTA065TOYOTA 620 Style06 1 jacktool
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota FJ Cruiser SUV 2007 2012
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG
1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

Toyota FJ Cruiser Insert Jack Tool Insert Air Wedge and Pump
Insert long reach tool into the door Pull door handle with tool tip Push lock button with tool tip to unlock
door
Go To Index
Page 726
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA067TOYOTA 622 Style04 1 jacktool
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Tundra pickup 2007 2012
TOOL: Air Wedge and Long Reach Tool - 78SG
1. Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
2. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
3.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
4.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
NOTE: Do not use Jack Tool on regular cab, ONLY USE AIR WEDGE. Jack Tool can be used on Extended Cab

Tool 78sg

TOYOTA TUNDRA Insert Jack Tool Insert Air Wedge and Pump
Push door lock button
Go To Index
Page 727
TOYOTA068TOYOTA 623 Style06 1 jacktool
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Yaris 2 door 2007 2012
TOOL: Air Wedge and Long Reach Tool - 78SG
1.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
2.insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
3.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
4.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
NOTE: ONLY USE AIR WEDGE, do not use jack tool for this opening

Tool 78sg

Toyota Yaris Insert air wedge into door Insert tool into opening
Manuever tool to hook door lock
handle
Hook door lock handle to unlock door View from inside the vehicle
Go To Index
Page 728
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA069TOYOTA 776 Style04 1 R3502
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Yaris 4 door 2007 2012 Toyota Yaris 5 DR Hatch 2008 2011
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

Yaris 4 Door Tool in insertion position Work Position
Tool Inside vehicle
Go To Index
Page 729
TOYOTA070TOYOTA 607 Style03 1 R3502
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Corolla 2009 2012
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

Toyota Corola Tool in insertion position Move the door lock button
Go To Index
Page 730
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA071TOYOTA 597 Style06 1 R3502
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Highlander 2008 2009
Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 89

Toyota Highlander Insert the tool in the door Hook the door lock button
put the tip of the tool in front of the
button
Pull the handle quickly while unlocking
as the system will relock itself
move the button back
Go To Index
Page 731
TOYOTA072TOYOTA 1601 Style04 1 Altohj
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Matrix 2009 2012
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG
1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 78sg

Toyota Corola Carefully jack the door slightly Use the Air Jack to create working
room
Use the Long reach Tool to Unlock the
door
Go To Index
Page 732
T
O
Y
O
T
A
TOYOTA073TOYOTA 598 Style06 1 r3511rd
TOYOTA Met hod - M1
Toyota Sequoia 2008 2012
Tool: Long Inside Access 35
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4 Lower (see fgure 3).
5 .Slide tool forward in door.
6 Rotate the tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
7 Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the rear of the vehicle
The vehicle will try and relock itself so it will be necessary to pull on the handle quickly during the unlock procedure
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 35

Toyota Highlander Tool insertion Position Insert the tool in the rear door
put the tip of the tool in front of the
button
Pull the handle quickly while unlocking
as the system will relock itself
move the button back
Go To Index
Page 733
Toyota074TOYOTA 604 Style06 1 jacktool
TOYOTA
T
O
Y
O
T
A
Met hod - M1
Toyota Land Cruiser 2008 2012
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG
1. Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and infate.
3. Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door lock release button.
6. Pull the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note the vehicle will attempt to relock itself

Tool 78SG

TOYOTA Land Cruiser Insert Jack Tool Insert Air Wedge and Pump
Insert the long reach tool Pull on the door lock button Pull on the door lock button
Go To Index
Page 734
U
D
-
N
I
S
S
A
N

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
UD-NISSAN HEAVY TRUCKS001UD-NISSAN HEAVY TRUCKS 1503 Style03 1 V10507HT
UD-NISSAN HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
UD Nissan All All
Tool: 105
1.Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck .
Pull
Up
Wedge

Tool 105

UD/Nissan Trucks Insert tool in position shown Lower tool into door. Hook door lock
rod w/ tip of tool and lift tool to unlock
door
Go To Index
Page 735
VW001VOLKSWAGEN 839 Style06 1 V2601
VW
V
W
Met hod - M1
VWBeetle Old Style Pre-1998
VWCabrio 1995 2002
VWCabriolet
VWEurovan All
VWGolf 1995 2006
VWGTI 1995 2006
VWGTI Upto 1998
VWVanogan
Tool: Double - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door (see fg).
3. Hook door lock button with tip of tool
NOTE : You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26

VOLKSWAGEN CABRIOLET Tool in working position Tool in working position
Door without inside panel Close Up of door without inside panel Door without inside panel
Go To Index
Page 736
V
W
VW002VOLKSWAGEN 1255 Style03 1 VW010
VW Met hod - M1
VWBeetle 1998 2010
TOOL: DOUBLE BEND TOOL - 88
1. Insert a strip saver and wedge
2. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool rearward.
3. Lower the tool into the door and move the tip towards the inside.
4. Hook the linkage with the tip of the tool and lift
Use 20
o
Tip

Tool 88-20

VOLKSWAGEN BEETLE tool in insertion position tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 737
VW003VOLKSWAGEN 1423 Style05 1 R5004
VW
V
W
Met hod - M1
VWBeetle Convertible 2004 2010
VWEos convertible 2007 2010
VWGolf 2010 2012
VWGTI 2007 2010
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg
1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.
PASSENGER
DOOR
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction

Tool 78SG

Volkswagen Beetle Convertible Insert glassmaster Insert tool into glassmaster cavity
Hook door lock handle Pull door lock handle to unlock door
Go To Index
Page 738
V
W
VW004VOLKSWAGEN 1902 Style00 1 glassman
VW Met hod - M1
VWBeetle 2012 2013
Tool: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward.
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle.
Use of Glass Saver System is recommended!
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 739
VW009VOLKSWAGEN 1136 Style03 1 V8810
VW
V
W
Met hod - M1
VWRabbit 1989 1999
VWCorrado All
VWFox 1988 1996
VWGolf 1995 2004
VWGTI 1995 2004
VWJetta 1986 2009
VWQuantum
VWScirocco All
Tool: Double Bend Tool 88
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Insert tool with tip of tool pointing towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into the door (see fg.).
4. Hook door lock rod where it attaches to the door lock mechanism.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have contacted the cor-
rect lever, you will see the door lock button move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
Illustration shows the passenger side door.
Instructions are either front door.
V8810.eps

Tool 88-20

VW RABBIT Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 740
V
W
VW010VOLKSWAGEN 1040 Style04 1 R8901FD
VW Met hod - M1
VWPassat 1990 2005
VWPassat 2006 2010
VWRabbit 2006 2009
Tool: Long Inside Access 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower the tool in to the door and lift it up and out on the inside of the vehicle
5.Slide tool forward in door.
6. Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

Volkswagen Passat Working End is Inside Vehicle. View from Inside the Vehicle.
Push Door Lock Button to Unlock
Go To Index
Page 741
VW012VOLKSWAGEN 1512 Style05 1 R8901FD
VW
V
W
Met hod - M1
VWPhaeton 2005 2006
Tool: Long Inside Access 89
1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see fgure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see fgure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see fgure 2).
4. Lower the tool in to the door and lift it up and out on the inside of the vehicle
5.Slide tool forward in door.
6. Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock button (see fgure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see fgure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

Volkswagen Phaeton Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action
Go To Index
Page 742
V
W
VW014VOLKSWAGEN 1394 Style04 1 RLJ04
VW Met hod - M1
VWTouareg 2004 2010 VWTouareg 2011 2012
Tool- 78SG With Jack Tool and Regular Air jack
1. Use the jack tool to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Jack Tool
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to Pull the door Handle to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door
Pull Handle

Tool 78SG

Volkswagen Touareg Tool in Insertion Position. Hook Door Lock Handle.
Pull Door Lock Handle to Unlock.
Go To Index
Page 743
VW015VOLKSWAGEN 1631 Style05 1 R5004
VW
V
W
Met hod - M1
VWCC 2 Door 2009 2012
TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG and Glassman
Tool: Glassman Tool
1. Insert the Glassman Tool on the side of the unframed window.
2. Insert the tool into the Glassman Tool to protect the glass from damage.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG) into the opening.
4. Maneuver the tool to engage door lock release button.
5. Engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
PASSENGER
DOOR
Tool
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Handle
Direction

Tool 78SG

VW CC Insert Glassman Position Glassman so Long Reach
Tool can be inserted
Insert Long Reach Tool Once lock is on open position, open
door
Go To Index
Page 744
V
W
VW016VOLKSWAGEN 1653 Style04 1 V12501
VW Met hod - M1
VWRoutan Van 2009 2012
Tool: 125 Tool
1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2. Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3. Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4. Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5. Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 125

VW Routanj Tool in insertion position Twist tool to insert
Tool in Working Position
Go To Index
Page 745
VW017VOLKSWAGEN 1619 Style06 1 Jack_But
VW
V
W
Met hod - M1
VWTiguan 4 door 2009 2012
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool and Tool 78SG
1. Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2. Insert the Air Wedge towards the top of the door and infate.
3. Remove the One Hand Jack Tool.
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG Long Reach Flexible tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Button

Tool 78sg

VW Tiguan Use One-Hand Jack Tool to wedge top
side of door
Insert Air Wedge at top of door to cre-
ate opening
Infate Air Wedge Use tip of Long Reach Tool to pull lock
open
Insert Long Reach Tool
Go To Index
Page 746
V
W
VW018VOLKSWAGEN 1905 Style06 1 glasshdl
VW Met hod - M1
VWEOS 2011 2013
Tool: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG
1. On driver s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward.
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle.
Use of Glass Saver System is recommended!
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Pull handle

Tool 78SG

Volcagon EOS Insert Access Glassman tool Insert your long reach tool into the
Glassman tool and into the vehicle
theGassman glass will prevent the tool
from touching glass
pull the door handle to unlock the door Reach intot he vehicle to pull the
handle
Go To Index
Page 747
VOLVO001VOLVO 1036 Style00 1 H2327BRD
VOLVO
V
O
L
V
O
Met hod - M1
Volvo 240 1985 1996 Volvo 240DL 1985 1996
Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23
1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on rear passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool on top of linkage.
4. Bind linkage with tip of tool and push.
5. Rock tool so that you re now looking towards rear of car.
Note : Look at the door lock button inside car for movement. When you have bound the linkage, you will
see the lock button move.

Tool 23

Go To Index
Page 748
V
O
L
V
O
VOLVO006VOLVO 1543 Style06 1 glasshdl
VOLVO Met hod - M1
Volvo C70 1998 2005 Volvo C70 2006 2012
Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG with Glassman Wedge
1. Insert Glassman Wedge to separate the door glass and pillar
2. Push the Glass man in carefully to create a gap
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle through the center of the glassman wedge until the tip is positioned in
front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.
Tool
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock
Pull handle

Tool 78SG

VOLVO C70 Insert wedge in window Wedges in window
Insert tool between wedges View from inside the door Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 749
VOLVO008VOLVO 1143 Style03 1 H4707
VOLVO
V
O
L
V
O
Met hod - M1
Volvo S40 2000 2004 Volvo V40 2000 2004
Tool: Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Lower tool into door.
3. Twist tool to hook door lock rod.
4. Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 47

VOLVO S40 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 750
V
O
L
V
O
VOLVO009VOLVO 329 Style00 1 starthand
VOLVO Met hod - M1
Volvo V50 2005 2010
Volvo 900 Series 1983 1995
Volvo 960 1996 1997
Volvo S40 2005 2010
Volvo S80 2007 2010
Volvo S90 1998 2000
Volvo V90 1998 2000
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to pull the door Handle to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 751
VOLVO010VOLVO 1286 Style04 1 V5701
VOLVO
V
O
L
V
O
Met hod - M1
Volvo S60 2001 2004
Volvo S60R 2002 2004
Volvo V70 2001 2010
Volvo X70 XC Cross Country 2002 2004
Volvo X70R 2003 2004
TOOL: STRIP TOOL
1. Insert Strip Savers between the window and the door or window frame.
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool in between window and Strip Saver (SEE DIAGRAM).
3. Hook door lock knob with folded end of Strip Tool.
4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.
NOTE: Whenever the door lock button is exposed, we recommend using this method.

Tool 57

Insert 2 Strip Savers into Top of Door Insert Tool BETWEEN 2 Strip Savers Slide Tool Down Door to Access Lock
Button
Hook Lock Button and Lift Tool to
Unlock
Go To Index
Page 752
V
O
L
V
O
VOLVO011VOLVO 1453 Style06 1 V4707
VOLVO Met hod - M1
Volvo S60 2005 2010
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool


Tool 47

Volvo S60 Tool in Insertion Position. Use Rear
Passenger Door.
Insert Tool as Shown.
Tool in Working Position. Close up of Tool Hooking Lock Rod. Hook Lock Rod and Lift to Unlock.
Go To Index
Page 753
VOLVO011BVOLVO 1209 Style05 1 starthand
VOLVO
V
O
L
V
O
Met hod - M1
Volvo S60 2011 2013 Volvo S80 2011 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Volvo S60 Use the starter wedge to begin the
opening
Insert the long reach tool and unlock
the vehicle
Insert a long reach tool Pull the door handle to unlock the door
Go To Index
Page 754
V
O
L
V
O
VOLVO013VOLVO 837 Style03 1 V2204
VOLVO Met hod - M1
Volvo S80 1999 2006
Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Insert tool with tip of tool pointing towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into the door (see fg.).
4. Hook door lock rod where it attaches to the door lock mechanism.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the
car. When you have contacted the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.
Illustration shows the passenger side door.
Instructions are for either front door.

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 22

Volvo S80 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 755
VOLVO015VOLVO 1080 Style04 1 V2601
VOLVO
V
O
L
V
O
Met hod - M1
Volvo S70 1998 2004
Volvo 800 Series 1995 1997
Volvo S70 R 2003 2004
Tool: Double Tool - 26
1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button.
2. Lower the tool into the door.
3. Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

Tool 26

VOLVO S70 Tool in insertion Position Tool in working position
Tool in working position
Go To Index
Page 756
V
O
L
V
O
VOLVO015bVOLVO 77 Style04 1 V2601
VOLVO Met hod - M1
Volvo V70 1998 2000
Tool: Double Tool - 26
1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button.
2 Lower the tool into the door.
3. Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door
lock button.

Tool 26

VOLVO V70 Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position
View from inside the door
Go To Index
Page 757
VOLVO018VOLVO 1287 Style06 1 V8812
VOLVO
V
O
L
V
O
Met hod - M1
Volvo cX90 2003 2010 Volvo CX70 2005 2010
TOOL: Double Bend Tool - 88
1. Insert Strip Savers between the window and the door or window frame.
2.Point tip of tool towards front of vehicle.
3.Tilt tool so that it is parallel to the door window frame.
4.Lower tool into the door.
5.Hook lock linkage under latch.
6.Pull up to unlock the door
NOTE: Whenever the door lock button is exposed, we recommend using this method.
Use 20
o
Tip

Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj
Tool 88-20

Volvo XC90 Tool in insertion position Move tool parrallel to window frame
Insert tool in corner of door Lower tool into door
Go To Index
Page 758
V
O
L
V
O
VOLVO019VOLVO 1035 Style00 1 V4701
VOLVO Met hod - M1
Volvo ALL 1980 1984
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Go To Index
Page 759
VOLVO020VOLVO 23 Style05 1 JackTool
VOLVO
V
O
L
V
O
Met hod - M1
Volvo V70 2008 2010
Volvo XC60 2009 2012
Volvo XC70 5 Door 2008 2012
Tool: 78SG Flexible Long Reach Tool
1. Insert the Jack tool on the top portion of the door frame.
2. Infate the Air Jack to create a cavity in the door.
3.Insert tool into cavity in the door, in the upper corner of the door frame.
4.Maneuver tool so that working end contact the door handle inside of the vehicle.
5.Hook the door handle and twist tool to open door.

Tool 78SG

Volvo XC70 Use the jack tool to create working
room
Insert the air wedge
Insert the long reach tool Pull the door handle twice to unlock
Go To Index
Page 760
V
O
L
V
O
VOLVO023VOLVO 600 Style05 1 starthand
VOLVO Met hod - M1
Volvo CX60 2011 2013
Volvo CX70 2011 2013
Volvo CX90 2011 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Volvo S60 Use the starter wedge to begin the
opening
Insert the long reach tool and unlock
the vehicle
Insert a long reach tool Pull the door handle to unlock the door
Go To Index
Page 761
VOLVO024VOLVO 1908 Style00 1 starthand
VOLVO
V
O
L
V
O
Met hod - M1
Volvo C30 2011 2013 Volvo C70 2011 2013
Tool- 78SG With Starter Air Jack and Regular Air jack
1. Use the Starter Air Jack to create working room between the door frame and the vehicle Body Pillar
2. Insert the Air Jack and Infate.
3. Remove the Starter air Jack
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage pull the door Handle to unlock the door
6 Remove the long reach tool then defate the Air Jack
7 Pull the outside Handle to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Go To Index
Page 762
V
O
L
V
O

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS001VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS 1584 Style05 1 V10103HT
VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Volvo HT Cab Over All
Tool: 101
1.insert the tool at the rear of the front door.
2.Lower the tool into the door at a slight angle.
3.the tool should land on top of the lock linkage that comes from the door lock button to the latch mechanism.
4.Push down and back on the linkage to unlock the truck.
Wedge
Direction
Wedge
Direction

Tool 101

Volvo Day Cab Over Create working room w/ Strip Saver &
Wedge. Insert tool in position shown
Tool is lowered in at rear of door. Tool
goes in less than half the lenth of door
Gently push down on linkage that con-
nects to door lock button
Note position of door lock button.
Linkace and button are parrallel
Go To Index
Page 763
VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS002VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS 1583 Style06 1 V10104HT
VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS
V
O
L
V
O

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Volvo HT NewStyle All
Tool: 101
1. insert the tool at the rear of the front door.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3. rock the tool so that the tip of the tool moves the linkage to the front of the truck.
4.The tip moves towards the front while the handle rocks to the rear.


Tool 101

Volvo New Style Insert tool in position shown Position & lower tool at rear of pas-
senger door Rock tool
Tool lays on top of linkage at position
shown
door lock button is a lever on top of
door
Rock top of tool towards rear which
moves linkage towards front of truck
Go To Index
Page 764
V
O
L
V
O

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS003VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS 1582 Style03 1 V10504HT
VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Volvo HT White GMC All
Tool: 105
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck.
Wedge
Direction

Linkage
Direction
Tool

Tool 105

Volvo White GMC ( includes all early
Volvo trucks manufactured under
White & GMC brand names)
Insert tool in position shown Lower tool into door less slightly less
than half way into door. Hook lock rod
where it connects to latch
Go To Index
Page 765
WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS001WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS 1504 Style06 1 V10203HT
WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS
W
E
S
T
E
R
N

S
T
A
R

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
Met hod - M1
Western Star Classic Style Heavy Duty All Western Star NewStyle Heavy Duty
Tool: 102 Upward Bend Tool
1 Insert a strip saver and wedge into the door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower the tool into the door with the tip of the tool facing the rear of the vehicle.
3.Hook the bottom of the lock linkage and lift the tool to unlock the door.
Wedge
Direction

Linkage
Direction
Tool

Tool 102

Western Star Classic Style Heavy Duty Western Star New Style Heavy Duty Lower tool at rear of passenger door
Note position of tool. Tip must go
under door lock rod where it connects
to door lock latch
View of door lock button from inside
door
Lift tool up under door lock linkage to
unlock door
Go To Index
Page 766
W
E
S
T
E
R
N

S
T
A
R

H
E
A
V
Y

T
R
U
C
K
S
WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS002WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS 1505 Style03 1 V4717HT
WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS Met hod - M1
Western Star Slant Nose All
TOOL: S Tool - 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Pull
Up
Wedge
Pull Up
Tool
Linkage

Tool 47

Western Star Slant Nose Create working room w/ Wedge &
Weather Strip
Hook door lock rod w/ tip of tool. Lift
tool to unlock door
Go To Index
Index From Make To Make Page 767
I
n
d
e
x
Index From _Alternate TO Acura
_Al t er nat e
Model Method Body Style Page #
Method Alt 103-04 Using the Alt 103-04 103 & 104 Tool 4
Method Alt 22 Using the Alt22 22 Tool 5
Method Alt 23 Using the Alt 23 23 Tool 3
Method Alt 26 Using the Alt26 26 Tool 6
Method Alt 35 Using the Alt35 35 Tool 7
Method Alt 47 Using the Alt47 47 Tool 8
Method Alt 74 Using the Alt74 74 Tool 9
Method Alt GM Using the AltGM Glassman Tool 10
Method Alt GMV Using the AltGMV Glassman Tool Vertical Buttons 11
Method Alt OHJ Using the AltOHJ One Hand Jack Tool & 78 Tool 12
Method Alt81 Using the Alt81 81 Tool 14
Method Alt87 Using the Alt57 87 Tool 15
Method Alt89 Using the Alt89 89 Tool 16
Method AltSJ1 Using the AltSJ1 Slim Jim 17
Method AltSJ2 Using the Altsj2 Slim Jim 18
Method Using the Startmulti Starter Air Jack & 78 Tool 13
MethodALT125 Using the ALT125 125 Tool 19
Ac ur a
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
CL M1 1997 1999 20
CL M1 2 Door 2001 2003 21
Integra M1 2 Door 1986 1993 22
Integra M1 4 door 1986 1993 23
Integra M1 2 door 1994 2001 24
Integra M1 4 Door 1994 2001 30
Integra M1 4 Door 1994 2001 29
Legend M1 4 Door 1986 1995 31
Legend M1 2 Door 1986 1995 23
MDX M1 2001 2006 25
MDX M2 2001 2006 26
MDX M1 2007 2012 32
NSX 1991 2005 30
NSX M1 1991 2005 29
RDX M1 4 door 2007 2012 32
RL M1 1997 1998 27
RL M1 4 Door 1999 2004 31
RL M1 2005 2012 32
RSX M1 3 Door 2002 2006 28
Page 768
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Acura To Audi
Ac ur a
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
SLX M1 1996 1999 23
TL M1 1996 1998 29
TL M2 1996 1998 30
TL M1 4 Door 1999 2003 31
TL M1 4 Door 2004 2008 28
TL M1 2009 2011 33
TL 2012 2013 33
TSX M1 2004 2008 28
TSX M1 2009 2013 33
TSX M1 Sports Wagon 2011 2013 33
Vigor M1 1992 1994 23
ZDX M1 2010 2013 34
Al f a Romeo
Model Method Begin Year Page #
All M1 All 35
Audi
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
1 Series M1 Coupe 2010 2012 51
100 M1 All 38
200 M1 38
4000 M1 1984 1989 36
5000 M1 1984 1989 36
80 M1 All 38
90 M1 All 38
A3 M1 4 door 2006 2012 43
A3 M1 4 door 2006 2012 42
A4 M1 Wagon 36
A4 M2 Wagon 37
A4 M1 Sedan 1999 2001 38
A4 M1 Sedan 2002 2008 39
A4 M1 Upto 1998 36
A4 M2 Upto 1998 37
A4 Avant M1 Wagon 1999 2001 38
A4 Avant M1 2004 2012 39
A4 Cabriolet M1 2 Door 2003 2009 40
A5 M1 Coupe 2008 2012 50
A6 M1 Sedan 1998 2011 42
Index From Make To Make Page 769
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Audi TO Autocar
Audi
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
A6 M2 Sedan 1998 2011 43
A6 M1 Sedan 2011 2013 41
A6 M1 Upto 1998 36
A6 M2 Upto 1998 37
A7 M1 4 door 2011 2012 46
A8 M1 Wagon 1998 2003 44
A8 M1 Sedan 1998 44
A8 M2 1998 37
A8 M1 Sedan 2001 2003 44
A8 M1 Sedan 2012 2013 45
A8L M1 Sedan 2001 2006 44
AllRoad M2 Wagon 48
Allroad M1 Wagon 1998 2005 47
Avant M2 48
Avant M1 1998 2005 47
Q5 M1 SUV 2009 2012 47
Q5 M2 SUV 2009 2012 48
Q7 M1 SUV 2007 2012 47
Q7 M2 SUV 2007 2012 48
R8 M1 Coupe 2008 2012 50
RS-4 M1 2006 2009 39
RS6 M1 2004 2009 42
RS6 M2 2004 2009 43
S4 M1 2000 2002 38
S4 M1 2006 2012 39
S4 Avant M1 Wagon 2001 2002 38
S4 Cabriolet M1 2006 2001 40
S5 M1 Coupe 2008 2012 50
S6 M1 2003 2009 42
S6 M2 2003 2009 43
S8 M1 Sedan 2001 2003 44
TT M1 Roadster 2000 2006 49
TT M1 2 DOOR 2000 2012 49
Aut oc ar
Model Method Begin Year Page #
All M1 All 52
Page 770
I
n
d
e
x
Index From BMW To Buick
BMW
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
3 Series M1 Convertible 1997 2012 54
3 Series M1 Framed Window 2000 2012 53
3 Series M1 Coupe 2007 2012 54
3 Series M1 2008 2012 54
325ci M1 2006 2012 54
325i M1 2006 2012 53
330i M1 2006 2012 53
5 Series M1 2001 2012 53
5 Series M1 Wagon 2005 2012 53
5 series M1 upto 2000 56
550i M1 2005 2012 53
6 Series M1 2004 2012 54
6 Series M1 upto 2003 56
645 M1 2005 2012 54
650I M1 2006 2012 54
7 Series M1 4 door 1989 2001 56
7 Series M1 2002 2009 53
745 M1 2005 2008 53
760 M1 2006 2008 53
8 Series M1 Upto 1998 55
M Coupe M1 1998 2002 56
M Coupe M1 2007 2010 54
M Roadster M1 1998 2002 56
M Roadster M1 2007 2010 54
M3 M1 2000 2010 54
M3 M1 Coupe Upto 1999 56
X3 M1 2004 2009 53
X5 M1 2002 2009 53
Z3 M1 1997 2002 57
Z4 M1 2003 2009 57
Z8 M1 All 57
Bui c k
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Century M1 4 door 1980 1982 185
Century M1 2 & 4 Door 1984 1996 186
Century M1 4 Door 1997 2005 302
Electra M1 4 door 1980 1984 185
Electra M1 2 Door 1980 1984 250
Index From Make To Make Page 771
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Buick TO Buick
Bui c k
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Electra M1 2 & 4 door 1985 1990 219
Enclave M1 2008 2012 282
Estate Wagon M1 4 Door 1980 1990 206
La cross M1 Seda 2010 2012 201
LaCrosse M1 2005 2009 187
LeSabre M1 4 door 1980 1985 206
LeSabre M1 2 Door 1980 1985 250
LeSabre M1 1986 1991 219
LeSabre M1 1992 1999 289
LeSabre M2 1992 1999 290
LeSabre M1 4 door 2000 2005 188
Lucerne M1 2006 2011 315
Park Avenue M1 4 door 1980 1984 185
Park Avenue M1 2 & 4 door 1985 1990 219
Park Avenue M1 1991 1996 289
Park Avenue M2 1991 1996 290
Park Avenue M1 1998 2005 189
Park Avenue Ultra M1 1991 1996 289
Park Avenue Ultra M2 1991 1996 290
Park Avenue Ultra M1 1998 2005 189
Rainer Ultra M1 2004 2006 266
Rainier M1 2004 2007 266
Reatta M1 1988 1991 190
Regal M1 2 door 1980 1987 191
Regal M1 1998 2004 302
Regal M1 2 door 2008 2010 198
Regal M2 4 door 2011 2013 197
Regal M2 4 door 2011 2013 196
Regal Somerset M1 2 & 4 Door 1986 1987 195
Regal Wagon M1 Wagon 1982 1986 185
Rendezvous M1 2002 2007 192
Rendezvous Ultra M1 2004 2006 192
Riviera M1 Front Wheel Drive 1980 1985 250
Riviera M1 1986 1993 296
Riviera M1 2 Door 1994 1999 193
Roadmaster Estate M1 Wagon 1991 1996 194
Roadmaster Sedan M1 4 door 1991 1996 217
Skyhawk M1 2 & 4 Door 1984 1989 243
Page 772
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Buick To Cadillac
Bui c k
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Skylark M1 1980 1985 243
Skylark M1 4 Door 1986 1997 195
Skylark M1 2 Door 1987 1991 195
Skylark M1 2 Door 1992 1997 253
Teraza M1 2005 2007 199
Verano M1 4 Door 2012 2013 242
Verano M1 4 Door 2012 2013 201
Cadi l l ac
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Allant M1 1987 1991 202
Allant M1 1992 1993 203
Brougham M1 2 Door 1985 1992 206
Brougham M1 4 Door 1985 1992 206
Catera M1 1997 2001 204
Cimarron M1 2 & 4 door 1982 1987 243
Coupe Deville M1 1979 1984 206
Coupe Deville M1 1985 1993 218
CTS M1 2002 2007 205
CTS M1 4 door 2008 2012 227
CTS M1 Sedan 2011 2012 227
CTS M1 Wagon 2011 2012 227
CTS Coupe M1 2 door 2011 2012 228
CTS Sport Wagon M1 4 door 2010 2012 227
CTS V M1 4 door 2009 2012 227
CTS-V M1 2006 2007 205
CTSV M1 2 door 2011 2012 228
Deville M1 2 Door 1977 1984 206
Deville M1 4 Door 1977 1984 206
Deville M1 2 door 1985 1993 218
Deville M1 4 door 1985 1993 207
DeVille M1 2 Door 1994 1999 208
Deville M1 4 Door 1994 1999 208
Deville M1 2 Door 2000 2005 209
Deville M1 4 door 2000 2005 209
Deville M2 2 Door 2000 2005 210
Deville M2 4 door 2000 2005 210
DeVille Concours M1 1994 1999 208
Deville Concours M1 2000 2002 209
Index From Make To Make Page 773
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Cadillac TO Cadillac
Cadi l l ac
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Deville Concours M2 2000 2002 210
DTS M1 2006 2013 211
El Dorado M1 1971 1978 212
El Dorado M1 2 door 1979 1984 250
El Dorado M1 1986 1991 189
El Dorado M1 Touring Coupe 1992 2002 208
El Dorado M1 Sport Coupe 1992 2002 208
El Dorado M1 1992 2002 208
Escalade M1 1998 2000 213
Escalade M2 1998 2000 214
Escalade M1 2002 2006 259
Escalade M2 2002 2006 260
Escalade M1 2007 2013 215
Escalade EXT M1 2002 2006 259
Escalade EXT M1 2002 2006 259
Escalade EXT M2 2002 2006 260
Escalade EXT M2 2002 2006 260
Escalade EXT M1 2007 2013 215
ESV M1 2003 2006 259
ESV M2 2003 2006 260
ESV M1 2007 2012 215
Fleetwood M1 2 Door 1977 1984 216
Fleetwood M1 4 Door 1977 1984 216
Fleetwood M1 2 Door 1985 1992 219
Fleetwood M1 4 Door 1985 1992 219
Fleetwood M1 4 door 1993 1996 217
Fleetwood M1 1994 1999 208
Fleetwood Brougham M1 2 Door 1977 1992 206
Fleetwood Brougham M1 4 Door 1977 1984 206
Fleetwood Brougham M1 4 Door 1985 1992 216
Fleetwood Brougham M1 4 door 1993 1996 217
Limousine M1 1982 1992 216
Limousine M1 1993 1996 217
Sedan Deville M1 1977 1984 206
Sedan Deville M1 1985 1993 218
Seville M1 1980 1985 220
Seville M1 1986 1991 189
Seville M1 1992 1997 220
Page 774
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Cadillac To Chevrolet
Cadi l l ac
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Seville M1 1998 2004 221
Seville STS M1 1986 1991 189
Seville STS M1 1992 1997 220
Seville STS M1 1998 2002 221
Sixty Special M1 1980 1993 207
Sixty Special M1 1985 1988 219
SRX M1 2004 2009 222
SRX M1 2010 2013 223
STS M1 2005 2013 224
STS M2 2005 2012 225
STS-V M1 2006 2012 224
STS-V M2 2006 2012 225
Touring Sedan M1 2 & 4 All 207
XLR M1 2004 2009 226
XLR-V M1 2006 2009 226
XTS M1 4 Door 2012 2013 229
Chevr ol et
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Astro Van M1 1985 2005 230
Astro Van M2 1985 2005 231
Avalanche M1 2002 2006 261
Avalanche M1 2007 2012 215
Aveo M1 4 Door 2004 2011 232
Aveo 5 M1 5 Door 2009 2011 232
Beretta M1 2 door 1988 1996 234
Berlineta M1 1982 1992 239
Blazer M1 Full Size 1980 1991 280
Blazer M2 Full Size 1980 1991 281
Blazer M1 S10 1985 1994 219
Blazer M1 K Series 1992 1994 235
Blazer M1 Full Size 1992 1994 235
Blazer M1 S10 1995 2005 237
Blazer M2 S10 1995 2005 238
Blazer Xtreme M1 Pickup 2002 2004 237
Camaro M1 1982 1992 239
Camaro M1 1993 2002 239
Camaro M1 2010 2013 240
Camaro M2 2010 2013 241
Index From Make To Make Page 775
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Chevrolet TO Chevrolet
Chevr ol et
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Camaro M1 Convertible 2011 2013 240
Camaro M2 Convertible 2011 2013 241
Caprice M1 2 door 1980 1990 250
Caprice & Wagon M1 4 door 1980 1990 206
Caprice Classic M1 4 door 1991 1996 194
Caprice Wagon M1 4 Door 1991 1996 194
Captiva M1 SUV 2012 2013 272
Cavalier M1 2 & 4 door 1982 1994 243
Cavalier M1 2 & 4 Door 1995 2005 244
Cavalier Wagon M1 2 & 4 door 1982 1994 243
Celebrity M1 All 1982 1990 244
Celebrity Wagon M1 Wagon 1984 1991 244
Chevette M1 1980 1987 185
Citation M1 1980 1985 243
Ck Series M1 2500/3500Heavy Duty 2001 2006 261
Ck Series M2 2500/3500Heavy Duty 2001 2006 262
Classic M1 2004 2005 253
Cobalt M1 2 Door 2005 2010 268
Cobalt M1 4 Door 2005 2010 269
Cobalt M2 4 Door 2005 2010 270
Cobalt SS M1 2 Door 2005 2010 268
Cobalt SS M1 4 Door 2005 2010 269
Cobalt SS M2 4 Door 2005 2010 270
Colorado M1 Pickup 2004 2012 277
Colorado M2 Pickup 2004 2012 278
Corsica M1 1988 1996 234
Corvette M1 1982 1996 245
Corvette M1 1997 2004 246
Corvette M1 2005 2013 226
Corvette Z06 M1 2006 2013 226
Cruz M1 4 door 2011 2013 242
Custom Cruiser M1 Wagon 1980 1990 206
Equinox M1 2005 2013 247
Equinox M1 2010 2012 276
Express Van M1 1996 2012 267
HHR M1 2006 2012 249
Impala M1 2 door 1980 1988 250
Impala M1 4 Door 1994 1996 194
Page 776
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Chevrolet To Chevrolet
Chevr ol et
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Impala M1 4 Door 2000 2005 251
Impala M2 4 Door 2000 2005 252
Impala M1 2006 2012 187
Impala SS M1 2006 2012 187
Lumina M1 1988 1994 234
Lumina M1 1995 2001 188
Lumina APV M1 FWD 1990 1996 305
Malibu M1 Wagon 1982 1986 185
Malibu M1 4 door 1982 1986 185
Malibu M1 4 door 1997 2003 253
Malibu M1 2004 2012 315
Malibu Classic M1 2004 2005 253
Malibu Maxx M1 2004 2007 315
Metro M1 2 Door 1998 2002 254
Metro M1 4 Door 1998 2002 254
Monte Carlo M1 2 door 1980 1989 191
Monte Carlo M1 2 Door 2000 2007 293
Monte Carlo LS M1 2 Door 1995 1999 255
Nova M1 1985 1988 273
Pick Up M1 Light Duty 1500 1999 2006 261
Pick Up M2 Light Duty 1500 1999 2006 262
Pickup M1 Full size 1980 1991 280
Pickup M2 Full Size 1980 1991 281
Pickup M1 S10 / S15 1985 1993 237
Pickup M1 S10 / S15 1985 1993 219
Pickup M1 Light Duty 1989 1998 257
Pickup M1 Heavy Duty 1989 2000 257
Pickup M1 S10 1994 2003 237
Pickup M1 Heavy Duty 2001 2006 261
Pickup M2 Heavy Duty 2001 2006 262
Prizm M1 4 Door 1993 2002 274
S10 M1 Pickup 1994 2003 237
S10 Pickup M1 S15 1985 1993 219
Silverado M1 2500/3500 1989 2000 257
Silverado M1 1500 1989 1998 257
Silverado M1 1500 1999 2006 261
Silverado M2 1500 1999 2006 262
Silverado M1 pickup 2007 2013 215
Index From Make To Make Page 777
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Chevrolet TO Chevrolet
Chevr ol et
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Sonic M1 4 Door 2012 2013 233
Sonic M1 5 Door Hatch 2012 2013 233
Spectrum M1 1985 1989 206
Sports Van M1 1983 1995 280
Sports Van M2 1983 1995 281
Sprint M1 1985 1988 275
SSR M1 2004 2006 256
Suburban M1 1980 1991 280
Suburban M1 1980 1991 280
Suburban M2 1980 1991 281
Suburban M2 1980 1991 281
Suburban M1 1992 1999 257
Suburban M2 1992 1999 258
Suburban M1 2000 2006 261
Suburban M2 2000 2006 262
Suburban M1 2007 2012 215
Tahoe M1 2 Door 1996 1998 235
Tahoe M2 2 Door 1996 1998 236
Tahoe M1 2000 2006 261
Tahoe M2 2000 2006 262
Tahoe M1 2007 2012 215
Tahoe Z71 M1 1998 2000 235
Tahoe Z71 M2 1998 2000 236
Tahoe Z71 M1 2001 2006 261
Tahoe Z71 M2 2001 2006 262
Tracker M1 2 & 4 door 1997 2004 265
TrailBlazer M1 2002 2009 266
TrailBlazer EXT M1 2004 2006 266
Traverse M1 2009 2012 282
Uplander M1 2005 2009 199
Van M1 Full Size 1983 1995 280
Van M2 Full Size 1983 1995 281
Van M1 Full Size 1996 2012 267
Venture M1 1997 2004 199
Volt M1 Sedan 2012 2013 271
Z24 M1 1991 1994 243
ZR1 M1 1982 1996 245
ZR1 M1 1997 2003 246
Page 778
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Chevrolet HT To Chrysler
Chevr ol et HT
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
4500 M1 Horizontal Linkage 2003 2012 60
5500 M1 Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009 60
C Series M1 Horizontal Linkage 1989 2002 59
C Series M1 Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009 60
C Series M1 Vertical Buttons and
Vent Windows
Pre 1989 58
T Series M1 Medium Duty 1996 2006 66
T Series M1 Medium Duty Pre 1995 65
Van Cab M1 All 61
W Series M1 Light Duty 1996 2009 64
W Series M1 Light Duty Pre 1995 62
W Series M2 Light Duty Pre 1995 63
Chr ysl er
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
200 M1 Convertible 2011 2013 68
200 M1 2011 2013 68
200 M2 2011 2013 69
300C M1 2005 2013 67
300C SRT M1 2005 2013 67
300M M1 1999 2004 67
Aspen M1 2007 2009 67
Cirrus M1 4 door 1995 2000 67
Concorde M1 1993 1997 76
Concorde M1 1998 2004 67
Conquest M1 1984 1989 103
Crossfre M1 Coupe 2004 2008 70
Crossfre M1 SRT 6 2005 2006 70
Crossfre M1 Roadster 2005 2008 70
Crossfre M1 Convertible 2005 2008 70
Fifth Avenue M1 1980 1985 74
Fifth Avenue M1 1985 1989 71
Fifth Avenue M1 1990 1993 71
Imperial M1 1980 1985 74
Imperial M1 1986 1989 71
Imperial M1 1990 1993 71
Laser M1 1984 1989 73
LeBaron M1 2 Door 1982 1989 73
LeBaron M1 4 Door 1982 1989 73
Index From Make To Make Page 779
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Chrysler TO Daihatsu
Chr ysl er
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
LeBaron M1 1990 1995 75
LeBaron Convertible M1 1990 1995 75
LeBaron GTC Convertible M1 1990 1995 75
LHS M1 1994 2001 76
Maserati TC M1 1989 1991 73
New Yorker M1 1980 1985 74
New Yorker M1 1986 1989 71
New Yorker M1 1990 1993 71
New Yorker M1 1994 1995 76
New Yorker Salon M1 1990 1993 71
Pacifca M1 Wagon 2004 2008 77
Prowler M1 2001 2002 78
PT Cruiser M1 4 Door 2001 2011 79
PT Cruiser M1 Convertible 2005 2008 79
Sebring M1 1995 2000 80
Sebring M1 Convertible 1996 2000 81
Sebring M1 Coupe 2001 2006 83
Sebring M1 4 Door 2001 2006 82
Sebring M1 Convertible 2001 2006 83
Sebring M1 Convrtiblr 2007 2012 86
Sebring M1 2007 2012 86
Town & Country M1 1984 1990 73
Town & Country M1 1991 2007 85
Town & Country M1 2008 2012 87
Town & Country Wagon M1 Wagon 1984 1988 73
Voyager M1 2001 2003 85
Daewoo
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Lanos M1 2 Door 1998 2002 113
Lanos M1 4 Door 1998 2002 114
Lanos Sport M1 Hatch Back 113
Leganza M1 4 DOOR 1998 2002 115
Nubira M1 4 Door 1998 2002 116
Nubira M1 Wagon 1998 2002 116
Dai hat su
Model Method Body Style Begin Year Page #
Charade M1 3 door/All All 117
Page 780
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Daihatsu To Dodge
Dai hat su
Model Method Body Style Begin Year Page #
Charade M1 4 door/All All 117
Dodge
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
3500 Cab Chassis M1 Truck 2008 2012 105
4500 /5500 M1 cab Chasssis 2008 2012 105
4500 /5500 M2 cab Chasssis 2008 2012 107
600 M1 1984 1988 73
Aries M1 1984 1988 73
Avenger M1 1995 2000 80
Avenger M1 2008 2010 82
Avenger M1 2010 2013 84
Cab Chassis M1 Truck 2008 2009 105
Caliber M1 2006 2012 109
Caliber SRT M1 2006 2012 109
Caravan M1 1984 1990 73
Caravan M1 1991 2007 85
Challenger M1 2 Door 2009 2013 88
Charger M1 1984 1990 73
Charger M1 2006 2010 82
Charger M1 2011 2013 84
Colt M1 Horizontal 1986 1994 89
Colt M2 Pop up locks 1986 1994 72
Colt M2 Pop up locks 1986 1994 72
Colt Vista M1 Horizontal 1986 1994 89
Colt Vista M2 Pop up locks 1986 1994 72
Colt Vista M2 Pop up locks 1986 1994 72
Dakota M1 1988 1996 101
Dakota M1 1997 2000 90
Dakota M1 2001 2004 91
Dakota M1 2005 2012 92
Daytona M1 1984 1990 73
Daytona M1 1990 1994 75
Diplomat M1 1982 1989 101
Durango M1 1998 2000 92
Durango M1 2001 2003 91
Durango M1 2004 2008 92
Durango M1 SUV 2011 2013 93
Dynasty M1 1988 1993 101
Index From Make To Make Page 781
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Dodge TO Dodge
Dodge
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Grand Caravan M1 1991 2007 85
Grand Caravan M1 2008 2012 87
Intrepid M1 1993 1997 76
Intrepid M1 1993 2006 76
Intrepid M1 1998 2004 76
Journey M2 2008 2012 108
Lancer M1 1984 1989 73
Magnum M1 2005 2008 67
Monaco M1 1990 1992 75
Neon M1 2 door 1994 1999 94
Neon M1 4 door 1994 1999 95
Neon M1 4 door 2000 2005 96
Neon RT M1 4door 2002 2003 96
Neon SRT-4 M1 2004 2005 96
Nitro M2 2007 2012 104
Omni M1 1983 1990 101
Pickup M1 1500 2009 2012 110
Ram M1 Truck 1979 1993 97
Ram M2 Van 1985 1997 101
Ram M2 Van 1985 1997 72
Ram M1 Truck 1994 2001 98
Ram M1 Truck 1994 2001 71
Ram M1 2500 Series 2002 2002 98
Ram M1 2500 Series 2002 2002 71
Ram M1 3500 Series 2002 2002 98
Ram M1 3500 Series 2002 2002 71
Ram M1 1500 2002 2008 99
Ram M1 2500, 3500 2004 2008 99
Ram M1 2500 2009 2012 110
Ram M1 2500 2009 2012 110
Ram M1 1500 2009 2012 110
Ram 4500/5500 M1 Truck 2008 2009 105
Ram 4500/5500 M2 Truck 2009 2009 107
Ram 4500/5500 M1 Truck 2011 2012 106
Ram Power Wagon M1 2004 2005 99
Ram SRT M1 2004 2009 99
Ram Van M1 1998 2003 100
Shadow M1 1984 1994 101
Page 782
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Dodge To Fiat
Dodge
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Shelby Charger M1 1984 1990 73
Spirit M1 1989 1995 101
Sprinter M1 2004 2009 102
Stealth M1 1991 1999 103
Stratus M1 4 Door 1995 2006 76
Stratus M1 Coupe 2001 2006 83
Stratus RT M1 2002 2006 83
Truck M1 Full Size 1979 1993 97
Truck M1 Full Size 1994 2001 98
Truck M1 Full Size 1994 2001 71
Van M2 Full Size 1985 1997 101
Van M2 Full Size 1985 1997 72
Eagl e
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Medallion M1 101
Premier M1 1988 1992 101
Summit M1 4 DOOR 1989 1992 101
Summit M1 2 Door 1989 1992 89
Summit Wagon M1 4 DOOR 1989 1992 101
Talon M1 1990 1994 112
Talon M1 1995 1999 111
Vision M1 1993 1997 76
Fer r ar i
Model Method Begin Year Page #
GTS M1 All 118
FI AT
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
500 M1 Coup 2011 2013 121
500C M1 Coupe 2011 2013 121
Fi at
Model Method Begin Year Page #
All M1 All 119
X/19 M1 All 120
Index From Make To Make Page 783
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Ford TO Ford
For d
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
500 M1 2006 2007 127
Aerostar M1 1987 1997 143
Aspire M1 1994 1997 132
Aspire M2 1994 1997 131
Bronco M1 Full Size 1979 1998 123
Bronco M2 Full Size 1979 1996 124
Bronco II M1 1983 1996 123
Bronco II M2 1983 1996 124
Club Wagon M2 Van 1992 2005 155
Cmax M1 2012 2013 154
Contour M1 1995 2000 125
Contour M2 1995 2000 126
Country Squire M1 1981 1991 150
Crew Cab F Series M1 4 door 2001 2003 140
Crown Victoria M1 1981 1991 150
Crown Victoria M1 1985 2007 127
E Series M2 Van 2001 2005 155
Econoline M1 1985 1991 155
Econoline M2 1985 1991 155
Econoline M2 Van 1998 2005 155
Econoline M1 2008 2012 155
Edge M1 2007 2010 128
Edge M1 2011 2013 129
Escape M1 2001 2013 130
Escape Hybrid M1 2005 2013 130
Escort M1 1983 1995 131
Escort M2 1983 1995 132
Escort M1 1996 1998 156
Escort ZX2 M1 1998 2003 156
Excursion M1 2000 2005 133
EXP M1 1983 1990 131
EXP M2 1983 1990 132
Expedition M1 1997 2006 133
Expedition M1 SUV 2007 2012 133
Explorer M1 1991 2001 122
Explorer M1 2002 2005 135
Explorer M2 2002 2005 136
Explorer M1 2006 2010 133
Page 784
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Ford To Ford
For d
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Explorer M1 2011 2013 134
Explorer Sport M1 2 Door 2001 2003 133
Explorer Sport-Trac M1 2006 2010 133
Explorer Sport-Track M1 4 Door 2001 2005 137
F Series M1 1997 2003 140
F Series M1 Cab Chasssis 2004 2012 176
F-150 M1 1985 1996 138
F-150 M2 1985 1996 139
F-150 M1 1997 2003 140
F-150 M1 2004 2012 140
F-250/550 M1 2004 2012 140
Fairmont M1 1983 1990 131
Fairmont M2 1983 1990 132
Festiva M1 1988 1994 131
Festiva M2 1988 1994 132
Fiesta M1 5 door Hatch 2011 2013 159
Fiesta M1 4 door 2011 2013 158
Fiesta M1 5 door Hatch 2011 2013 158
Fiesta M2 4 door 2011 2013 159
Flex M1 2009 2012 160
Focus M1 3 door 2000 2007 142
Focus M1 2 door 2000 2007 142
Focus M1 2008 2011 156
Focus M1 5 door Hatch 2012 2013 157
Focus M1 4 door 2012 2013 157
Freestar M1 2004 2007 143
Freestyle M1 2005 2007 148
Fusion M1 2006 2009 144
Fusion M1 2010 2012 163
Granada M1 All 131
LTD M1 1982 1991 150
Mustang M1 1983 2004 145
Mustang M1 2 door 2005 2012 146
Probe M1 1993 1997 147
Ranger M1 New Style 1989 2012 133
SVT Lightning M1 2004 2008 140
SVT ZX5 ZT5 M1 ZTW ZX3 2000 2007 142
SVT Focus M1 2004 2007 142
Index From Make To Make Page 785
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Ford TO Ford HT
For d
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
SVT Mustang Cobra M1 2004 2004 145
Taurus M1 1985 1991 149
Taurus M1 1992 1995 150
Taurus M1 1996 2006 151
Taurus M1 Four Door 2008 2009 127
Taurus M1 2010 2012 162
TaurusX M1 2008 2009 127
Tempo M1 1984 1994 149
Thunderbird M1 1984 1988 149
Thunderbird M1 1989 1997 127
Transit Connect M1 Van 2010 2012 152
Transit Connect M2 Van 2010 2012 153
Truck M1 Full Size 1979 1996 138
Truck M2 Full Size 1979 1996 139
Truck M1 Full Size 1997 2003 140
Van M2 Full Size 1985 1991 155
Van M2 Full Size 1992 2005 155
Windstar M1 1994 2003 143
XLS M1 2004 2006 133
For d HT
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
All M1 1996 1998 1/2 171
All M1 Pre 1996 169
All M2 Pre 1996 170
Cab Over M1 Heavy Duty 174
Cargo 6000 M1 Cab Over All 172
Cargo 7000 M1 Cab Over 172
Cargo 8000 M1 Cab Over All 172
F350, F450, 550 M1 Medium Duty 1997 2007 175
F350, F450, 550 M1 Medium Duty Pre-1996 173
F350/F450/F550 M1 Medium Duty 2008 2012 176
F650 M1 Heavy Duty 2007 2012 177
F650, F750 M1 Medium Duty 173
F650, F750 M1 Medium Duty 1997 2012 175
F800 M1 Medium Duty Upto 1996 173
F850 M1 Medium Duty 1997 2012 175
Page 786
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Freightliner To GMC
Fr ei ght l i ner
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
All other Freightliners M1 Heavy Duty All 178
Cab Over M1 Heavy Duty All 180
Century Classic M1 All 178
Classic XL M1 All 178
Colombia Series M1 178
Columbia Class M1 All 184
FL Series M1 All 179
FL112 M1 All 179
FL60, FL70 M1 179
FL80 M1 All 179
FLD Series M1 All 183
M2 M1 All 182
Sprinter M1 2004 2012 181
Geo
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Metro M1 2 & 4 Door 1985 1998 275
Prizm M1 1989 1992 273
Prizm M1 4 Door 1993 1997 273
Prizm M2 4 Door 1993 1997 274
Prizm M1 4 Door 1998 274
Storm M1 1990 1993 275
Storm 2+2 Coupe M1 1990 1993 275
Storm Hatchback M1 1990 1993 275
Tracker M1 2 & 4 door 1985 1998 265
GMC
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Acadia M1 SUV 2007 2012 282
Blazer M1 Full Size 1992 1994 235
Canyon M1 2004 2012 277
Canyon M2 2004 2012 278
Envoy M1 1998 2001 237
Envoy M2 1998 2001 238
Envoy M1 2002 2009 266
Envoy XL M1 2004 2008 266
Envoy XUV M1 2004 2008 266
Jimmy M1 Full Size 1980 1991 280
Jimmy M2 Full Size 1980 1991 281
Index From Make To Make Page 787
I
n
d
e
x
Index From GMC TO GMC
GMC
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Jimmy M1 S15 1985 1994 219
Jimmy M1 Full Size 1992 1994 235
Jimmy M1 S15 1995 2001 237
Jimmy M2 S15 1995 2001 238
Pickup M1 Full Size 1980 1991 279
Pickup M1 Full Size 1989 1999 258
Pickup M1 2500/3500 HD 1989 2000 258
Pickup M1 1500 Series 1999 2006 263
Pickup M2 1500 Series 1999 2005 264
Safari M1 1985 2005 230
Safari M2 1985 2005 231
Savana M1 1996 2006 267
Sierra M1 2500/3500 1989 2000 258
Sierra M1 1500 1989 1998 258
Sierra M1 1500 1999 2006 263
Sierra M2 1500 1999 2005 264
Sierra M1 2500/3500 2001 2006 263
Sierra M2 2500/3500 2001 2005 264
Sierra M1 pickup 2007 2012 215
Sierra Denali M1 2001 2006 263
Sierra Denali M2 Heavy Duty 2001 2005 264
Sonoma M1 Pickup 1985 2003 237
Sonoma M1 Crew cab 1990 2004 237
Suburban M1 1980 1991 280
Suburban M2 1980 1991 281
Suburban M1 1992 1999 257
Suburban M2 1992 1999 258
Terrain M1 SUV Crossover 2010 2012 276
Typhoon M1 1985 1994 219
Van M2 Rally/Cargo 281
Van M1 Rally/Cargo 1983 1995 280
Van M1 Full Size 1983 1995 280
Van M2 Full Size 1983 1995 281
Van M1 Full Size 1996 2006 267
Yukon M1 1996 1999 235
Yukon M2 1996 1999 236
Yukon M1 2000 2006 263
Yukon M2 2000 2006 264
Page 788
I
n
d
e
x
Index From GMC To Hino Heavy Trucks
GMC
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Yukon M1 2007 2012 215
Yukon Denali M1 1998 2000 235
Yukon Denali M2 1998 2000 236
Yukon Denali M1 2001 2006 263
Yukon Denali M2 2001 2006 264
Yukon Denali M1 2007 2012 215
Yukon XL M1 2007 2012 215
Yukon XL Denali M1 2000 2006 263
Yukon XL Denali M2 2000 2006 264
Yukon XLT M1 2000 2006 263
Yukon XLT M2 2000 2006 264
GMC HT
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
C Series M1 Horizontal Linkage 1989 2002 321
C Series M1 All Heavy and Medium
Duty with Horizontal
Linkage
2003 2009 322
C Series M1 Vent Windows Pre 1989 320
Cab Over M1 Heavy Duty 320
T Body M1 Medium Duty Pre 1995 318
T Series M1 Medium Duty 1996 2009 319
Van Cab M1 All 323
W Series M1 Light Duty 1995 1/2 2009 317
W Series M1 Light Duty Pre 1995 316
W Series M2 Light Duty Pre 1995 317
Hi no 258
Model Method Begin Year End Year Page #
Conventional Cab M1 2003 2012 324
Hi no Heavy Tr uc k s
Model Method Begin Year End Year Page #
Conventional Cab M1 2003 2012 324
FA Series M1 325
FE Series M1 All 326
Old Style M1 All 327
Index From Make To Make Page 789
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Honda TO Honda
Honda
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Accord M1 Vert. Locks 1976 1993 329
Accord M1 Horiz. locks 1976 1994 328
Accord M2 Vert. Locks 1976 1993 330
Accord M1 4 Door 1994 1997 334
Accord M1 2 Door 1995 1997 331
Accord M1 4 Door 1998 2002 333
Accord M1 2 Door 1998 2002 333
Accord M1 2 Door 2003 2007 333
Accord M1 4 Door 2003 2007 333
Accord M1 4 Door 2008 2012 352
Accord M1 2 Door 2008 2012 350
Accord Hybrid M1 2005 2007 333
Accord Hybrid M1 2005 2007 333
Civic M1 4 Door 1985 1989 328
Civic M1 2 Dr 1985 1994 328
Civic M1 Horizontal 1989 1994 328
Civic M1 2 & 4 Door 1990 1995 329
Civic M1 Vert. Locks 1990 1995 329
Civic M2 2 & 4 Door 1990 1995 330
Civic M2 Vert. Locks 1990 1995 330
Civic M1 2 Door 1996 2000 331
Civic M1 4 Door 1996 2000 334
Civic M1 2 Door 2001 2005 335
Civic M1 4 Door 2001 2005 336
Civic M1 4 Door 2006 2011 337
Civic M1 2 Door 2006 2011 337
Civic M1 4 Door 2012 2013 338
Civic M1 2 Door 2012 2013 338
Civic M1 2 Door 2012 2013 338
Civic M1 Hybrid 2012 2013 338
Civic Hybrid M1 2004 2005 336
Civic SI M1 3 door hatch 2002 2005 333
Civic Si M1 2006 2011 337
Civic SI M1 2 & 4 Door 2012 2013 338
Crostour M1 2010 2012 351
CRV M1 1997 2001 339
CRV M1 SUV 2002 2006 340
CRV M1 2007 2012 347
Page 790
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Honda To Hyundai
Honda
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
CRX M1 1989 1996 328
CRZ M1 2 door 2011 2013 346
Del Sol M1 1993 1995 329
Del Sol M2 1993 1995 330
Del Sol M1 1996 1998 331
Element M1 2003 2012 341
FCX Clarity M1 2012 2013 355
Fit M1 2007 2008 348
Fit M1 2009 2012 349
Insight M1 2001 2012 332
Oddysey M1 1995 1998 330
Oddysey M1 1999 2010 342
Oddysey M2 1999 2010 343
Oddysey M1 van 2011 2013 344
Passport M1 1994 1997 342
Passport M1 1998 2002 330
Pilot M1 2003 2008 353
Pilot M1 2009 2012 354
Prelude M1 1988 1996 328
Ridgeline M1 2005 2012 341
S2000 M1 2000 2009 345
Hummer
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
H1 M1 1997 2005 284
H1 M2 1997 2007 285
H1 Alpha M2 Soft Top 2006 2008 283
H2 M1 2003 2007 286
H2 M1 2008 2010 288
H3 M1 2005 2008 287
H3x M1 2008 2010 287
SUT M1 2005 2007 286
Hyundai
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Accent M1 1995 1999 356
Accent M1 2/4 DOOR 2000 2005 357
Accent M1 Hatchback 2001 2002 357
Accent M1 2006 2011 358
Index From Make To Make Page 791
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Hyundai TO Hyundai HT
Hyundai
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Accent M1 2012 2013 359
Azera M1 2006 2010 360
Azera M1 2011 2012 361
Elantra M1 1992 1995 357
Elantra M1 4/WAGON 1996 2000 362
Elantra M1 2001 2006 363
Elantra M1 5 door-Hatch 2002 2006 363
Elantra M1 4 door 2007 2010 363
Elantra M1 2011 2013 364
Elantra GT M1 4 Door 2004 2006 363
Entourage M1 2007 2008 377
Equius M1 2011 2013 382
Excel M1 1986 1994 367
Genesis M1 4 door 2009 2013 381
Genesis M1 2 door 2010 2013 380
Santa Fe M1 2000 2006 366
Sante Fe M1 2007 2012 378
Scoupe M1 1991 1995 365
Sonata M1 1989 1996 367
Sonata M1 1997 1998 367
Sonata M1 1999 2001 368
Sonata M1 4 door 2002 2005 369
Sonata M1 2006 2010 370
Sonata M1 4 door 2011 2012 371
Tiburon M1 1997 2002 372
Tiburon M1 2003 2008 373
Tuscon M1 2005 2010 374
Tuscon M1 2011 2013 375
Velostar M1 2012 2013 383
Veracruz M1 2007 2012 379
XG300 M1 2001 2005 376
XG350 M1 4 door 2002 2005 376
Hyundai HT
Model Method Begin Year Page #
Bering Medium Duty M1 All 385
Light Duty M1 All 384
Page 792
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Infniti To Infniti
Infniti
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
EX M1 5 door 2008 2012 401
EX M1 3 Door 2008 2012 402
FX 45 M1 2003 2012 386
FX35 M1 2003 2012 386
FX35 M1 SUV 2007 2008 401
FX35 M1 2009 2011 401
G IPL M1 2010 2012 391
G20 M1 1997 2002 387
G20 M2 1997 2002 388
G25 M1 4 Door 2010 2012 391
G25 M1 2 Door 2011 2013 389
G35 M1 4 Door 2003 2008 390
G35 M1 2 Door 2003 2012 389
G35 M1 4 Door 2010 2012 391
G35 Sport M1 Coupe 2007 2008 397
G37 M1 2 door 2008 2009 389
G37 M1 4 Door 2010 2012 391
I30 M1 1996 1999 393
I30 M1 4 Door 2000 2001 392
I35 M1 4 door 2002 2004 392
J30 M1 1993 1998 393
M30 M1 1990 1993 395
M35 M1 2006 2010 394
M37 M1 2010 2012 403
M37 M1 Hybrid 2011 2013 403
M45 M2 2003 2004 389
M45 M1 2006 2010 394
M56 M1 2010 2012 403
M56 M1 Hybrid 2011 2013 403
Q45 M1 1990 1996 395
Q45 M1 1997 2001 396
Q45 M1 2002 2008 397
Q45 Sport M1 2006 2007 397
QX4 M1 1997 2003 398
QX4 M2 1997 2003 399
QX56 M1 2005 2010 400
QX56 M1 2011 2014 401
Index From Make To Make Page 793
I
n
d
e
x
Index From International TO Isuzu
I nt er nat i onal
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
4000 M1 411
4000 Series M1 up to 2001 404
4000 Series M2 up to 2001 405
4300 M1 All 411
7000 M1 All 411
Cab Over M1 Heavy Duty All 407
Durastar M2 Medium Duty 2008 2012 405
Eagle M1 Slanted Doors All 409
Eagle M1 Flat Doors All 408
Eagle M2 Slanted Doors All 410
Heavy Duty Models M1 Slanted Doors 409
Heavy Duty Models M1 Flat Doors 408
Heavy Duty Models M2 Slanted Doors 410
Pay Star M1 Heavy Duty All 406
I suzu
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Amigo M1 Hard & Soft Top 1994 2000 416
Ascender M1 2003 2006 412
Ascender M1 2007 2009 412
Axiom M1 2002 2004 413
Hombre M1 1996 2001 412
i-280 M1 2006 2008 414
I-290 M1 2006 2008 414
i-350 M1 2006 2008 414
I-370 M1 2007 2008 420
I-Mark M1 1985 1993 416
Impulse M1 1990 1993 415
Oasis M1 1996 2000 417
Pickup M1 1990 1995 416
Rodeo M1 1991 1997 416
Rodeo M1 1998 2004 417
Rodeo Sport M1 2 & 4 Door 2001 2003 416
Stylus M1 1990 1993 418
Trooper M1 1984 2000 416
Trooper M1 2001 2002 416
VehiCross M1 1999 2001 419
VX-4 M1 419
Page 794
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Isuzu HT To Jeep
I suzu HT
Model Method Begin Year End Year Page #
FTR M1 1996 2008 425
FTR M1 Pre-1995 424
NPR M1 1996 2008 423
NPR M1 Pre-1995 421
NPR M2 Pre-1995 422
J aguar
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Coupe Convertible M1 1984 1996 429
Majestic M1 426
S TYPE M1 2000 2009 431
S Type R M1 2003 2012 431
Sovereign M1 1990 1999 426
Vanden Plas M1 1986 1996 426
Vanden Plas M1 1997 2005 427
Vanden Plas M2 1997 2005 428
X Type M1 2002 2006 431
X-Type Wagon M1 2005 2006 431
XF M1 2009 2012 432
XJ M1 2010 2012 432
XJ12 M1 1980 1996 426
XJ6 M1 1987 1996 426
XJ8 M1 1997 2006 427
XJ8 M2 1997 2009 428
XJR M1 1997 2006 427
XJR M2 1997 2006 428
XJR-S M1 1984 1996 429
XJS M1 1984 1996 429
XK M1 2007 2012 430
XK8 M1 Coupe 1997 2009 430
XK8 M1 Convertible 1997 2009 430
XKF M1 2009 2012 432
XKR M1 Convertible 1997 2009 430
XKR M1 Coupe 1997 2006 430
Jeep
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Cherokee M1 1979 2001 433
CJ Series M1 1986 1997 438
Index From Make To Make Page 795
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Jeep TO Kia
Jeep
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
CJ Series M1 1998 2002 439
Comanche M1 1986 1992 433
Commander M1 2005 2010 436
Compass M1 2007 2012 440
Grand Cherokee M1 1993 1998 434
Grand Cherokee M1 1999 2004 435
Grand Cherokee M1 2005 2010 436
Grand Cherokee M1 2011 2013 437
Grand Wagoneer M1 1993 1995 434
Liberty M1 2002 2007 437
Liberty M1 UV 2008 2012 442
Patriot M1 2007 2012 440
Wagoneer M1 1980 1992 433
Wrangler M1 1986 1997 438
Wrangler M1 1998 2004 439
Wrangler M1 2006 2012 441
Wrangler Unlimited M1 2005 2012 441
Kenwor t h
Model Method Body Style Begin Year Page #
C series M1 446
Cab Over M1 Heavy Duty All 443
K300 Cab Over M1 Medium Duty 445
T2000 M1 All 445
T300 M1 Slanted Doors All 444
T300 M1 Flat Doors All 443
T400 M1 Slanted Doors 444
T400 M1 Flat Doors 443
T600 M1 Flat Doors All 443
T600 M1 Slanted Doors All 444
T800 M1 Slanted Doors All 444
T800 M1 Flat Doors All 443
W Series M1 All 446
Ki a
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Amanti M1 2004 2009 457
Borrego M1 2009 2011 467
Cinco M1 2002 2005 452
Page 796
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Kia To Land Rover
Ki a
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Forte M1 5 door 2010 2012 469
Forte M1 4 door 2010 2012 469
Forte M2 5 door 2010 2012 470
Forte M2 4 door 2010 2012 470
Forte Coupe M1 2 door 2010 2012 468
Optima M1 Sedan 2001 2006 448
Optima M2 Sedan 2001 2006 449
Optima M1 2007 2010 450
Optima M1 2011 2013 451
Optima M1 Hybrid 2011 2013 451
Rio M1 2 & 4 Door 2001 2005 452
Rio M1 2006 2010 453
Rio M1 4 door 2011 2013 454
Rio M2 5 door 2011 2013 455
Rio 5 M1 2006 2010 453
Rio Cinco M1 2004 2005 452
Rondo M1 2007 2010 465
Sedona M1 Mini Van 2002 2005 456
Sedona M1 2006 2012 457
Sephia M1 1994 1997 452
Sephia M1 1998 2001 458
Sorento M1 2003 2009 459
Sorento M1 2010 2012 460
Soul M1 2010 2011 447
Spectra M1 2001 2004 461
Spectra M1 Hatchback 2002 2004 461
Spectra M1 2005 2010 462
Spectra 5 M1 2005 2010 462
Sportage M1 1995 2002 463
Sportage M1 2005 2010 464
Sportage M1 2011 2013 466
Land Rover
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
All Models M1 1980 1993 471
Discovery M1 1994 2004 471
Evoque M1 2011 2013 476
Freelander M1 4 door 2002 2005 472
Freelander M1 3 Door 2003 2005 472
Index From Make To Make Page 797
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Land Rover TO Lexus
Land Rover
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
LR2 M1 2006 2012 475
LR3 M1 2005 2009 473
LR4 M1 2006 2012 475
Range Rover M1 1994 2000 474
Range Rover M1 2001 2012 475
Range Rover Sport M1 2006 2012 475
Lex us
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
ES250 M1 1990 1992 479
ES250 M1 All 488
ES300 M1 1992 1996 477
ES300 M1 2002 2003 478
ES330 M1 2004 2006 478
ES350 M1 2007 2012 488
ES350 M1 2012 2013 489
GS300 M1 1994 2008 479
GS400 M1 1994 2000 479
GS430 M1 2006 2010 479
GX M1 series 2010 2012 480
GX460 M1 SUV 2010 2012 491
GX470 M1 2003 2010 480
HS250h M1 2010 2012 492
IS 250 M1 2006 2010 483
IS 350 M1 2006 2010 483
IS Convertible M1 2010 2012 490
IS300 M1 2001 2005 488
IS300 Sport M1 2002 2005 488
ISC M1 2010 2012 490
LS400 M1 1990 2000 485
LS430 M1 2001 2006 485
LX 450 M1 1996 1998 485
LX 470 M1 1999 2007 481
LX570 M1 SUV 2008 2012 484
RX 300 M1 1999 2003 485
RX330 M1 2004 2007 486
RX400h M1 2006 2008 482
SC300 M1 1992 2000 485
SC400 M1 1992 2000 485
Page 798
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Lexus To Mack
Lex us
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
SC430 M1 2002 2012 487
Li nc ol n
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Aviator M1 2003 2005 164
Blackwood M1 2002 2003 140
Continental M1 1980 1988 168
Continental M1 1989 1995 127
Continental M1 1996 2002 127
LS Series M1 2000 2006 166
Mark LT M1 2006 2008 165
Mark VII M1 1987 1992 167
Mark VIII M1 1993 1998 165
MKS M1 2010 2011 162
MKT M1 Crossover 2010 2012 161
MKX M1 2007 2010 128
MKX M1 2011 2013 129
MKZ M1 4 door 2007 2009 144
MKZ M1 2010 2012 163
Navigator M1 1997 2006 127
Navigator M1 2007 2011 133
Navigator XL M1 2008 2011 133
Town Car M1 1985 1989 168
Town Car M1 1990 1997 168
Town Car M1 1998 2012 127
Zephyr M1 2006 144
Lot us
Model Method Begin Year Page #
Elan M1 All 493
Esprit M1 493
Mac k
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
All Other M1 Cab Over All 494
Cab Over M1 Heavy Duty 494
Freedom M1 All 495
Granite M1 All 496
MR Series M1 Heavy Duty Cab Over All 494
Index From Make To Make Page 799
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Mack TO Mazda
Mac k
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
MS Series M1 Medium Duty Cab All 497
New Style M1 Paddle Handle Pre-1995 498
Old Style M1 Lever Type Handle All 499
Vision M1 1999 2012 500
Maser at i
Model Method Begin Year Page #
Biturbo Zagato M1 All 501
Mazda
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
2 M1 5 door Hatch 2011 2013 503
2 M1 4 door 2011 2013 503
2 M1 4 door 2011 2013 504
2 M1 5 door Hatch 2011 2013 504
3 M1 2004 2009 505
3 M1 Sedan 2010 2012 506
3 M1 Hatchback 2010 2012 506
323 M2 1990 1995 518
5 M1 2006 2011 507
5 M1 2012 2013 508
6 M1 2003 2008 510
6 M1 2009 2012 521
6 Hatch Back M1 2004 2008 510
6 Wagon M1 2004 2008 510
626 M2 1983 1992 518
626 M1 1993 1997 519
626 M1 1998 2002 511
929 M1 1988 1991 518
929 M1 1992 1995 512
B series Pickup M1 2001 2010 518
B2000 / B2200 M1 1990 2000 518
B2000 / B2200 M1 1990 2000 519
B2500 / B2600 M1 1990 2001 518
B2500 / B2600 M1 1990 2001 519
B3000 M1 1990 2001 518
B3000 M1 1990 2001 519
B4000 M1 1990 2001 518
B4000 M1 1990 2001 519
Page 800
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Mazda To Mercedes
Mazda
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
CX-7 M1 SUV 2007 2012 523
CX-9 M1 SUV 2007 2012 524
GLC M2 1980 1990 518
Mazda Speed M1 2005 2010 517
Miata M1 1990 2000 513
Miata M1 2001 2008 517
Millenia M1 4 Door 1995 2002 514
MPV M1 1989 1999 515
MPV M1 2000 2007 516
MPV LX M1 2002 2003 516
MX-5 Miata M1 2004 2005 517
MX-5 Miata M1 2006 2011 517
MX3 M1 1992 1996 502
MX5 Roadster M1 513
MX6 M1 1988 1992 519
MX6 M1 1993 1997 512
Navajo M1 1991 1998 519
Protg M1 1990 2003 519
Protg M2 1990 2001 518
Protg 5 M1 4 door 2002 2003 519
Protg Speed M1 2003 2005 519
RX7 M1 1986 1992 512
RX7 M1 1993 1996 520
RX8 M1 2004 2010 509
Tribute M1 2001 2009 522
Mer c edes
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
190E Series M1 1984 1995 525
260E M1 1980 1988 528
300CE M1 1990 1995 526
300E M1 1980 1988 528
300E M1 1989 1994 533
300SL M1 1990 1995 530
300TE M1 1980 1988 528
420SEL M1 1990 1996 527
450SL M1 1977 528
500S M1 2003 2008 530
500SL M1 1990 1995 530
Index From Make To Make Page 801
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Mercedes TO Mercedes
Mer c edes
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
560SL M1 1986 1991 530
560SL M1 1986 1991 530
C Class M1 4 door 2008 2012 537
C-Series M1 4 door 1994 2002 533
C230 M1 Coupe 2002 2005 529
C230 M2 Coupe 2002 2005 533
C280 M1 2003 2007 529
C280 M2 2004 2007 533
C320 M1 Sedan & Wagon 2000 2007 529
C320 M2 Sedan & Wagon 2000 2007 533
C32AMG M1 Sedan 2002 2007 529
C32AMG M2 Sedan 2002 2007 533
CL-500 M1 Coupe 2000 2012 530
CL55 M1 AMG Coupe 2001 2002 530
CL600 M1 Coupe 2001 2003 530
CLK 250 M1 2006 2012 530
CLK 320 M1 coupe & convertible 1998 2005 530
CLK 350 M1 Coupe & Convertible 1998 2012 530
CLK 430 M1 coupe & convertible 1998 2004 530
CLK 500 M1 Coupe & Convertible 1998 2004 530
CLK 500 M1 2005 2012 530
CLK 55 M1 Coupe & Convertible 1998 2012 530
CLK Series M1 Coupe & Convertible 1998 2012 530
E 350 M1 Coupe 2011 2014 538
E Class M1 2010 2012 543
E Class Convertible M1 2010 2012 542
E Class Coupe M1 2010 2012 542
E-Class M1 1996 2003 531
E320 M1 Sedan & Wagon 1996 2009 531
E350 M1 Sedan 2006 2009 531
E350 M1 Wagon 2006 2009 531
E350 M2 Coupe 2011 2014 539
E430 M1 Sedan 1996 2009 531
E55AMG M1 Sport Sedan 1996 2009 531
G Class M1 2005 2012 536
G500 M1 525
GL M1 2006 2012 535
GL450 M1 2006 2010 531
Page 802
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Mercedes To Mercury
Mer c edes
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
GLK M1 SUV 2010 2012 540
GLK M2 SUV 2010 2012 541
ML320 M1 1998 2002 532
ML350 M1 2004 2007 531
ML430 M1 All 532
ML500 M1 2000 2002 532
ML55 M1 2000 2002 532
S-Class M1 1994 2009 533
SL 500 M1 coupe & convertible 1999 2010 534
SL 600 M1 coupe & convertible 1999 2010 534
SL Class M1 coupe & convertible 1999 2010 534
SL Convertible M1 2003 2010 530
SLK 280 M1 2003 2010 530
SLK 350 M1 2005 2007 530
SLK Class M1 2003 2010 530
Mer c ur y
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Capri M1 1983 1993 131
Capri M2 1983 1986 132
Capri Convertible M1 1991 1994 131
Capri Convertible M1 1991 1994 132
Cougar M1 1984 1988 149
Cougar M1 1989 1997 127
Cougar M1 1989 1997 127
Cougar M1 1999 2002 142
Grand Marquis M1 1985 2011 127
LN7 M1 1983 1990 149
Lynx M1 1983 1990 149
Marauder M1 2003 2004 127
Mariner M1 2001 2010 130
Merkur M1 All 168
Milan M1 2006 2009 144
Milan M1 2010 2012 163
Montego M1 2005 2007 127
Monterey M1 2004 2007 147
Mountaineer M1 1997 2001 122
Mountaineer M1 2002 2005 135
Mountaineer M2 2002 2005 136
Index From Make To Make Page 803
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Mercury TO Mitsubishi
Mer c ur y
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Mountaineer M1 2006 2011 133
Mystique M1 1995 2000 125
Mystique M2 1995 2000 126
Sable M1 1985 1991 149
Sable M1 1992 1995 150
Sable M1 1996 2005 151
Sable M1 4 Door 2008 2009 127
Scorpio M1 168
Topaz M1 1984 1994 131
Topaz M2 1984 1994 132
Tracer M1 1991 2000 131
Tracer M2 1991 2000 132
Villager M1 1993 2002 141
XR4Ti M1 All 168
Zephyr M1 1983 1990 131
Zephyr M2 1991 2000 132
Mi ni
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Clubman M1 Long body 2008 2012 544
Cooper M1 544
Cooper M1 Convertible 2008 2012 544
Cooper Convertible M1 Convertible 2009 2012 544
Countryman M1 4 door 2011 2013 545
Mi t subi shi
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
3000 GT M1 1991 1999 546
3000 GT Spyder M1 Convertible 1991 1999 546
Diamante M1 1992 1996 547
Diamante M1 1992 1996 547
Diamante M1 1997 2004 552
Diamante Wagon M1 1993 1996 547
Eclipse M1 1990 1994 548
Eclipse M1 1995 1999 549
Eclipse M1 2000 2005 565
Eclipse M1 2006 2012 565
Eclipse Spyder M1 Convertible 2003 2005 565
Eclipse Spyder M1 Convertible 2007 2012 565
Page 804
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Mitsubishi To Mitsubishi HT
Mi t subi shi
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Endeavor M1 2004 2008 550
Endeavor M1 2010 2012 550
Evolution M1 2004 2007 554
Expo M1 1993 1994 558
Galant M1 1987 1993 547
Galant M2 1987 1993 547
Galant M1 1994 1998 551
Galant M1 1999 2003 551
Galant M1 2004 2012 553
IMIEV M1 2012 2013 568
Lancer M1 4 door 2002 2006 554
Lancer M1 2007 2012 566
Lancer M1 Sport Back 2007 2012 566
Mighty Max M1 All 564
Mirage M1 1985 1988 555
Mirage M1 2 Door Coupe 1989 1992 547
Mirage M1 3 Door Hatch 1989 1996 556
Mirage M1 4 Door Sedan 1989 1996 547
Mirage M1 2 door 1993 1996 556
Mirage M1 2 door 1997 2002 557
Mirage Sedan M1 4 door 1997 2002 557
Montero M1 1989 2000 558
Montero M1 2001 2007 559
Montero Sport M1 1997 2004 560
Outlander M1 2003 2006 561
Outlander M1 2007 2012 567
Pickup M1 564
Precis M1 1990 1993 562
Raider M1 2006 2009 563
Ralliart M1 Sedan 2004 2005 554
Starion M1 1983 1989 549
Van M1 Upto 1990 564
Mi t subi shi HT
Model Method Body Style Begin Year Page #
Fuso FE M1 New Style All 571
Fuso FE M1 Old Style All 569
Fuso FE M2 Old Style All 570
Index From Make To Make Page 805
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Nissan TO Nissan
Ni ssan
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
200SX M1 1987 1995 572
200SX M1 2 door 1996 1998 573
240SX M1 1989 1994 574
240SX M1 1995 1998 576
300ZX M1 1983 1989 575
300ZX M1 1990 1996 576
350 Z M1 2003 2005 576
350 Z M1 2006 2008 576
350 Z Roadster M1 2004 2009 576
370 Z M1 2009 2012 606
Altima M1 1993 1997 577
Altima M1 1998 2001 578
Altima M1 2002 2006 579
Altima M1 2007 2009 580
Altima M1 2010 2013 581
Armada M1 2004 2012 582
Armada M2 2004 2012 583
Axxess M1 1990 1992 591
Cube M1 2009 2013 607
Frontier M1 1998 2004 584
Frontier M2 1998 2004 585
Frontier M1 2005 2012 585
Frontier Crew Cab M1 2001 2004 586
GTR M1 2009 2012 576
Juke M1 2011 2012 601
Leaf M1 4 door 2011 2012 611
Maxima M1 1990 1994 587
Maxima M1 1995 1999 588
Maxima M1 2000 2003 589
Maxima M1 2004 2008 579
Maxima M1 2009 2012 610
Murano M1 2003 2008 590
Murano M1 2009 2012 608
Murano M1 Cabriolet 2011 2012 609
NV Linup M1 2012 2012 598
NX M1 2 Door 1991 1994 576
Open Sky M1 2003 2004 586
Pathfnder M1 1982 1995 591
Page 806
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Nissan To Oldsmobile
Ni ssan
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Pathfnder M1 1996 2004 592
Pathfnder M1 2005 2012 593
Pathfnder Armada M1 2004 2012 582
Pathfnder Armada M2 2004 2012 583
Pickup M1 1985 1997 591
Pickup M1 1998 2004 584
Pickup M2 1998 2005 585
Pulsar M1 All 576
Quest M1 van 1993 2002 594
Quest M1 van 2004 2010 595
Quest M1 van 2011 2013 596
Quest M2 van 2011 2013 597
Rogue M1 2008 2012 605
Sentra M1 1987 1990 587
Sentra M1 1991 1994 599
Sentra M3 1995 1999 599
Sentra M1 2001 2006 599
Sentra M1 2007 2012 602
Sentra SE-R M1 2004 2006 599
Stanza M1 1982 1998 587
Titan M1 2004 2012 582
Truck M1 1985 1997 591
Versa M1 5 door Hatch 2007 2012 603
Versa M1 4 door 2007 2011 603
Versa M1 4 door 2012 2013 604
Xterra M1 2000 2004 600
Xterra M1 2005 2012 600
Ol dsmobi l e
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
88 M1 1991 1999 289
88 M2 1991 1999 289
98 M1 4 door 1980 1984 185
98 M1 2 Door 1980 1984 250
98 M1 2 & 4 door 1985 1990 218
98 M1 1991 1996 289
98 M2 1991 1996 289
Achieva M1 4 door 1992 1997 253
Achieva M1 2 door 1992 1997 253
Index From Make To Make Page 807
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Oldsmobile TO Oldsmobile
Ol dsmobi l e
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Alero M1 2 Door 1997 2004 295
Alero M1 4 door 1997 2004 291
Aurora M1 1995 2000 292
Aurora M1 2001 2003 294
Bravada M1 1985 1994 218
Bravada M1 1995 2001 237
Bravada M2 1995 2001 238
Bravada M1 2002 2004 266
Caprice M1 2 Door 1980 1990 250
Cierra Wagon M1 1992 1996 186
Custom Cruiser M1 Wagon 1980 1990 206
Custom Cruiser M1 Wagon 1991 1996 194
Cutlass M1 4 door 1982 1986 185
Cutlass M1 1997 2000 194
Cutlass Calais M1 2 & 4 Door 1985 1991 298
Cutlass Calais M2 2 & 4 Door 1985 1991 299
Cutlass Cierra M1 1985 1996 186
Cutlass Cruiser M1 4 door 1982 1986 185
Cutlass Supreme M1 2 Door 1980 1987 191
Cutlass Supreme M1 2 & 4 Door 1988 1997 296
Cutlass Supreme Hatchback M1 3 Door 1980 1984 191
Cutlass Wagon M1 4 door 1982 1986 185
Delta 88 M1 4 door 1980 1985 206
Delta 88 M1 2 Door 1980 1985 250
Delta 88 M1 1986 1990 218
Frienza M1 2, 4 Door, Wagon 1982 1988 186
Intrigue M1 1997 2002 294
LSS M1 1997 2000 289
LSS M2 1997 2000 289
Omega M1 1980 1985 186
Regency M1 1997 2000 289
Regency M2 1997 2000 289
Silhouette M1 1990 1996 305
Silhouette M1 1997 2004 199
Silhouette M2 1997 2004 200
Toronado M1 Front Wheel Drive 1980 1985 250
Toronado M1 1986 1989 296
Toronado M1 1990 1992 212
Page 808
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Oldsmobile To Plymouth
Ol dsmobi l e
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Toronado Trofeo M1 1990 1992 212
Pet er bi l t
Model Method Body Style Begin Year Page #
270 M1 Day Cab Over All 612
387 M1 All 612
389 M1 All 614
All Other Models M1 All 615
Day Cab Over M1 All 613
Peugeot
Model Method Begin Year Page #
All M1 All 616
Pl ymout h
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Acclaim M1 1989 1995 101
Breeze M1 1996 2000 76
Caravelle M1 1984 1986 73
Colt M1 Pop up locks 1986 1994 71
Colt M1 Horizontal 1986 1994 89
Colt M2 Pop up locks 1986 1994 72
Colt Vista M1 Pop up locks 1986 1994 71
Colt Vista M1 Horizontal 1986 1994 89
Colt Vista M2 Pop up locks 1986 1994 72
Duster M1 1984 1994 101
Grand Fury M1 1990 1991 75
Horizon M1 1983 1990 101
Laser M1 1984 1989 73
Laser M1 1990 1994 112
Neon M1 2 door 1994 1999 94
Neon M1 4 door 1994 1999 95
Prowler M1 1999 2000 78
Reliant M1 1984 1988 73
Sundance M1 1984 1994 101
Van M1 Full Size 1985 1997 101
Voyager M1 1984 1990 73
Voyager M1 1991 2000 85
Index From Make To Make Page 809
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Pontiac TO Pontiac
Pont i ac
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
6000/STE M1 4 Door 1984 1992 186
Aztek M1 2001 2005 297
Bonneville M1 4 Door 1982 1986 185
Bonneville M1 1987 1991 218
Bonneville M1 1992 1999 301
Bonneville M1 2000 2005 293
Bonneville GXP M1 2004 2005 293
Fiero M1 1984 1988 246
Firebird M1 1982 1992 239
Firebird M1 1993 2002 239
G3 M1 5 Door 2009 2009 232
G5 M1 2 door 2006 2008 268
G6 M1 2005 2009 315
G8 M1 2008 2009 308
Grand Am M1 2 Door 1985 1991 298
Grand Am M2 2 Door 1985 1991 299
Grand Am M1 2 door 1992 2002 299
Grand Am M2 2 door 1992 2005 300
Grand Am M1 4 door 1999 2005 291
Grand Am M2 4 door 1999 2005 300
Grand Prix M1 2 door 1980 1987 191
Grand Prix M1 4 Door 1988 1996 296
Grand Prix M1 2 Door 1988 1996 296
Grand Prix M1 2 & 4 door 1997 2003 302
Grand Prix M1 2004 2008 315
GTO M1 2005 2007 303
J2000 M1 1982 1989 243
Lemans M1 1982 1993 185
Montana M1 1997 2004 199
Montana M2 1997 2004 200
Montana SVX M1 2005 2007 200
Parisienne M1 2 Door 1980 1989 206
Parisienne M1 4 door 1980 1989 206
Pheonix M1 1980 1985 243
Safari M1 Wagon 1980 1989 206
Solstice M1 2006 2009 304
Sunbird M1 1984 1991 243
Sunfre M1 4 Door 1995 2002 188
Page 810
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Pontiac To Saab
Pont i ac
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Sunfre M1 2 Door 1995 2004 188
T1000 M1 1982 1984 185
Torrent M1 2006 2009 247
Torrent M2 2006 2009 248
Trans Am M1 1982 1992 239
Trans Am M1 1993 2002 239
Trans Sport M1 mini-van 1990 1996 305
Trans Sport M1 1997 2004 199
Trans Sport M2 1997 2004 200
Trans Sport SE M1 1990 1996 305
Vibe M1 2003 2009 306
Vibe M2 2003 2009 307
Vibe M1 2009 309
Por sc he
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
911 M1 1980 1986 620
911 M1 1987 2005 617
911 Carrera M1 2006 2012 620
911 Carrera S M1 2006 2012 620
928 M1 Coupe All 618
944 M1 1987 1992 620
ALL OTHERS M1 617
Boxter M1 All 617
Cayenne M1 2003 2012 618
Panamera M1 2010 2012 619
Rol l s Royc e
Model Method Begin Year Page #
Corniche M1 All 621
Saab
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
9-3 M1 1999 2002 624
9-3 M1 Convertible 1999 2002 624
9-3 M2 Convertible 1999 2002 624
9-3 M2 1999 2002 624
9-3 M1 2003 2012 625
9-3 Convertible M1 2003 2011 625
Index From Make To Make Page 811
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Saab TO Saturn
Saab
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
9-3 Sport M1 2007 2011 625
9-4X M1 SUV 2011 2013 628
9-5 M1 1999 2001 624
9-5 M2 1999 2001 624
9-5 M1 2002 2010 625
9-5 M1 2010 2012 627
9-5 Convertible M1 2004 2006 625
9-7X M1 2005 2010 626
900 M1 1994 & up 624
900 M2 1994 & up 624
900 M1 Upto 1993 622
9000 M1 1986 1999 622
9000 M2 1986 1999 622
92 M1 2005 2006 623
92X M1 2005 2006 623
Sat ur n
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Astra M1 5 door Hatch 2008 2009 282
Aura M1 4 door 2007 2009 315
Equinox M2 2005 2009 248
EV1 M1 2001 2003 313
Ion M1 2003 2007 310
Ion M2 2003 2007 311
Ion Redline M1 2004 2007 310
Ion Redline M2 2004 2007 311
L Series M1 4 door 2000 2004 312
LS, LS1, LS2 M1 4 door 2000 2002 312
LW1, LW2 M1 Wagon 2000 2002 312
Outlook M1 SUV 2007 2009 282
Relay M1 2005 2007 199
S Series M1 1996 2002 313
SC1, SC2 M1 2 Door 1991 1995 313
SC1, SC2 M1 2 & 3 door 1996 2002 313
Sky M1 2007 2009 304
SL, SL1, SL2 M1 4 Door 1991 1995 313
SL, SL1, SL2 M1 4 door 1996 2002 313
SW1, SW2 M1 5 Door Wagon 1991 1995 313
SW1, SW2 M1 5 door wagon 1996 2001 313
Page 812
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Saturn To Subaru
Sat ur n
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Vue M1 2002 2009 314
Vue M1 2006 2009 282
Vue M1 2009 2010 276
Vue Redline M1 2004 2009 314
Sc i on
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
IQ M1 2012 2013 634
TC M1 2005 2010 629
XA M1 2004 2007 630
XB M1 2004 2007 631
XB M1 3 Door 2008 2012 632
XD M1 2008 2012 633
XD M1 2012 2013 635
Smar t
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
ALL M3 2008 2012 638
ForTwo M1 2 door 2008 2012 636
ForTwo M2 2 door 2008 2012 637
St er l i ng
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
All Models M1 All 640
All Models M2 All 641
Bullet 4500 M2 Cab Chassis 2008 2009 642
Bullet 5500 M2 Cab Chassis 2008 2008 642
Ram 4500/5500 M1 Truck 2008 2009 639
Subar u
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
3 door M1 All 643
B9 Tribeca M1 2006 2012 645
Baja M1 2003 2007 647
Forester M1 1998 2002 648
Forester M1 2003 2007 649
Forester M1 Wagon 2008 2012 658
Impreza M1 1993 2001 650
Impreza M1 1993 2001 651
Index From Make To Make Page 813
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Subaru TO Suzuki
Subar u
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Impreza M1 4 door 2002 2007 653
Impreza M1 2008 2012 658
Impreza Outback M1 1993 2001 650
Impreza Outback M1 1993 2001 651
Impreza WRX M1 4 Door 2003 2007 653
Justy M1 All 643
Legacy M1 1992 1994 654
Legacy M1 1995 2003 652
Legacy M1 2004 2009 646
Legacy M1 2010 2012 657
Legacy Outback M1 1996 2003 655
Loyale M1 All 644
Outback M1 1996 2003 655
Outback M1 2004 2009 646
Outback M1 2010 2012 659
SVX M1 All 656
WRX M1 4 door 2003 2007 653
Suzuk i
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Aerio M1 2003 2007 661
Aerio GS Sedan M1 2003 2007 661
Aerio SX Hatchback M1 3 Door 2002 2007 661
Equator M1 2009 2012 666
Esteem M1 1995 2002 660
Forenza M1 2004 2008 660
Forenza Wagon M1 2005 2008 660
Grand Vitara M1 2006 2012 663
Kizashi M1 2010 2012 667
Kizashi M2 2010 2012 668
Reno M1 2005 2008 660
Samarai M1 660
Sidekick M1 2 door 1996 1998 660
SV7 M1 2002 2005 660
Swift M1 Horizontal Toggles All 664
SX4 M1 4 door 2007 2012 661
Verona M1 2004 2006 661
Vitara M1 1999 2005 660
X-90 M1 1996 1998 662
Page 814
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Suzuki To Toyota
Suzuk i
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
XL7 M1 2000 2007 660
XL7 M1 2007 2012 665
Toyot a
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
4-Runner M1 1986 1989 687
4-Runner M1 1990 1995 687
4-Runner M1 1996 2002 687
4-Runner M1 2003 2007 670
4-Runner M1 SUV 2010 2012 671
Avalon M1 4 Door 1995 1999 672
Avalon M1 2000 2005 672
Avalon M1 2006 2010 672
Avalon M1 2010 2012 673
Camary M1 2012 2013 678
Camry M1 1988 1991 674
Camry M1 2 Door 1992 1996 675
Camry M1 4 Door 1992 1996 676
Camry M1 4 Door 1997 2001 677
Camry M1 2002 2006 677
Camry M2 2002 2006 677
Camry M1 4 door 2007 2011 677
Canry M1 1984 1987 685
Celica M1 1982 1989 679
Celica M1 1990 1993 680
Celica M1 1994 1999 680
Celica M1 Coupe 2000 2005 680
Corolla M1 4 Door 1980 1985 684
Corolla M1 2 & 3 Door 1983 1988 681
Corolla M1 Wagon 1986 1992 685
Corolla M1 4 Door 1986 1992 685
Corolla M1 2 Door 1989 1992 682
Corolla M1 4 Door 1993 1997 686
Corolla M1 Wagon 1993 1997 686
Corolla M1 1998 2002 687
Corolla M1 2003 2008 688
Corolla M1 2009 2012 729
Corolla FX M1 2 Door Hatch 1987 1988 683
Cressida M1 1986 1988 685
Index From Make To Make Page 815
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Toyota TO Toyota
Toyot a
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Cressida M1 1989 1992 690
Cressida M1 Upto 1985 689
Echo M1 2 Door 2000 2006 693
Echo M1 4 Door 2000 2006 691
Echo M2 4 Door 2000 2006 692
FJ Cruiser M1 SUV 2007 2012 725
Highlander M1 2002 2007 694
Highlander M1 2008 2009 730
Highlander Hybrid M1 2006 2007 694
Land Cruiser M1 1980 1989 695
Land Cruiser M1 1990 1997 696
Land Cruiser M1 1998 2007 697
Land Cruiser M1 2008 2012 733
Matrix M1 2003 2008 698
Matrix M2 2003 2008 699
Matrix M1 2009 2012 731
MR2 M1 1984 1990 700
MR2 M1 1991 1995 700
MR5 Spyder M1 Convertible 2000 2005 700
Paseo M1 1992 1998 701
Pickup M2 1988 1994 687
Previa M1 1991 1997 702
Previa M2 1991 1997 703
Prius M1 2001 2003 704
Prius M1 2004 2009 705
Prius M1 2010 2012 706
RAV-4 M1 4 Door 1996 2000 709
RAV-4 M2 2 Door 1996 2000 710
RAV-4 M3 4 Door 1996 2000 711
RAV-4 M1 2001 2006 707
RAV-4 M2 2007 2012 708
Sequoia M1 2001 2007 712
Sequoia M1 2008 2012 732
Siena M1 2012 2013 715
Sienna M1 1998 2003 713
Sienna M1 2004 2009 714
Sienna M1 2010 2011 713
Solara M1 2 Door 1999 2003 716
Page 816
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Toyota To Volvo
Toyot a
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Solara M1 2004 2007 716
Supra M1 1982 1986 717
Supra M1 1987 1992 718
Supra M1 1993 1998 719
T-100 M1 1993 1998 720
Tacoma M1 1996 2004 687
Tacoma M1 2005 2007 721
Tercel M1 2 Door 1991 1994 722
Tercel M1 4 Door 1991 1999 723
Tercel M1 2 Door 1995 1998 723
Tundra M1 1999 2006 724
Tundra M1 pickup 2007 2012 726
Tundra Stepside M1 2003 2006 724
Van M1 Upto 1991 687
Venza M1 4 door 2009 2012 669
Yaris M1 4 door 2007 2012 728
Yaris M1 2 door 2007 2012 727
Yaris 5 DR Hatch M1 2008 2011 728
UD Ni ssan
Model Method Begin Year Page #
All M1 All 734
Vol vo
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
240 M1 1985 1996 747
240DL M1 1985 1996 747
800 Series M1 1995 1997 755
900 Series M1 1983 1995 750
960 M1 1996 1997 750
ALL M1 1980 1984 758
C30 M1 2011 2013 761
C70 M1 1998 2005 748
C70 M1 2006 2012 748
C70 M1 2011 2013 761
CX60 M1 2011 2013 760
CX70 M1 2005 2010 757
CX70 M1 2011 2013 760
cX90 M1 2003 2010 757
Index From Make To Make Page 817
I
n
d
e
x
Index From Volvo TO VW
Vol vo
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
CX90 M1 2011 2013 760
S40 M1 2000 2004 749
S40 M1 2005 2010 750
S60 M1 2001 2004 751
S60 M1 2005 2010 752
S60 M1 2011 2013 753
S60R M1 2002 2004 751
S70 M1 1998 2004 755
S70 R M1 2003 2004 755
S80 M1 1999 2006 754
S80 M1 2007 2010 750
S80 M1 2011 2013 753
S90 M1 1998 2000 750
V40 M1 2000 2004 749
V50 M1 2005 2010 750
V70 M1 1998 2000 756
V70 M1 2001 2010 751
V70 M1 2008 2010 759
V90 M1 1998 2000 750
X70 XC M1 Cross Country 2002 2004 751
X70R M1 2003 2004 751
XC60 M1 2009 2012 759
XC70 M1 5 Door 2008 2012 759
Vol vo HT
Model Method Begin Year Page #
Cab Over M1 All 762
New Style M1 All 763
White GMC M1 All 764
VW
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Beetle M1 1998 2010 736
Beetle M1 Convertible 2004 2010 737
Beetle M1 2012 2013 738
Beetle M1 Old Style Pre-1998 735
Cabrio M1 1995 2002 735
Cabriolet M1 735
CC M1 2 Door 2009 2012 743
Page 818
I
n
d
e
x
Index From VW To Western Star
VW
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Corrado M1 All 739
Eos M1 convertible 2007 2010 737
EOS M1 2011 2013 746
Eurovan M1 All 735
Fox M1 1988 1996 739
Golf M1 1995 2004 739
Golf M2 1995 2006 735
Golf M1 2010 2012 737
GTI M1 1995 2004 739
GTI M2 1995 2006 735
GTI M1 2007 2010 737
GTI M1 Upto 1998 735
Jetta M1 1986 2009 739
Passat M1 1990 2005 740
Passat M1 2006 2010 740
Phaeton M1 2005 2006 741
Quantum M1 739
Rabbit M1 1989 1999 739
Rabbit M1 2006 2009 740
Routan M1 Van 2009 2012 744
Scirocco M1 All 739
Tiguan M1 4 door 2009 2012 745
Touareg M1 2004 2010 742
Touareg M1 2011 2012 742
Vanogan M1 735
West er n St ar
Model Method Body Style Begin Year Page #
Classic Style M1 Heavy Duty All 765
New Style M1 Heavy Duty 765
Slant Nose M1 All 766
Tool Identifcation Section
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 819
T
o
o
l

I
d
e
n
t
i
f
c
a
t
i
o
n

S
e
c
t
i
o
n
TOOL #22 - SMALL HOOK TOOL
TOOL #23 - HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL
TOOL #26 - DOUBLE TOOL
TOOL #35 - INSIDE ACCESS TOOL
Go To Index
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 820
T
o
o
l

I
d
e
n
t
i
f
c
a
t
i
o
n

S
e
c
t
i
o
n
TOOL #42 - REVERSE HOOK TOOL
TOOL #47 - S TOOL
TOOL #57 AND 87 - STRIP AND STRAP TOOLS
Tool# 87 - Strap Tool
Tool #57 - Strip Tool
The Strip tool is part of the Strap
Tool. To use the Strip Tool without
the Flexible Strap Tool housing Just
remove the Strip Tool and use it
separately
TOOL #65 - SMALL INSIDE ACCESS TOOL
Go To Index
Tool Identifcation Section
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 821
T
o
o
l

I
d
e
n
t
i
f
c
a
t
i
o
n

S
e
c
t
i
o
n
TOOL #66 - CHECK MARK TOOL
TOOL #67 - FORD CABLE TOOL
TOOL #71 - CAMRY TOOL
TOOL #74 - MINI INSIDE ACCESS TOOL
Go To Index
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 822
T
o
o
l

I
d
e
n
t
i
f
c
a
t
i
o
n

S
e
c
t
i
o
n
TOOL #77 - IN THE DOOR METAL TOOL
TOOL #78 - FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL
Also known as 78SG
TOOL #81 - IN THE DOOR METAL TOOL
TOOL #82 - IN THE DOOR METAL TOOL
Go To Index
Tool Identifcation Section
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 823
T
o
o
l

I
d
e
n
t
i
f
c
a
t
i
o
n

S
e
c
t
i
o
n
TOOL #86 - IN THE DOOR METAL TOOL
TOOL #88 - IN THE DOOR METAL TOOL
TOOL #89 - IN THE DOOR METAL TOOL
TOOL #90 - IN THE DOOR METAL TOOL
Go To Index
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 824
T
o
o
l

I
d
e
n
t
i
f
c
a
t
i
o
n

S
e
c
t
i
o
n
TOOL #91 - IN THE DOOR METAL TOOL
TOOL #101 - IN THE DOOR METAL TOOL
TOOL #102 - IN THE DOOR METAL TOOL
TOOL #103
Go To Index
Tool Identifcation Section
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 825
T
o
o
l

I
d
e
n
t
i
f
c
a
t
i
o
n

S
e
c
t
i
o
n
TOOL #104
TOOL #105
TOOL #112
TOOL #114
Go To Index
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 826
T
o
o
l

I
d
e
n
t
i
f
c
a
t
i
o
n

S
e
c
t
i
o
n
TOOL #115
TOOL #118 - LIBERTY TOOL
TOOL #120 - STERLING TOOL
TOOL #119 - CTS TOOL
Go To Index
Tool Identifcation Section
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
TOOL #123
TOOL #125
TOOL #126 - QUEST TOOL
COPPER LOOP TOOL AND SLIM JIM
Copper Loop Tool
Slim Jim
Page 827
T
o
o
l

I
d
e
n
t
i
f
c
a
t
i
o
n

S
e
c
t
i
o
n
Go To Index
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 828
T
o
o
l

I
d
e
n
t
i
f
c
a
t
i
o
n

S
e
c
t
i
o
n
REMOTE CONTROL BUTTON MASTER
ACCESS WINDSHIELD LIGHTS
Access Smart Light Power Night Vision Light
ONE-HAND JACKS
One Hand Jack Super One Hand Jack
Glassman Tool
Strip Savers
Wedgee
GLASSMAN, WEDGEE, STRIP SAVERS
Go To Index

S-ar putea să vă placă și